Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutAgreement_General_01/01/2014 0 ARCADIS ARCADIS U.S., Inc. Infrastructure Water. Environment Buildings 2081 vista Parkway Suite 305 West Palm Beach Florida 33411 Village of Tequesta Tel 561 697 7000 345 Tequesta Drive Fax 561 697 7751 Tequesta, FL 33469 www.arcadis- us.com Attn: Michael Couzzo, Village Manager RE: WTP and Water System Renovations WATER RESOURCES Dear Mr. Couzzo: Date: Enclosed are three contract sets for the referenced project. They have been December 31, 2013 executed by the Contractor. Please sign and date all three sets at the locations noted and return two sets. One set is for your records. Contact: William D. Reese, PE Upon receipt we will distribute a fully executed set to the Contractor, Phone: schedule a preconstruction conference and issue a Notice To Proceed. 561.697.7069 Should you have questions or require anything further, please call. email: william.reese@arcadis- Very Truly Yours, us.com ARC Inc. Our ref: W F900204.0000 eese, PE Vice President Florida License Numbers encls. Engineering 7917 Geology GB564 Surveying LB7062 Imagine the result g:\aprojects \wr \wf projects \900204 -vot wtp mist rehab \dots \couzzo Itr 12312013.doc PROJECT MANUAL FOR VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA WATER TREATMENT PLANT and WATER SYSTEM RENOVATION JUNE, 2013 ' CONFORMED SET ARCADIS US 2081 Vista Parkway West Palm Beach, FL 33411 Ph. 561- 697 -7000 Fax 561 - 697 -7751 TABLE OF CONTENTS ' INVITATION TO BID INV -1 only INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I13-1 thru IB -9 ' BID B -1 thru B -4 (Plus 10 additional pages of supplemental documentation provided with bid) CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT 1 thru 5 + Resolution and 2 Insurance Certificates PERFORMANCE BOND, PAYMENT BOND 6 pages ' GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 thru 42 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE ' GENERAL CONDITIONS SGC -1 thru SGC -11 ' TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' Section 01019 General Requirements 01019 -1 thru 01019 -7 ' Section 01150 Measurement & Payment 01150 -1 thru 01150 -2 ' Section 01300 Submittals 01300 -1 thru 01300 -4 ' Section 01400 General Quality Control 01400 -1 thru 01400 -2 Section 01650 Starting of Systems 01650 -1 thru 01650 -2 ' Section 01720 Record Drawings 01720 -1 thru 01720 -3 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK ' Section 02050 Demolition 02050 -1 thru 02050 -4 ' i Section 02220 ' Excavation and Fill 02220 -1 thru 02220 -6 Section 02260 Finish Grading 02260 -1 only Section 02401 Dewatering 02401 -1 only Section 02485 ' Grassing 02485 -1 only Section 02610 ' Pipe and Fittings 02610 -1 thru 02610 -10 Section 02640 ' Valves, Gauges and Miscellaneous 02640 -1 thru 02640 -4 DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE ' Section 03000 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03000 -1 thru 03000 -6 ' Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 03100 -1 thru 03100 -3 ' Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03200 -1 thru 03200 -3 ' DIVISION 4 — MASONRY Section 04200 ' Unit Masonry 04200 -1 thru 04200 -7 DIVISION 5 — METALS ' Section 05500 Metal Fabrications 05500 -1 thru 05500 -3 ' DIVISION 7 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07190 Vapor Barrier 07190 -1 only Section 07900 Joint Sealants 07900 -1 thru 07900 -4 DIVISION 8 — DOORS AND WINDOWS ' Section 08100 Metal Doors and Frames 08100 -1 thru 08100 -2 ii ' Section 08700 Hardware 08700 -1 thru 08700 -4 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09200 Plaster and Stucco 09200 -1 thru 09200 -3 t Section 09800 Coatings 09800 -1 thru 09800 -10 DIVISION 11 — EQUIPMENT ' Section 11214 Vertical Turbine Pump 11214 -1 thru 11214 -3 DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION ' Section 13080 Vibration and Alignment 13080 -1 thru 13080 -2 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Section 15100 Mechanical Equipment General 15100 -1 thru 15100 -3 ' Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment 15440 -1 thru 15440 -3 Section 15600 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning 15600 -1 thru 15600 -7 Section 15650 Performance Test and Balance Verification 15650 -1 thru 15650 -6 DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section 16000 Electrical 16000 -1 thru 16000 -12 I Section 16050 Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment 16050 -1 thru 16050 -2 APPENDIX A — Pre -Bid Meeting Minutes 3 pages APPENDIX B — Asbestos Survey 22 pages iii r INVITATION TO BID VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA WATER TREATMENT PLANT and WATER SYSTEM RENOVATION Sealed bids will be received at the Village Hall, 345 Tequesta Drive, Tequesta, FL 33469 until 2:00 P.M. on October 1, 2013, at which time and place they will be publicly opened and read aloud. Receipt of a bid in any other office does not satisfy this requirement. The work for which this bid is to be submitted includes the demolition and upgrades at the water treatment plant, new high service pumps and demolition of a 0.5 MG steel ground storage tank, pumps and piping. All work performed shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents pertaining thereto, which may be examined at the office of ARCADIS US, Inc., 2081 Vista Parkway, West Palm Beach, Florida 33411. One copy of the contract documents including blank bid forms may be obtained at the office of ARCADIS US, Inc. upon payment of $100.00, which will not be refunded. 1 A mandatory pre -bid conference will be held on August 29, 2013 at 10:00 A.M. at the Water Treatment Plant, 901 N. Old Dixie Hwy, Tequesta, FL 33469. All prospective bidders are required to attend. A certified or cashier's check on a national or state bank or a bid bond in a sum not less than five percent (5 %) of the amount of the base lump sum bid amount, made payable to the Village of Tequesta, Florida, shall accompany each bid as a guarantee that the bidder will not withdraw from the competition after the opening of bids. In the event that the contract is awarded to the bidder, he will enter into the contract and fumish and pay for the required performance and payment bonds. Failure to do so may result in the Owner retaining the bid deposit for liquidated damages. Bids shall be prepared, addressed and submitted in compliance with detailed instructions as set forth in the Instructions to Bidders. The performance and payment bonds in the full amount of the Contract price shall be written by a surety company, acceptable to the Owner, licensed to do business in the State of Florida listed in the Department of Treasury Federal Register. All bonds (bid, performance, payment) shall be countersigned by a Florida resident agent and otherwise satisfy the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. Surety shall have a rating of "A +" or "A" by Best's Rating Guide The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids with or without cause, to waive technical errors and informalities, or to accept the bid which in his judgment best serves the Owner. Owner. Village of Tequesta Publish on: August 11, 2013 August 18, 2013 r r r ' INV -1 WF900204 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.01 SEALED BIDS: Sealed bid will be received at the time and place designated and then publicly opened and read aloud for furnishing all transportation, labor, materials tools, supplies, plant equipment and machinery necessary, and performing all operations required for the completion of the Work specified and as shown on the drawings. The bid date and time shall be scrupulously observed. Under no circumstances shall bids received after the date and time specified be considered. Such bids will be returned to the bidder unopened. 1.02 DELIVERY OF BIDS: All bids, whether mailed or delivered in person, shall be submitted in sealed envelopes bearing on the outside the words "BID ENCLOSED" and, the name of the bidder and his address and clearly marked: "Bid for the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant and Water System Renovation" and addressed to: Village of Tequesta 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 1.03 BID FORMS: Submit bid in triplicate on the forms, or an exact copy of the forms, furnished herewith. The blank spaces shall be filled in correctly for each item and every item for which a bid is tendered. State the price, typewritten or written in black ink and insert numerals for which he proposes to do each item of the Work; in case of conflict, words will take precedence. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Failure to complete all indicated blanks in the designated manner may result in the bid being declared non - responsive. Declaration of the non - responsiveness of a bidder shall be at the sole discretion of the Owner. ' 1.04 SIGNATURE ON BID: Sign bid correctly. If the bid is made by an individual, his name and post office address shall be shown. If made by a firm or partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the firm or partnership shall be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing the bid shall show the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was chartered, also the names and business addresses of its President, Secretary, and Treasurer. The proposal shall bear the seal of the corporation attested by the Secretary. Anyone ' signing the bid as agent shall file with the bid, legal evidence of his authority to do so. Signing and submitting a bid for this work will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Documents, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contact Documents and that such means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures of construction and all other information as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 1.05 MANDATORY PRE -BID CONFERENCE: A mandatory pre -bid conference will be held at the project site (901 N. Old Dixie Hwy, Tequesta, FL 33469) on August 29, 2013 at 10:00 AM. Prospective bidders and their subcontractors are invited to attend. Bids will not be accepted from Contractors who are not in attendance or represented at the pre -bid conference. 1.06 FAMILIARITY WITH LAWS: The bidder is assumed to be familiar with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may in any manner affect the Work. The failure to be familiar with applicable laws will in no way relieve him from responsibility. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the appropriate agencies prior to the start of work. It should be noted that these agencies may require an on -site meeting prior to commencing this ' IB -1 W F900204 r be responsible for meeting these portion of the work. The Contractor shall p 9 agencies' 9 requirements, and informing the Engineer accordingly. 1.07 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The bidder is required, before submitting their proposal, to visit the site of the proposed Work and familiarize themselves with the nature and extent of the Work and any local conditions including, but not limited to, surface and sub - surface conditions, that may in any manner affect the cost, progress or performance of the Work to be done, including the equipment, materials and labor required. Upon receipt by the Engineer of request in advance, Owner will provide each bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests as each bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes, clean up, and otherwise restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. The Bidder is required to examine carefully the Contract Documents and form of performance and payment bonds and to be informed thoroughly regarding any and all conditions and requirements that may in any manner affect the Work to be performed under this contract. Failure on the part of the bidder to fully understand the existing site conditions, or contract documents, shall not relieve him of the obligations and responsibilities of the Agreement, and will not be cause for additional compensation or extension of time. 1.08 CONFIDENTIAL FINANCIAL STATEMENT: If requested by the Owner, a bidder under consideration for award shall furnish a confidential certified financial statement, current within the past year, which must be a complete report of the financial resources and liabilities, equipment available, past performance record, personnel and organization experience. At the Owner's discretion a different time period for the confidential financial statement may be requested. 1.09 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDER: The contract will be awarded only to a responsible contractor qualified by experience to do the Work specified. The bidder shall submit, prior to award of contract, satisfactory evidence of his experience in' like Work and that he is fully prepared with the necessary organization, capital, equipment and machinery to complete the ' Work to the satisfaction of the Owner within the time limit stated. In addition to the above, the Contractor shall satisfy the following criteria: 1. Have been in the General Contracting business under the present name of the organization for a minimum of the previous ten (10) years. 2. Be properly licensed to perform work as a General Contractor in the State , of Florida, Palm Beach County and the Village of Tequesta. 3. Have been awarded and performed as a General Contractor on a minimum of six (6) similar projects during the past ten (10) years. For purposes of this discussion, at least three (3) of the "similar" projects shall include installation or construction of water or wastewater treatment equipment and mechanical piping systems with a minimum value of $1,000,000. In addition, at least three (3) of the "similar" projects shall include demolition of steel liquid storage tankage that is at least 25 feet high and with a capacity of at least 100,000 gallons. If a subcontractor is used for this portion of the work the experience of the subcontractor may be substituted for the General Contractor's experience to satisfy this portion of the requirement. 4. During the lifetime of the organization, as presently named, the Contractor shall not have defaulted to a bonding company for the completion of all or any projects referenced under item 3, above. , I13-2 WF900204 , 5. For purposes of determining satisfaction rP g tisfaction of the General Contractor electrical and /or instrumentation subcontractor experience requirement, the specked "separate" or "similar" projects shall have been effectively and completely performed by the subcontractor under the present name of the organization, or the name of a wholly , owned predecessor organization. The intent is that the experience be accredited to the incorporated entity. Experience of current employees of the organization will also be accorded weight but may not be substituted or used in lieu of corporate experience for satisfaction of the experience requirement(s) The electrical and /or instrumentation subcontractor shall have been in business providing electrical and /or instrumentation services to water and wastewater treatment facilities for at least the past five (5) years under its present name, or that of a predecessor organization. 6. The Contractor is advised that this project will include removal of asbestos pipe. The Contractor shall have suitable experience, or engage a subcontractor with suitable experience, to safely perform this work in compliance with applicable laws, rules and codes. Refer to Section 02050 for additional experience requirements. Failure to satisfy any of the above criteria shall be grounds for rejection of the bid, at the Owners discretion. At the Owner's sole discretion, portions, or all, of the above criteria may be waived. However, bidders are advised that it is the general intent of the Owner to adhere to the stipulated criteria. The Owner will consider all known qualifications of the Contractor in awarding the bid. At their discretion, the Owner may elect to consider the percentage of work the Bidder proposes to perform with personnel in their direct employ as opposed to subcontractor. More weight and value will be generally given to Contractor performing work with their own personnel. Bidders are advised that the Owner reserves the sole right to award the project to the bidder which, in the Owner's sole opinion, best serves the interest of the Owner. By submitting a bid, the Contractor and Owner acknowledge that this evaluation process is to I some degree subjective. The Contractor further acknowledges that the Owner may apply substantial weight to qualifications and the anticipated ability to perform in a timely fashion in the selection process. 1.10 SUBCONTRACTORS: For the Owner to be assured that only competent and qualified subcontractors will be employed on this project, each Bidder shall submit in the bid (or show on the bid form) a list of the subcontractors performing work on this project. This subcontractors list shall include each firm's name, address, telephone number, contact person and work to be performed. Subcontractors shall be properly registered or licensed with the State of Florida, Palm Beach County and the Village of Tequesta. Subcontractors shall, in the Owner's opinion, be qualified both technically and financially to perform the work. The Owner reserves the right to reject any subcontractor who is deemed by the Owner to be unacceptable technically or financially, or has previously performed work which the Owner believes to be unsatisfactory. No change may be made to this list of subcontractors by the Contractor, before or after contract award, without the express written consent of the Owner. If, prior to award, the Owner rejects any subcontractor, the Contractor shall be afforded the opportunity to submit qualifications for an alternate subcontractor with no attendant increase in the base lump sum bid amount, adjustment of contract time or alteration of the bid documents. Such qualifications will be due within ten (10) days of receipt of notification of subcontractor rejection. Failure to submit an acceptable alternate subcontractor may result in rejection of the bid. In this event, the bid bond shall be returned to Contractor without claim by the Owner and with forfeiture of all claim rights by the Contractor. IB -3 WF900204 1.11 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER: The submittal of more than one bid from an individual, firm, partnership, corporation or association under the same or different names will not be considered and will be cause for rejection of all bids submitted by a bidder. 1.12 AWARD OF CONTRACT: The award of the contract, if it is awarded, will be to the lowest and most responsible bidder. Award will be to the bidder deemed to be the best interest of the Owner and whose bid shall comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Also, the Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any bidder if the Owner believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Owner to make and award to the bidder. The determination of lowest responsible bidder will be based on the base lump sum bid amount. In evaluating bids, the Owner will consider whether or not the bids comply with the prescribed requirements. Time is of the essence for this project and the perceived ability of the bidder to complete the project within the prescribed time frame will be accorded weight by the Owner in the determination of the best bid. The Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work. The Owner also may consider operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data, and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work. The Owner may conduct such investigations as the Owner deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any bid and to• establish responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of bidders, proposed subcontractors, suppliers, and other persons and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the Owner's satisfaction. In no case will the award be made until all necessary investigations have been made into the responsibility of the low bidders and subcontractors and the Owner is satisfied that the bidders and subcontractors are qualified to do the Work and have the necessary organization, capital, experience and equipment to carry out the provisions of the contract to the satisfaction of the Owner within the time specified. The Owner reserves the right, at the Owner's discretion, to reject any or all bids with or without cause, to waive technical errors and informalities, to negotiate contract terms with the successful bidder, to disregard all non - conforming, non - responsive, unbalanced or conditional bids and to accept the bid which in his judgment best serves the Owner. 1.13 RETURN OF BID GUARANTY: As soon as the bids have been compared, the Owner may, at his discretion, return the guaranty deposit accompanying such bids as in his judgment would not likely be considered in making the award. All other bid guaranties will be held until the contract and bonds have been executed, after which they will be returned to the respective bidders whose bids they accompany. 1.14 FAILURE TO EXECUTE THE CONTRACT: Failure on the part of the successful bidder to execute the contract as required will be just cause for the amount of guaranty deposited with the bid, either in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a bid bond, to be retained or be paid upon demand by the Owner, not as a forfeiture, but rather will be for liquidated damages, it being agreed to by each bidder in advance that the Owner will sustain certain damages by reason of the failure of the bidder to sign the contract and that such damages equal the amount of the bid security, or exceed the same, and in no event shall the bidder thereafter be permitted to contest to the contrary and does waive such right upon submitting a bid. 1.15 INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: All questions about the meaning. or intent of the Contract Documents shall be submitted to Engineer in writing. Replies will be issued by Addenda, if the reply alters the documents, to all parties recorded by the Engineer as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten days prior to the date for opening of Bids will not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Receipt of all addenda must be acknowledged in the space provided on the bid form. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. o IB -4 WF900204 1. 16 TIME OF AWARD AND AG REEMENT EXECUTION: The Owner reserves the right to hold all proposals and bid guaranties for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days after the date of bid opening stated in the Invitation to Bid. If project is to be awarded, the Owner will issue a Notice of Award within 90 days of the bid date, unless said time is extended at the request of the Owner and with the concurrence of the bidder. The Owner shall, in a timely manner subsequent to the issuance of the Notice of Award prepare and deliver to the bidder a suitable number of unsigned Agreements and other Contract Documents. Within 15 days thereafter, the Contractor shall execute and deliver all provided copies of the Agreement and Contract Documents to Owner or Engineer with the required Bonds and other relevant items. 1.17 BID MODIFICATIONS AND WITHDRAWAL: Modifications or bid withdrawal requests well be received from bidders prior to opening of first bid. Modifications or bid withdrawal requests may be telegraphic or in other written or printed form, but shall be sealed and dated with time stamp before delivery to the Owner. If, within twenty -four hours after bids are opened, any bidder files a duly signed, written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its bid, that bidder may withdraw its bid and the bid security will be returned. Thereafter, that bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents. 1.18 MANUFACTURERS: The Contractor shall use only he named manufacturers noted in Section 01019. Y ers except as 1.19 CONTRACT SECURITY: Sections 5.01 and 5.02 of the General Conditions set forth the Owner's requirements with regard to performance and payment bonds. Properly executed performance and payment bonds shall be delivered to the Owner with the executed agreement. All performance and payment bonds for this project shall be in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Price. The bonds must be executed on the forms provided in these documents and be countersigned by a Florida resident agent. Bonds must accompany the Agreement when delivered to the Owner for execution. 1.20 EXISTING PLANS: Copies of available Owner's records of existing facilities which may impact the proposed construction are available for review at the offices of ARCADIS US, Inc. and the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Facility. No guaranty as to the completeness or accuracy of this information is made, or implied, by the Owner or the Engineer. 1 1.21 PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES: A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime may not submit a Bid on a Contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a Bid on a Contract with a public entity for the construction -or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit Bids on leases of real property to a public entity, may not be awarded to perform Work as a Contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a Contract with any public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in Section 287.017, for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list. Vendors doing business with the Village are prohibited from discriminating against any employee, applicant, or client because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, or age with regard to but not limited to the following: employment practices, rates of pay or other compensation methods, and training selection. Lack of knowledge by the Bidder shall in no way be a cause for relief from responsibility, or constitute a cognizable defense against the legal effect thereof. 1 I13-5 WF900204 1.22 SITE USAGE AN D SECURITY: Securi ty at the construction site(s) is given a very high priority by the Owner. The Contractor shall recognize that this project is sensitive in nature as a result of homeland security concerns and the security criteria stipulated herein constitutes a material inducement of the Owner to enter into this contract -with the Contractor. It is acknowledged that the project will require construction activities at multiple locations on the project site. However, in recognition of the Owner's security focus and the fact that this is an active and functioning facility, the Contractor shall take reasonable scheduling steps to minimize the degree to which the entire facility is simultaneously impacted by this construction project. The Owner reserves the right to require timing adjustment of certain activities where the impact is judged to have a comparatively minor, or no, effect on efficiency. The Contractor shall restrict all parking, office placement and equipment trailers, stored material storage, lay -down areas, pre - fabrication work areas and other related items strictly to the Contractor staging area shown on the drawings. The existing WTP site and the Public Works site (where the storage tank demolition will occur) are both fully secured. The integrity of the perimeter fence and access gates must be maintained at all times. It is further noted that the Owner has implemented site security measures which restrict and control entrance to and exit from the site. The Contractor shall anticipate and work within the requirements of the Owner's security measures. The Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to perform a background check on all agents, licensees, invitees, employees, subcontractors, material -men, workers and suppliers entering the site and supply the results to the Owner. Should this occur, the Contractor shall secure appropriate releases and authorizations from the affected parties prior to performing the background checks. All background checks shall be performed prior to allowing the workers on to the project site. The Owner reserves the right but not the obligation to disallow entrance to the work site of any persons or entities as a result of the background check or other relevant , information, regardless of the result of such background check or other relevant information. Background checks shall be in such form and fashion as is acceptable to the Owner but at a minimum shall be performed through the Palm Beach County Sheriffs Department and the Florida Department of Law Enforcement or such other entity, firm or individual acceptable to the Owner, in its' sole discretion. The Contractor shall allow for the time to perform the necessary background checks within the project schedule. Nothing herein shall confer liability upon the Owner as a result of the security steps and provisions set forth in this contract. Each party who has had a background check performed shall be required to cant' photo identification and a clearance tag. Such identification and clearance tag shall be required to enter the site and shall be maintained with the person at all times while on site. Regardless of whether the Owner elects to require the Contractor to perform or take other security measures, the Contractor shall provide to the Owner a complete roster of all parties to enter the work site pursuant to this construction and to keep said roster updated and current on at least a monthly basis. 1.23 PERMITS: The Contractor shall be responsible for securing building permits and licenses from applicable entities, including the Village of Tequesta for this project. The Owner shall make no separate payment to the Contractor for expenses associated with securing the required licenses, permits or related approvals, however, fees due to the Village for a permit shall be waived. All associated fees will be the Contractor's obligation. The Contractor will be responsible for securing all occupational licenses, or other licenses as set forth elsewhere in this specification, as necessary to perform work in Palm Beach County and the Village of Tequesta. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with the terms and conditions of all permits issued pursuant to the construction of this project. IB -6 WF900204 1.24 OSHA COMPLIANCE: B y a bid y g ,bidders agree that the products furnished and construction methods used will comply with the Williams- Steger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and /or the Florida Division of Safety, whichever is applicable. 1.25 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS: The selected bidder shall provide a copy to the Owner through the Engineer of the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all chemicals used in the execution of their work in compliance with Chapter 442, Florida Statutes. 1.26 TIE BIDS: Tie bids may be awarded to one of the bidders based on the following: 1. Availability or completion period. 2. Service availability or facility. 3. Previous vendor record. 4. Drug -Free Workplace (as evidenced by completion of a suitable confirmatory form supplied by the Village). 5. Closeness to the delivery point. Where tie bids are between bidders one of which is a business whose principal place of business is located in Palm Beach County and the other bidder is not, the recommended award shall be to the local bidder. If all conditions are equal, the award shall be determined by drawing lots or flip of a coin. 1.27 DISPUTES: Any actual or prospective Bidder who disputes the reasonableness, necessity or competitiveness of the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid, bid selection or contract award recommendation shall file such protest in form of a petition in compliance with Rule 13A- 1.006 Florida Administrative Code. Failure to file a protest within the time prescribed in Section 120.53(5), Florida Statutes shall constitute a waiver of proceedings under Chapter 120, Florida Statutes 1.28 AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS: The obligations of the Village to make a Bid award and sign an agreement under the terms of this "Invitation to Bid" are contingent upon funds lawfully appropriated for this purpose. Should funds not be appropriated for this purpose, the Village, at its sole discretion, shall have the right to reject all bids. 1.29 BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATION CROSS - REFERENCING: Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misrepresentations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. The Contractor is advised that the specification is not fully cross referenced. Any section may have information relevant to each trade or equipment requirement. 1.30 WORK AREAS: The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents or otherwise assumed to be within public rights -of -way or on the work site owned by the Village. The Contractor shall, as directed by the Engineer, minimize the disruptive impact of his activities on the normal day -to -day operational needs of the Owner. 1.31 DRAWING SCALES: The Contractor is cautioned that scales indicated on the drawings are based on full size (24" X 36 ") plans. Reduce size plans do not have the indicated scales adjusted to reflect the actual plan size. I13-7 WF900204 - r g 1.32 ADDENDA. The Owner reserves the right to revise or amend the Contract Documents prior to the bid receipt. Any addenda issued prior to bid receipt shall be binding as if originally written into the Contract Documents. Receipt of all addenda must be acknowledged on the bid form. 1.33 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING: The Contractor is specifically advised certain elements of the project will require completion before other elements can be commenced. In addition, certain demolition work shall not occur until the replacement equipment is available. Refer to Section 01019 for additional detail. 1.34 FLORIDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT: By submitting a bid, the Contractor acknowledges full compliance with the Florida Trench Safety Act including, but not limited to, the submittal of suitable information related to the cost of compliance. 1 . r r r r r 1 r r r IB -g WF900204 } i DRUG FREE WORKPLACE Preference shall be given to businesses or more Bids which are equal with respect with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two Village for the procurement of commodities o c.on�tr actual svices, a Bid `received from ' business that certifies that it has implemented a d q�l�� and service are received by the er Preference in the award process. Established rug free workplace Program shall be en followed if none of the tied vendors have a d u d tee�woorrkp ace Processing tie Bids will a i drug-free workplace program, a business shall P program, In order to have a 1. Publish a statement notifying employe dispensing, possess!on, or use of a controlled s stance is prohibited n wo ks ab an d specifying the actions #hat w!I! be taken against employees for violations of such Prohibition. 2. inform employees about the dine f n. of main #wining a drag -free wor any available drug course ing, rehabs policy employee as pro rams, at may be rams, and the penalties that imposed ! for drug abuse violations. rirtation, and Po upon employees 3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services under Bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). that are 1 4. in the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that as a condition working on the commodities or contractual services that are and - tron of abide by the terms of the statement and will notify e employer of any conviction to e Of guilty or polo contendere fo, any violation of Chapter 893 the er Bid, the employee will law of the United States or any state, for a violation occurring in thew Plea or of any controlled substance five (5) days after such conviction, workplace no later than 5. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory rehabilitation program if such is available in the employees commun y, bye a ss is tance employee e t r who is so convicted. tY� y an employee or 5. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-tee free Implementation of this section. g workplace through i As the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this firm complies fu! w above requirements., the , Contractor's Si ature Sept. 12 2013 rson, vice President Operations Da SU ®o not execute unless the represe I ntta ion made are valid. ' r r i WF900204 CO PY BID VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA ` WATER TREATMENT PLANT AND WATER SYSTEM RENOVATION Bid of TLC Diversified, Inc. • (Name) . 2719 17th Street East, Palmetto, FL 34221 (Address) to furnish all materials, equipment and labor and to perform all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant and Water System Renovation. To: Village of Tequesta 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 Gentlemen: The undersigned bidder has carefully examined the Contract Documents and the site of the proposed Work and is familiar with the nature and extent of the Work and any local conditions that may in any manner affect the Work to be done. The undersigned agrees to do all the Work and furnish all materials called for by the Contract Documents, in the manner prescribed therein and to the standards of quality and performance established by the Engineer for the lump sum listed in the spaces herein provided, for each of the items or combination of items stipulated. The undersigned accepts all of the terms and conditions of the advertisement and /or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including, but not limited to, those dealing with disposition of bid security. The undersigned represents that this bid is genuine and not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, firm or corporation; bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to submit a false or sham bid; bidder has not any person firm or corporation to refrain from bidding; bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over other bidder or over Owner. The undersigned covenants that it is qualified to do business in the State of Florida and has attached evidence of bidders qualification to do business in the State of Florida, or if not attached, bidder, covenants to obtain and deliver such evidence within five days of request by Owner to produce such evidence. B -9 WF900204 r� ' BASE LUMP SUM Bf ©AMOUNT The base lump sum bid amount for the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant and Water System Renovation including all work specified in these documents is: alla ,_ _____ dollars and No - - - -- .— ____cents. ($ 5 Note, the bidder shall include a $50,000 bidding allowance in the Base Lump Sum Amount. This amount shall be to cover additional work on this project, not otherwise identified by these documents and Is subject to separate written approval by the Engineer. Accompanying this bid is a certified or cashier's check or a bid bond in the amount of $5- of Bid Amount (not less than 5% of the bid) made payable to the Village of Tequeste which is to be forfeited as liquidated damages if, in the event this bid is accepted, the undersigned fails to execute the agreement and furnish and pay for satisfactory performance and Payment bonds under the conditions and within the time specified in the bid; otherwise s certified or cashier's check or bid bond is to be returned to the unders' requirements for the bid bond are set forth in the invitation to Bid and Instructions #o Bidders- The undersigned agrees within fifteen (15) days from the date of acceptance execute the agreement and furnish and pay for satisfactory p of this bid, to the amount of 100% of the Contract price, guaranteeing he fai hful perform nce of the work and the of bills. Said bonds shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes and satisfy all criteria set forth in this document The undersigned also agrees to substantially complete the entire project within two hundred and forty (240) days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run and to be completed and ready for final payment within two hundred and seventy -five (275) days after the Contract Time commences to run. The undersigned further agrees to between the date herein specified as reimburse e ate oftsubst Owner, completion �and he day ctual a to of such substantial completion of the contract Work in the amount of $500 per calendar day as liquidated damages. The undersigned further agrees to reimburse the Owner, for each calendar day elapsing between the date herein specified as the date of final completion and the actual date of final completion of the Contract Work in the amount of $300 per calendar day as liquidated damages. The undersigned further agrees to reimburse the Mmes contractually allocated for total or partial shutdowns and the actual plant shutdowri between period in the amount of $100lhour for each full hour. The Contractor acknowledges existence of, and guarantees full compliance with he Florida Trench Safety Act The Bidder acknowledges the receipt of Addenda Nos. �� _ .`r� CZ� B -2 WF900204 The following is a complete list a the subcontractors to be used if the underligned is awarded the Contract for this project. Failure to list all subcontractors will give the Owner the right to require a change in subcontractors without any change in the contract time or cost, or rejection of the bid. List subcontractors other than for the indicated disciplines to the extent necessary to satisfy this criteria. Subcontractors named below may not be cha Owner may request a change under the terms of appiicabJe section h CC or acto The If a work type category listed below is to be Performed by the Genera words ° l Contractor, write the "Not by Subcontractor the applicable tine. TVDe of Work N ame, address. and teletahone number of Subcontractor Coatings ELI LE mrs Lo Co - Lle� �' fi�c.. X39 m .3 _�3a� Electrical 150 Pr p's-' + - . -.3 '77'7 Demolition The BG Group, LLC - 561 -998 -7997 1140 Ho an Dr1ve, $OC a on, The Contractor shall circle the name of the manufacturer for the following equipment items that will be used and was used in the computation of the Base Lump Sum Bid Amount. Circle. only one of the named manufacturers for each . item Failure to circle one of the named manufacturers in each category may result in rejection of the entire bid. High Service Pumps Payne Peerless, Floway, Layne- Vertiline, . hristensen B -S WF900204 This bid is submitted by: N Dalas L y Name (print) amberson who is an Officer of the above firm duly authorized to sign bids and enter into contracts. I certify that this bid Is made without prior understanding, agreement, or connection with any corporation, firm, or person submitting a bid for the same materials, supplies, or equipment, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of State and Federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences, and civil damage awards. I agree to abide by all conditions of this bid. Dated this 12 day of September 2013 (month) Con TLC Diversified, ersified, Inc. Address: 2719 17th Street East Palmetto, FL 34221 . By: alas Lamb son Title: vice President operations If this bid is rendered by a corporation, the corporate seal attested by the secretary shall be affixed below. n agen Igning this bid'shall attach to this form evidence of legal authority. ttest: J Tiffany Monaco, Assistant Secretary Seal S -4 WF900204 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we TLC Diversified, Inc. as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Westfield Insurance Company a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Ohio as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Village of Tequesta as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of FIVE PERCENT (5 %) OF PROPOSED BID- Dollars {— b —), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the Surety, bind. ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for Tequests WTP & Water System Renovations NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material fumished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds,. if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Worts covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 20th day of August 2013 . TLC Diversified. Inc. (sear? �tnessTj, 1 pt�atZ� $� re�si nt o MMS. (Title) Westfield Insurance Cornaanv (Seal l (Witness) The or Je ck, Agent & Attorney -in -Fact Printed in cooperation wish the American Institute of Architects (AIA) by CANF &D . CANF&D vouches that the language in this document conforrns exactly to the language used In AIA Document A31p Bid Bond - AIA, February 1970 ED - THE AMERICAN INSTnUrE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006. General Power PO WER NO. M2=2 o4 of Attorney W eld I nsurance Co. Westfield National Insurance C CERTIFIED COPY Ohio Farmers insurance Co. 0 n' All A r TFIELD I nter, O y These Presents That WESNSURANCE COMPANY WE WeStfletd Ce FARMERS 1 NSURANCE COMPANY. corporations, lreinafter referred to trrdivlduaaliy as�a�Com NA TI INSURANCE COMPANY organized and existing under the laws of the State Of Ohio, and having its princlpai office in and OHIO make. constitute and appoint Pay and collectively as "Compan ies," duly HEOI3ORE J. JEDLiCK Westfield Center, Medina County, Ohlo, tn+ these WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIEW NATIONAL IN plac ce aE and State of FL its true and lawful Atto P and stead Io execute_ acknowledge and deliver arty • ° all oril, ) - in Faq, whit full power and lP- and bands, recognizartces, utndertakin o ooiitr phereby conferred in its name, L11i91TAT14AL THIS POWR OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXECUTE NOW OU � rrstrtlttrenis or contracts of Ua OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. ARAN? €E, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY. as fll MORTGAGE and to bind arry of the Companies thereby uy and to the same seal of the applicable Company and duty attested b extent as if such bonds were signed by the President corporate the ppremises. Said appointment is made tinder and b author�ryr.reby ratif�•in and confirming alt tfiat the said Atro a s 1NE I Re INSURANCE COMPANY, INESTFiELD NAT1t5NAL INSURANCE COM pANy a o opted b INSURANCE �' y do In Be ![ Resolves; that the Preside any Pt hY the Board of Directors of each of the be and Is hereby vested with full m' Senior Executive, any Secretary or any Fidelaty & Sure O COMPAPiY: and on behalf of Power and audtorityy to appoint any one or more suitable � Perations Executive or other Executive shall The Attorney - -I Fat m b�Ject to the following provision. persons as Attomey(s )-in -Fact to represent and act for deliver, any and all bonds, Y given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the CO notices and documents recognizances, contracts, agre2mems of indemnity and flitter conditional or obit a am'' to execute, acknowledge and Attor+ieyy-rn-Fact shall be as bindin n or #inaiing the Comparry's liability tFiereunder, and a g undertakings and any and all Be It Further kesolveo; g upon the Company as if signed > such instrumems so executed by arty such _ by the President and sealed and attested b the Corpo that the signat person and the seal of the Coin y rate Secretary. power of a v ay a d certificate relating thereto by ure of any such design w, and any power of attorney seal shall be valid and binding upon the Cam Or certlficat�en heretofore or hereafter affixed m an held on Febru a� eo rryy fi, 2000). ' ' 64 ' respect to any bond ar undertaking to which It is attached-" , f {Each a�flp e In W d et o meeti COMPANY have caused these presents to be signed by their Na Witness M eat SURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE tibnaf Sure affixed this 15th day of APRIL A.D., ZD7o . Surety Leader and Sensor Executive and their co i t nrpara A Zoli' cor porate seals t0 be hereto ON 'SS� WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY ! .�""'w Affixed •��+ »,!bs a "o �+� s t : o; • •. G ; ,r % WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY e n 1 f :�.� =z: :' OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY 140 --Mi =10 "n ; oZ �« $fate of Dhifl +•+ry,.;in1 »,''`,`, + + + aeea.nMr'� f B County of Medina ss- Dennis P. Batts, National Surety Leader and On this 13th day of APRIL Senior Execufive . depose and s that O resides in W Oster 0 , b me personally carne Dennis P. Baus to me know COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANYland is OH�l�ARMERS NSURANCE COMPANY. the companies described 1n sworn, did ' and Senior Executive of WESTFIELD INSURANCE executed the above i nstrument that he knows the seats of said Companies that the seats affixed #o said i and which they were so affixed b order of the Boards of Dire ctors Of said Companies: and tlrdt he signed his name therettfl bb like such r " rate seals that Notarial seal o � N� t AL S , a State of Ohio William J. Kaheiin, A rney at Law, NOta County of Medina ss �° My Commission Does Not Expire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio Revised Code) 1, Frank Camino, Secretary of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO F ARMER S IN SURANCE O whidr Qs still n full a and effet t and above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a power of Anome In force and effect, ermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set ot in the Power executed 0 aidd In Wttneas Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said C � w�`" � -1 u ompanies at Westfield Center, Ohio, thisO da y of A Ar k .A Reap .LA's{ qaP,. , �, ,,, a 70 ' c • °•�� Aix• six •f'�e I t it 40 _ F •.........- `$#°�8 e. b Frank A. Carri Secretary S areemy I ,, � X1 ,11* I IeaN•i • °�', I d m � • a +.a�n.� BPOAC2 (combined] (66 -02) SECTiON �- ;r3t10 StDBd� }"fTTAL Fd) .. .. . . FLONDA TRENCH SAFETY ACT The undersigned aclmowledgas the CERTIFICATION AND DISCLOSURE STATEMENT requirements of the Florida Trench Safety Act (Section 653.60 st A. The Bidder further acknowledges that Florida Trench Safety Act, (the Act) establishes Federal excavadon Stan dards set fortis n t 2$ C.F.R. Sedon 1826.6rs0 Subpart P. as t Interim state standard until suer time as the state of FIo Department of labor and Employment S�gy, Or any r agency, adopts, updates, or revises said Interim standard. throug his State Of Florida standard may be supptemerrted by special Shorrtg requirements established by the State of Florida or any of its political subdivisions. B. The Bidder. as Contractor, shall comply With ail applicable excavatlonRrench safety C. The contractor shall consider the t teciu►Ical data available fmm the County, ti any, the OontracWs own sources, and d other relevant Information In Us design of the trend safety system to 1 We responsibilities for the $elecdon of the date on which it r�s k�i d D. The amounts that the Bidder has set forth for de the safety syste as we# as for the system itself. linear feat c trench excavated under each safety measure. Ties units, costs r unit values shall be dtsdosed Solely for the purpose of ampiiance with procedural requirements of the Act. No ad mtment to the flne and the any difference in the actual number of linear feet of trench excavation, except as may of erwise or pr ice ed in these Co fo r DoaunEnts. kSlope LF 0 $x.0. Safety Measure units of Unit Unit Extended scription) Measure (Quantity) Cost Cost LF,SF � $ $ $ $ $ $ For information Orly, Not for Payment Purposes $ ° Bidder may use additional sheets as necessary to extend this form. Failure to complete the above may result in the bid being declared non- responsive. E. The amount disclosed as the Cost of compliance with the appicable trench safety requirements does not constitute the extent of the Contmactoes obligation to comply with said standards. The Contractor shall extend additional sums at no additional cyst to the County, If necessary. to corn * with the Act (axe* as otherwise be provided) F. Acceptance of the bid to which this certirmation and disclosure appiles in no way represents that the County or ifs represen evaluated and thereby determined that the above costs tatives has lls are adequate to comply with the appticable trench safety requirements nor does It in any way relieve the Contractor of its sole responsibility to comply with the applic aide trench safety requirements. TLC Diversified Inc. • C are and Title Da as Lamoerson vibe President operations Address; _ lepbo 941) 72 � �s3 T ®lephonefFax 2719 17th Street East 59- 2513308 — Pal metj- 4 - ZL - U 22d Federal Employee ID NO. (FEW) dlambersoneticdiversified.com Emall of Account Retx ;;n ative PUBLIC Ty E FORM SWORN STATEMENT UNDER SECTION 287.133(3) (a), FLORIDA STATUTE PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES S ON THIS FORM MUST BE SIGNED AND SWORN TO IN THE PRESENCE OF A OATHS, NOTARY PUBLIC OR OTHER OFFICER AUTHO TO AD11rrft LISTER 1 This sworn statement is submitted to village of Tequesta, FL Dalas Lamberson, Vice President Operations (print individual's name and title) for TLC Diversifi inc. (print name of entity submitting sworn statement) whose business address is 1 c i 271917' St. E., Palmetto FL 34221 and (if applicable its Federal Employer Identification. Number (FEIN) is 59- 2513308 2. I understand that a "public entity crime" as defined in Para. 287.133 1 Statutes, means a violation of any state or federal law by a person with res Florida t and directly related to the transaction of business with any public entity or with an i agency or political subdivision of any other state or with the United States, including, but not limited to, any bid or contract for goods or services to be a provided to any public entity or an agency or political subdivision of any other state or of the United States and involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, ` collusion, racketeering, conspiracy, or material misrepresentation. 3. I understand that "convicted" or "conviction" as defined in Para, 287,133 1 b Florida Statutes means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, With or without an adjudication of guilt, in any federal or state trial court of record relating to charges brought by indictment of information after July 1, 1989, as a result of a jury verdict, non jury trial, or entry of a plea of guilty or polo contendere. 4. I understand that an "affiliate" as defined in Para, 287.133(1)(a), Florida Statutes means: 1 a» A predecessor or successor of a 1 or person convicted of a public entity crime; b. An entity under the control of any natural management of the entity and who has been convicted of a active lic entity crime. The term "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in the management of an affiliate. The ownership by one person of shares ' constituting a controlling interest in another person, or a pooling of equipment or income among persons when not for fair market value under an arm's length agreement, shall be a prima facie case that one person ' controls another person. A person who knowingly enters into a joint } venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crime in Florida during the preceding 36 months shall be considered an affiliate. S. I understand that a "person" as defined in Para. 287.133(1)(e), Flori da Statut es ; . means any natural person or entity organized u th laws of any state S of the United States with the legal power to enter into a binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the provision of goods or services let by a public J entity, or which otherwise transacts or applies to transact business with a public entity. The term "person" includes those officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, and agents who are active in management of ' an entity. 6. I understand that as defined in Para. 287.133(2)(a), Florida Statutes that A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for public entity crime may not submit a bid on a contract or provide any goods or services to a public entity; may not submit a bid on a contract with a Public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work; may not submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity; may not be awarded or perform work as a CONTRACTOR, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any public entity; and may not transact business With any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in Section 287.017, for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list. 7. Based on information and belief, the statement which I have marked below is true in relation to the entity submitting this sworn statement. statement applies: Please indicate which -- —Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity have been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one'or more of the officers, directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members or agents who 1 are active in management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. The entity submitting this sworn statement, or one or more of the o#ficers, ` directors, executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has been charged with and convicted of a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989. However, there has been a subsequent proceeding before a Hearing Officer of the ' State of Florida, Division of Administrative Hearings and the Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer determined that it was not in the public interest to place the entity submitting this sworn statement on the convicted vendor list (attach a i copy of the final order), I UNDERSTAND THAT THE SUBMISSION OF THIS FORM TO THE ' CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR THE PUBLIC ENTITY IDENTIFIED I : PARAGRAPH ONE ABOVE IS FOR THAT PUBLIC ENTITY ONLY AND, THAT THIS FORM IS VALID THROUGH DECEMBER 31 OF THE CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH IT IS FILED. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT 1 AM REQUIRED TO INFORM THE PUBLIC ENTITY PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT IN EXCESS OF THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT PROVIDED IN SECTION 287.017 FLORIDA STATUTES FOR CATEGORY TWO OF ANY CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS FORM. (Signature) ' as Lamberson, vice President Operations ' i Sworn to and subscribed before me this 12 day of Sept. 2013 Personally known to me. i Notary Public — State of Florida ow I (Signature of Notary) Notary Stamp: , ' DARLENE CHARLES Cmwftim# EE 144526 Eames Fehrwy 24, 2016 Bolded Tian Troy f� Ua�w 7W8 STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS An PROFESSIONAL REGULATION CONSTRUCTXON X= 194*0 NORTH MONROUSTRY LXCENSING BOARD WS TALLAHASSEE H STREET ( 487-1395 FL 32399 -0783 AMBERSON, THMSTO T L L C .DIVERSIFIND 14 2719 17TH STREET EAST PAIMETTo FT, 34227 PP97- With this license You bee Floridians 116onsed b� the p OM one of the nearly one.miloon STATE OF FLORmA artment of Business and Prdesj AC#, r L S 3 Iona] RegUlauon, Our professlaials and businesses range from ar DEPARTMEM OF BU boxers to barbeque restaurants, and th k eep itects to Yacht brokers, fr6m P-ROFESSIOP -S]:NkSS AND A Florida's economy st rong. AY We business in order to serve You better. For information about our s 13 0416241 EVer ethew do CGC041816 ' kit y day we work to lMp� There You can find mpre inf 10 9 OntO www-MYflorldallcense. on AbObt our divisions and the regulatio that CERT1 FIEV imPact YOU, subscribe to de' �L- CONTRACTOR LAM338jZSOjj*,�! Department's Inr4afives. Partment newslette and learn more about the T L C DIVE'R-93, -fZ , Our mission at the Department is: License Efficiently, Regulate Fairly. We constantly sWe to a erve you better so that yo U cans ' erve your customer . Thank you for doing business in Flo . rida., and congratulations on your new licensel IS CiC RTIP-TED Und the ch.489 ps lb-74;ail6a date's jLUG * 9r 31, 2014- Li2otb, L DETACH HERE AC# 61b STATEO FL6RID A DkVAR T k6ii SS-IO --EN NA-t IR'G ULATION S1 NO B S EQ#L 120 66601290 !— 06 6 %012, 11643.6' CCIC0418ie-A. Th6 NERAL c Zk Na ; '77 j in 0 C ha]� 16 1 thL p 2014 � ,�` �' ` - . ation dat A rG M rn-1 -'-10i LAMBERS09, THURSTO* N T L C bMRSIn- EAST 271 ' AWIP. ED*INC 9 17TH STREET y�. t PALMETTO FL 34221 4 SCOTT: KEN LAWSON DIS SECRETA RY PLAY AS REQUIRED 13Y LAW At �o>as:iT;moae�u Tex caiieer P.O. Box 3353, West Palm Beach, FL 33402- 3353 , + Srrpfng Para 8rath r vvxty www .taXeDilectorpbc.com Tel: (581) 355 -2272 LOCATED AT 7233 SOUTHERN BLV B 1 NEST PALM BEACH, FL 33413 - WPE of BUSwESS 1648 ' 230102 CW GEN RAL COMRACTOR OwNER CERTIFICATION RECEIPT 1FIDATE PAfD AMT PAID E LAMBERSON THURSTON 4 BIL# This do cument Is valid only When recelpted by the Tax Collector's Office, 2 �•� 8 STATE OF FLORIDA PALM 2012,/2013 LOCAL BUSINESS TAX RECEIPT T L C DIVERSIFIED I LBTR NUMbef: 1 99100688 T L C DIVERSIFIED IN NC 271917TH ST E EXPIRES: SEPTEMBER 30.2013 PALMETTO, FL 34221 -9314 This receipt does not constitute a franchise, IIt I� 1 li III illrI, „1(,,, iI,I „i agreement, permission of authority to perform the services or operate the business described herein when a franchise, agreement or other county commission, state or federal permission of authority Is required by county, state of federal law. 1 1 CORPORATE RESOLUTION ' Apr1127, 2013 RE: Authority to Sign Legal Documents TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN: TLC Diversified, Inc:, being a legal Corporation organized under the Laws of the State of Florida ' in April, 1985, Mr. Thurston Lamberson and Mrs. Joanne Lamberson having 100% of the outstanding shams of said Corporation owned since March of 1989, declares that the following as a matter of record. Mr. Dalas Lamberson, Vice President © eratio p nS, and Ms. Tiffany Monaco, Assistant Secretary, shall, have full power and authority to sign any and all Legal and Binding Documents and make r all commitments of whatever nature for TLC Diversified, Inc. Signed this Twenty- Seventh day of April 2013 • r Thurston Lamberson /President Joanne R. Lamberson/Vice President Sworn to 4:114 subscribed before me, Thurston Lar b' ggori and Joanne R, Lamberson, whom are personally known to me, this twenty- Seventh day of April, 2013 :.� LQ1QA t(14Y 900AE Linda Kay Moore /Notar Nobq PW*c = s tate of fforida. My Commission Expires: March 20, 2016 My Comm. Exptreo Mar 20.'2016 CQmmisatoa # EE 1.68648 St ate ® Department o State !f I certify from the records of this office that T.L.C. DIVERSIFIED, INC. is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Florida, filed on April 4, 1985. The document number of this corporation is H51364. I further certify that said corporation has paid all fees due this office through ' December 31, 2013, that its most recent annual report/uniform business report was filed on January 28, 2013, and its status is active. I further certify that said corporation has not filed Articles of Dissolution. Given under nt hand and Y the Great Seal of the State of Florida ' at Tallahassee, the Capital, tails is the Twenty eighth dory of Januayy, 2013 } Authentication ID: CC2267063797 To authenticate this certincate,visit the following site,enter this ID, and then follow the instructions displayed. httpsi / /eflie.sunbiz.orgtcertauthver htmi � CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the L day of in the year 2913 by and between THE VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA (hereinafter called OWN/ R) and TLC Diversified, Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). ' OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: Article 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: For the complete construction of the Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: Village of Tequesta, Water Treatment Plant and Water System Renovation. Article 2. ENGINEER. ' The Project has been designed by: ARCADIS US, Inc. 2081 Vista Parkway West Palm Beach, FL 33411 ARCADIS US, Inc. is hereinafter called ENGINEER and will act as OWNER's representative, assume all ' duties and responsibilities and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Article 3. CONTRACT TIME. 3.1. The Work will be substantially completed within 240 days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.3 of the General Conditions, and completed ' and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions within 275 days from the date when the Contract Time commences to run. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of ' this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for Substantial Completion of the Work. After substantial completion if Contractor shall neglect, refuse or fail to complete the remaining work within the Contract time or any proper extension granted by Owner, Contractor shall pay Owner Three Hundred Dollars ($300.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 3.1 for completion and readiness for Final payment. The Contractor further agrees to reimburse the Owner, as liquidated damages, for each hour elapsing between contract times allocated for total or partial plant shutdown and actual periods the amount of S 100 per full hour. Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE. 4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds in the lump sum amount of five hundred thirty thousand five hundred eighteen dollars (5530,518), adjusted as required to reflect total or partial usage of t WF900204 t the bidding allowance. Article 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. Progress Payments. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contras Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, on or about the 10th day of each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.9 of the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Requirements. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. 90% of work completed and 90% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions), 14,02 of the General Conditions, except as modified by paragraph 5.3 of this Agreement. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion, in an amount sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions. 5.2. Final Payment. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. 5.3 Retainage Reduction: In accordance with Florida Statutes 255.078, when the construction K reaches 50% completion, the Contractor may apply for a reduction in retainage. For purposes of this determination, "completion" shall exclude stored material and general "job costs" such as mobilization, bond and insurance, field office cost, etc. Additionally, for purposes of this ; determination each major discipline (electrical, instrumentation, structural, mechanical) shall, independently, each achieve 50% project completion in order for the entire project to be considered 50% complete. Regardless of the foregoing, nothing herein shall require the Owner to reduce retainage to the Contractor if the Owner has determined that the Contractor is in default, or if the Owner or any of its consultants reasonably believes that the retainage and/or future payments to the Contractor will not be enough for the Owner to complete the project or cover its damages as a result of Contractor breach or default or for any other reason, or there is a good faith dispute by the Owner against its bonding company. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to withhold from payment, at a minimum, the Owner's or Engineer's estimated cost of completion for the list of items prepared pursuant to Article 14.02 A. of the General Conditions. Article 6. INTEREST - N/A Article 7. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS. In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 2 WF900204 t r rt _ 7. 1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 7.2. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract, Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.03 of the General Conditions. 7.3. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 7.4. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. Article 8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consists of the following: 8.1. This Agreement (pages 1 to 5, inclusive). 8.2. Performance, other Bonds, consisting of 4 pages. 8.3. General Conditions (pages 1 to 42, inclusive). 8.4. Supplementary Conditions (pages SGC -1 to SGC -11, inclusive). r 8.5. Specifications bearing the title Village of Tequesta, Water Treatment Plant and Water System Renovation and consisting of 12 technical divisions as listed in the table of contents. thereof. ' 8.6. Drawings consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered 1 through 25 inclusive with each sheet bearing the following general title: Village of Tequesta, Water Treatment Plant and Water System Renovation. 8.7. CONTRACTOR's Bid (pages B -1 to B4, inclusive, plus 10 additional pages as provided with the bid). ' 8.8. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: All Written Amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.04 and 3.05 of the General Conditions. 8.9 The documents listed in paragraphs 8.2 et seq. above are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). 8.10 Addendums No. 1 & 2, as incorporated into the Conformed documents. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 8. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.04 and 3.05 of the General Conditions. 3 WF900204 r s t Article 9. MISCELLANEOUS. 9.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 9.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation moneys that may become due and moneys that are ; due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents, 9.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Article 10. INDEMNIFICATION. 10.1. The parties agree that I% of the total compensation paid to the Contractor for performance of this Agreement shall represent the specific consideration for the Contractor's indemnification of the Owner and the Engineer as is set forth in Paragraphs 6.20 of the General Conditions. ' 10.2. It is the specific intent of the parties hereto that the foregoing indemnification complies i with Florida Statute 725.06 (Chapter 725). It is further the specific intent and agreement of the parties that all of the Contract documents on this Project are hereby amended to include the foregoing indemnification and the "Specific Consideration" therefore. 10.3 Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Village, its officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of the Contractor and persons employed or utilized by the Contractor in the performance of this construction contract. i 1 1 t i 4 WF900204 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed four (4 ) copies of this Agreement. One counterpart each has been delivered to OWNER and CONTRACTOR, and two () to the ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on r OWNER: CONTRACTOR: VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA TLC DIVERSIFIED, INC. By Thurston resident [ CO [ COR�'1 ORATE SE , o nunn r OF ' Attest n,( ��E P O •TFQ % Attest J anne Lam erson /Secretary Address for giving notices ate: SE n �,N� Address for giving notices A C '�'� 2719 17th Street East 345 Te uesta Drive - : INC Teques a Nj , FL 33469 •. � oRPp � ATE � Palmetto, FL 34221 (561) 575 -6200 � 1 ' - .,���• , ••.. (941) 722 -0621 GF Fi-O� License No. CGC041816 If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, attach evidence of authority to sign. r 5 WF900204 ' o 1 CORPORATE RESOLUTION ' February 25, 2011 RE: Authority to Sign Legal Documents TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN; TLC Diversified, Inc., being a legal Corporation organized under the Laws of the State of Florida in April, 1985, Mr. Thurston Lamberson and Mrs. Joanne R. Lamberson and having 100% of the outstanding shares of said Corporation owned since March of 89 declares the following as a matter of record. ' Mr. Thurston Lamberson, President, shall have full power and authority to sign any and all Legal and Binding Documents and make all commitments of whatever nature for TLC Diversified, Inc. r Signed this 25th day of Feb, 2011 Thurston Lamberson oanne R. amberson President Vice-President Sworn to and subscribed before me Thurston Lamberson, and Joanne R Larbersou whom I know this 25th day of Feb, 2011. l.ind 1z a 1 t W o ?e Notary Public Public My Commission Expires: March 20, 2012 LINDA KAY M100RE MY .•ia',ArSSION ht7i7(183i� 'If IRE, fiJ ?i 398D i r r A CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE °12/23/2013 "' THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certlficate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the pollcy(les) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terns and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER 1- 813 - 229 -8021 CONTACT Diana Defreeuw M. E. Wilson Co., Inc. PHONE 813- 229 -8021 aC No: 300 W. Platt St. E-MAIL Ste 200 ADDRESS: ddefreeuw@mewilson.com Tampa, FL 33606 INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAICI# INSURED INSURERA: WESTFIELD INS CO 24112 TLC Diversified, Inc. INSURER B : FCCI INS CO 10178 INSURER C : 2719 17th Street East INSURERD: Palmetto, FL 34221 INSURERE: INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 37579138 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ' INSR ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER MIDD rfYYY) (MMIDDIYYYYl LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY TRA3972460 04/01/1 04/01/14 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 % DAMAGE TO RENTED COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES Ea occurrence $ 150,000 CLAIMS -MADE 1-i-I OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000 % Contractual Liability PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 % $500 Prop Dmg Ded GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEML AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/Op AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY % PROT % LOC $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TRA3972460 04101/12 04/01/14 COMBINEDSINGLELIMIT % E..cadent $1,000,000 ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ALL O OSSS SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ % HIRED AUTOS Ix t NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE AUTOS Per accden $ A % UMBRELLA LIAB % OCCUR TRA3972460 04/01/1 04/01/14 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 51000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE AGGREGATE $ 5 DED I % I RETENTION $ 0 8 WORKERS COMPENSATION 001WC13A61661 $ AND EMPLOYERTUABILITY YIN 04/01/1 04/01/14 % WC ER ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNERIEXECUTIVE N /A E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 500,000 N❑ OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 500,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 500,000 A Installation Floater TRA3972460 0470171 04/01/14 Any One Site: 1,000,000 Transit & Storage: Included Deductible: 1,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/ LOCATIONS /VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space Is required) Certificate Holder is Additional Insured. RE: Water Treatment Plant and Water System Renovation TLC Job No. 13 -32 -01 1 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE Village of Tequesta THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 345 Tequesta Drive AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Tequesta, FL 33469 9s t p9. 6 USA ©1988 -2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2010/05) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 37579 37579138 .4 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE ° 122/2/2 D 01 " 3 Y) THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the pollcy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WANED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER 1- 813 - 229 -8021 CONTACT Diana Defreeuw M. E. Wilson Co., Inc. PHONE 813- 229 -8021 1 FAX A/C No): 300 W. Platt St. E-MAIL Ste 200 ADDRESS: ddefreeuw@mewilson.com Tampa, FL 33606 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURERA: WESTFIELD INS CO 24112 INSURED TLC Diversified, Inc. INSURERS: FOCI INS CO 10178 INSURER C 2719 17th Street East INSURER D: Palmetto, FL 34221 INSURERE: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 37579105 REVISION NUMBER- THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ' INSR ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSR vivn POLICY NUMBER M/DD !YYYY1 (MMfDDNYYY1 LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY TRA3972460 04/01/1 04/01/14 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 % DAMAGE TO RENTED COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY PREMISES Eaacurrence $ 150,000 CLAIMS -MADE I OCCUR MED EXP (Any one person) $10,000 $ Contractual Liability PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 $ $500 Prop Dmg Dad GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GEMLAGGREGATEUMITAPPUESPER; PRODUCTS - COMP /OPAGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY $ PRO- JEC % LOC $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TRA3972460 04/01/12 04/ COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ix ANY AUTO BODILLYI 1, 000, 000 URY (Per person) $ ALL OWNED SCHED AUTOS AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ HIRED AUTOS % NON-OWNED DAMAGE AUTOS PeracddeM $ A % UMBRELLALIAB % J OCCUR TRA3972460 04/01/1 04/01/14 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE AGGREGATE $5,000,000 DED I % I RETENTION $ 0 $ ]3 WORKERS COMPENSATION 001WC13A61661 AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY �, /N 04 /O1 /1 04/01/14 $ ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 500, 000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? � N/A (Mandatory In NH) E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ 500,000 If y ea, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERA71ONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMB $ 500 , 000 A Installation Floater TRM972460 04/01/1 04/01/14 Any One Site: 1,000,000 Transit & Storage: included Deductible: 1,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, I more space is required) Certificate Holder is listed as Additional insured. RE: Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant and Water System Renovation TLC Job No. 13 -32 -01 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE Arcadia US, Inc. THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. William D Reese, P.E. 2081 Vista Parkway AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE West Palm Beach, FL 33411 USA ©1988 -2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2010105) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 37579 37579105 Performance Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Address of Principal Place TLC Diversified, Inc. of Business): Westfield Insurance Company 2719 17th Street East One Park Circle OWNER (Name and Address): Palmetto, FL 34221 Westfield Center, OH 44251 Village of Tequesta 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 CONTRACT Date: Amount: $530, 518 . 00 ' Description (Name and Location): VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA WATER TREATMENT PLANT AND WATER SYSTEM RENOVATIONS BOND 7652607 Date (Not earlier than Contract Date): Amount: $53 0, 518 . 00 Modifications to this Bond Form: None Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms printed on the reverse side he.enf, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOk S PRINCIPAL SURETY Company:TLC Diversified, Inc(Corp. Seal) Company. Insurance (Corp. Seal) ' Signatur . _ Signature: ':Name and Tit e: Thurston Lamberson President Name and it / �' dore J.Jedlick /Attorney (Attach Power of Attorney) In -Fact (Space is provided below for signatures of additional parties, if required.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company (Corp. Seal) Company: (Corp. Seal) Signature:_ _ Signature: _ ______ Name and Title: Name and Title: EJCDC No. 1910 -28 -A (1996 Edition) Originally prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America, Engineers Joint Documents Committee, the Associated General Contractors of America, the American Institute of Architects, the American Subcontractors Association, and the Associated Specialty Contractors. ' 1. The CONTRACTOR and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for 00610 -1 the performance of the Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. denied pliability, in whole or in part, without further notice the OWNER shall be ' entitled to enforce any remedy available to the OWNER. 2. if the CONTRACTOR performs the Contract, the Surety and the CONTRACTOR have no obligation under this Bond, except to participate in 6. After the OWNER has terminated the CONTRACTOR's right to complete conferences as provided in paragraph 3.I. the Contract, and if the Surety elects to act under paragraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 ; above, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the OWNER sha€3 not be greater 3. If there is no OWNER Default, the Surety's obligation under this Bond shall than those of the CONTRACTOR under the Contract, and the responsibilities of arise after. the OWNER to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the OWNER under the Contract. To a limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment { 3.1 The OWNER has notified the CONTRACTOR and the Surety at the by the OWNER of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs and addresses described in paragraph 10 below, that the OWNER is damages on the Contract, the Surety is obligated without duplication for: considering declaring a CONTRACTOR Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with the CONTRACTOR and 6.1 The responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR for correction of defective the Surety to be held not later than fifteen days after receipt of such Work and completion of the Contract; notice to discuss methods of performing the Contract. If the owner, the CONTRACTOR and the Surety agree, the CONTRACTOR shall 62 Additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting from be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Contract, but such an the CONTRACTOR's Default, and resulting from the actions or agreement shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Contract, failure to act of the Surety under paragraph 4; and but such an agreement shall not waive the OWNER's right, if any, subsequently to declare a CONTRACTOR Default; and 6.3 Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non- 32 The owner has declared a CONTRACTOR Default and formally performance of the CONTRACTOR. terminated the CONTRACTOR's right to complete the Contract. f Such CONTRACTOR Default shall not be declared earlier than 7. The Surety shall not be liable to the OWNER or others for obligatiors of the twenty days after the CONTRACTOR and the Surety have received CONTRACTOR that are unrelated to the Contract, and the Balance of the ' notice as provided in paragraph 3.1; and Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity 33 The owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to; other than the OWNER or its heirs, executors, administrators, or successors. 3.3.1. The Surety in accordance with the terms of the Contract; S. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. 3.32. Another contractor selected pursuant to paragraph 4.3 to perform the Contract. 9. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of the 4. When the owner has satisfied the conditions of paragraph 3, the Surety shall Work is located and shall be instituted within two years after CONTRACTOR promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the following actions: Default or within two years after the CONTRACTOR ceased working or within two ears after the Surer refuses or fails to y y perform its obligations under this , 4.1 Arrange for the CONTRACTOR, with consent of the OWNER, to Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or perform and complete the Contract; or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to surities as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Contract itself, through its ` agents or through independent contractors; or 10. Notice to the Surety, the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR shall be mailed or delivered to the addresses shown on the signature page. 43 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the OWNER for a contract for performance and 11. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal completion of the Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for requirement in the location where the Contract was to be performed, any i execution by the OWNER and the contractor selected with the provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall OWNER's concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment be deemed deleted herefYom and provisions conforming to such statutory or 1 bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the Bonds issued on other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is, that the Contract, and pay to the OWNER the amount of damages as this Bond shall be construed as a statutory Bond and not as a common law bond. described in paragraph 6 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the OWNER resulting from the CONTRACTOR Default; 12. DEFINITIONS or I 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the 4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or OWNER to the CONTRACTOR under the Contract after all proper obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness tinder the adjustments have been made, including allowance to the circumstances; CONTRACTOR of any amounts received or to be received by the OWNER in settlement of insurance or other Claims for damages to 4.4.1. After investigations, determine the amount for which it may be which die CONTRACTOR is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper liable to the OWNER and, as soon as practicable after the payments made to or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR under this amount is determined, tender payment therefor to the OWNER; Contract. or 12.2 Contract: The agreement between the OWNER and the 4.4.2. Deny liability in whole or in par and notify the OWNER citing CONTRACTOR identified on the signature page, including all reasons therefor. Contract Documents and changes thereto. 5. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in paragraph 4 with reasonable 12.3 CONTRACTOR Default: Failure of the CONTRACTOR, which has promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond fifteen neither been remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to comply days after receipt of an additional written notice from the OWNER to the Surety with the terms of the Contract, demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the 12.4 OWNER Default: Failure of the OWNER, which has neither been OWNER shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the OWNER. If remedied nor waived, to pay the CONTRACTOR as required by the the Surety proceeds as provided in paragraph 4.4, and the OWNER refuses the Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms payment tendered or the Surety has thereof. 1 0060 -2 General POWER NO. 0992202 o4 Po Westfield Insurance Co. of Attorney W estfield National Insurance Co. CERTIFIED COPY Ohio Farmers Insurance Co. Know All Men Westfield Center, Ohio 1 ThESe Presents. That WESTFIELD INSURANCE COM WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSU Westfield COMPANY and OHIO FARMRS INSURAN F COM PANY. corporations, hereinafter referred to org ani z ed rtt5 e a a �the laws of the State of Ohio. and having its p d" fpal tCe to W ppa�ng° and CtNtecttvely •C rtles, pr Ppolnt rr�widualoff esffleld Ce ntor, MCdirea Cowety. Ohro, dfl !>)r the THEODORE d JEDLICK Of DAVIE _ P and - stead. w execute. deliver a aced ab�'�n -f au with full Power and authority hereby conferred m its name. - - --- - - - - - - - - . aendertakittgs, or other icastrfur or of LUTAIT TION: THIS POOR OF ATTORNEY CANNOT BE USED TO EXEt�fTE NOTE .... OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS EE, MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, MORTGAGE and to bind any of the CantPardes thereby as fully and to the Sam extent as d such both were Sea' of the 8Wi!:c !ble ConePany and WW attemed by its Secretary, hereby r Sig by Lhe President, sealed *0 ft Corporate the ppremises. Said aPpoirwnent is made under and bq R9 gild confirming a!I that the said tTi'ESTFIEI.D INSURANCE COMPANY. WESTFIELD NATIONAL INS of the toti r on � AIL_ - - Y4s }•in -Felt rosy do in esoftred t hat the President P b the Board of Directors of each of the °Be B R ent any Senior Executive, E COMP Y and OHIO FARMERS INSURANCE COMPANY: tae and is hereby vested with fell Power and authors to Fly or any uAa & Surety OPerations Executive or other ExemAive shall and on behalf a the CQn eject to V e tonow Prey one or more suitabre Persons as Anorney( in -Fact to represent and act ort r The Anofmy -ht -Fact may be gi lull pow" and f' deliver. arty and all bow, � con razes, or and in the roams of arid on behalf of the to nwjces and �elfr� or agreernereis of irodemryty ebli axi gigs ari 9 the Corr�sy's Iablky ffiea otlmr condrtarsn$1 ar and all any _Be -F� strati be as tsmd;rty t c d the President � � by a such Secretary Y>aef�vYed that ore an "at a �irwi'°H � ,�ar; r to a n y Fe or a alnico fn w " ° "n9 to waxcla it is a1laGhed - (Eac a< a 9 COMPANY have WESTFIE INSURANCE COMPANY. WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE CtMiPANY and OHIO FARMERS INSURANC this i5th d °, A pr D . � b y Sanely Leath and SeRfor Ex and their seats to be hereto Corporate 01 AW .,,,. D INSURANCE afrtC E seals ,Sad rte.+:''• eZ WESTFIELD INSURANCE ' +� V 'q% s WESTFIELD NATlD11}AL I CUiI�ANY RISt1RA1tiCE OMPANY SEAL : g FACERS tHSi1RARtCE C�HtPAA1Y MI 'G a State of OheO By: County of Medina ss.: Denrds P - Baus, 1VatfOMI Surety Lear arid On this 15th day of APRIL A.D., 2010. before nee Seri& Ex0aidioe depose and sey.that he resides to 1Alal�9ter Ohia; that hPStu S URAIY P. Baas to me known, who, being by me duty sworn. did C MPANY, WE NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARItiIER grid WESTFIELD executed the above irr�mtent; that he knows the Seals of said C d SOd" the described in and whic E they were so zed by order of the Boaraft of Directors of sold the seek aWE COMP ANY. to said are such Notarial I raies: and that he sign name signed ids e Viarete by Gke corporate seats that Affixed /tPq%AL S r State of Ohio a eft J. Celery of Medina ss : oi � ° My Couft Does Not ExPire (Sec. 147.03 Ohio ReviSed Code, _ 1. Fr A. Cam, Y of WESTFIELD INSURANCE CO PANY, STF ELD NATIONAL M WE 1 INSURANCE COMPAIrIY, do hereby tl>a4 above surd f� INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMERS Carnpanie5. which is still in full force and effect; and turthsnix re ��resMAiorrs of Boards SPY aQ a Pang of Attorney. e xecut e d F n kill force and effect. 89ards or D# rectors. Set 01A in the Pevw of Att04 are In I+VfL mw 11109MV14W 1 have ha eunIQ sel my hand and affixed the seats of said C .... flartpani@5 at YifeStRefd Center. Ohio. this day of % 0%Ak ` a SUL i t ' -.,��- � � . - a 4 . Fret A. Car r ino. Ser y i BPOAC'a (asomb nso ( _ t Payment Bond Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Address of Principal Place 1 LC Divers ified, Inc. ofBusiness): Westfield Insurance Company 2719 17th Street East One Park Circle OWNER (Name and Address): FL 34221 Village of Tequesta palmetto, Westfield Center, OH 44251 345 Tequesta Drive Tequesta, FL 33469 CONTRACT Date: Amount: $530,518.00 Description (Name and Location): VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA WATER TREATMENT PLANT AND WATER SYSTEM RENOVATIONS BOND 7652607 Date (Not earlier than Contract Date): Amount: $530,518.00 Modifications to this Bond Form: None Surety and Contractor intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the teens printed on the reverse side hereof, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent, or representative. ' CONTRACT AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company:T 'C Diversified, Inc(Corp. Seal) CompanyWestfield Insurance�7 SPaI) Signature: _ Signature: Name and Tit e:Thurston Lamberson /President Name and i le: h p re J . Jedlick/Attorney- (Attach Power o Attorney) In -Fact ' (Space is provided below for signatures of additional parties, if required.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corp. Seal) Company: (Corp. Seal) ' Signature:_ Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title: EJCDC No. 1910 -28 -B (1996 Edition) Originally prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America, Engineers Joint Documents Committee, the Associated General Contractors of America, the American Institute of Architects, the American Subcontractors Association, and the Associated Specialty Contractors. 00620 -1 t 5 1. The CONTRACTOR and the Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, by the Surety, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the d Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 8. Amounts owed by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR under the Contract ' shall be used for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, ^ 2. With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if the under any Performance Bond. By the CONTRACTOR furnishing and the CONTRACTOR: OWNER accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the { CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Contract are dedicated to satisfy 2.1. Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sutras due obligations of the CONTRACTOR and the Surety under this Bond, subject to Claimants, and the OWNER's priority to use the funds for the completion of the Work. 2.2, Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the OWNER from all 9. The Surety shall not be liable to the OWNER, Claimants or others for claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or entity who famished obligations of the CONTRACTOR that are unrelated to the Contract. The labor, materials or equipment for use in the performance of die OWNER shall not be liable for payment of any casts or expenses of any Contract, provided the OWNER has promptly notified the Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligations to CONTRACTOR and the Surety (at the addresses described in make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens or suits and tendered Claimants under this Bond. defense of such claims, demands, liens or suits to the CONTRACTOR and the Surety, and provided there is no OWNER 10. The Surety hereby waivers notice of any change, including changes of time, Default to the Contract or to related Subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. i 3. With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if the 11. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other CONTRACTOR promptly makes payments, directly or indirectly, for all sums that in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or due. part of the Work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by paragraph 4.1 or paragraph 4. The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the i last materials or equipment were famished by anyone under the Construction 4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) rust occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph CONTRACTOR have given notice to the Surety (at the addresses are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to described in paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the surdities as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. OWNER, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim. 12. Notice to the Surety, the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR shall be mailed or delivered to the addresses shown on We signature page. Actual receipt of notice 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the by Surety, the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR, however accomplished, shall be CONTRACTOR: sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. ' 1. Have famished written notice to the CONTRACTOR and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the OWNER, within 90 days after 13. When this Bond has been famished to comply with a statutory or other legal having last performed labor or last furnished materials or requirement in the location where the Contract was to be performed, any equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial accuracy, provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom the be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or materials were famished or supplied or for whom the labor was other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is, that done or perforated; and this Bond shall be construed as a statutory Bond and not as a common law bond, 2. Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from the 14. Upon request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary CONTRACTOR, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the of this Bond, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly famish a copy of this Bond or above notice any communication from the CONTRACTOR by shall permit a copy to be made. which the CONTRACTOR had indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and 15. DEFINITIONS 3. Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have seat a 15.1 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the ' written notice to the Surety and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to CONTRACTOR or with a Subcontractor of the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond famish labor, materials or equipment for use in the performance of the acid enclosing a copy of the previous written notice famished to Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation the CONTRACTOR. in the terns "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas, ' power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment 5. if a notice required by paragraph 4 is given by the OWNER to the used in the Contract, architectural and engineering services required for CONTRACTOR or to the Surety, that is sufficient compliance. performance of the Work of the CONTRACTOR and the CONTRACTOR's Subcontractors, and all other items for which a 6. When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of paragraph 4, the Surety mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, ' shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following materials or equipment were famished. actions: 152 Contract: The agreement between the OWNER and the 6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the OWNER, within CONTRACTOR identified on the signature page, including all 45 days after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are Contract Documents and changes thereto. ' undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed. 15.3 OWNER Default: Failure of the OWNER, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the CONTRACTOR as required by the 6.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other terms ' thereof. 7. The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith 00620 -2 i ' General POWER NO. 0992202 04 Power WestfieW insurance Co. of Attorney WestfieW National insurance Co. ' CERTIFIED Copy Ohi Farmers Insurance Co. xnow All >� b Westfield Center, Ohio ' ��y 7T1es Presents, That WESTFIELD iNSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY and OHIO FARMFRS and exis tdCf COMPANY. corporations, hereinafter refemedf to irxl Organized aril exlsEin9 undor the taws of the State le Ohio. and havi 11yy ny" and collective as "C tpxr esents make, corms and appoint n9 its Pri►icr o7tice xr we d Center. �► of IS 5," duty T 1. JEDLICK Mcdiria COUnty, Ohio. do by these of DAVIE and State Of FL its truo and IMWW AROrra P►ac�� stead to execute ad knowled� and deriver any and atI bar ss�reoogrb rtakingsoroi<� ar m iracis of ' LNIltT T THiS POWER OF ATTORNEY _ - - • .. ... . OR BANK DEPOSITORY BONDS. CANNOT BE USED To EXECUTE NOTE GUARANTEE. MORTGAGE DEFICIENCY, R the c MORTGAGE and to bind any of the Companies thereby as fully and to the saita extent as d Such borxts were• seat of the OPPiicabte Company and attested b its Sea d by the Prestderit sealed with the the remises. Said appoirxtment is Matte under and bbyy � t n9 and confirm" all tFat the said Atzdirrie SMESTFIEi.p 1INSURANCE COMPANY. WESifIELQ NAT g Y(S)- ln-Faa may do in "Be R Resplved that the PreSid NAL INS RANCE COMPAAIY a p�flFARMERS by the $Oahu lit Qirettors of each of t h e oe and is hereb an d for Executive. arty SeCf Or INSURANCE COMPANY- y veSied with itdl to eidry any Fide}ay & Surety Operations Executive or other Exeuuive and De3P�lf o(F eject to the toh� Rry or more suitab£e persons as A►ttorneyts).dn»Fact W r*resenE and act fo one de inrer, ep borbs Y 0fen tt dt Power arnt attttwrity for and in the nave or and on r nizances. contrasts. aswreerr>enas betxa al the ffVft thy. t0 exectxe. a n-F�� `g or ter ms the ty'S 1 � � rtaonal or of y , t r��arsd�efi i3e Ftrraii esalveY! that t ` ' X "y as d the esideu ands and Orly So aWar6ed by erg, such povmr of seal held an arw t,>rr g nrereto a� rvre x a to aft /n W } any t4os+d or � to it is OVA&e0. acftiE ia o meeptn9 i wESTF i ft to be S COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL yr} F GOIbIPA11PY and Qyl{p FgRMERS tNSURPJNGE COMPANY WM? tie r W86V2 EST Prey affixed this 15th of APRIL A d« 20101 [lair and Std Crrrwate 10 and their corporate seats to be hereto Seats afrhszd map �ysG WESTFIELD NNSUI COMPANY +� ® WESTFIELD AtATIpiVgL COMPANY a• o 0,_•" S. •: "_ JFA RMERS INSURANCE COMPANY -fir, State of 0 " ' �� �•.k..,..••• <�� \ � C Oxanty of Iil eam ss.: P. Betas. At OnSl Suret s E Sertbf On this 75th day of APRIL A.D.. 2010. before me Personalty came Deruhls P, S to Otte de�Posa Brad 5ay. that he resides in Weep. Ohio; that he is Nth $� . who. being by me duly Sworn. did C"""* Ate• wESTF1ELD NATO INSURANCE CO ANY and OH10 FARMED � Cand SOnior Eat�vB Of WESTFIELD INSURANCE NSUR exe ve er! [tee above ireslruaraex�; that he knows the seals of said E COMPANY. . the � dessri� in which [trey were so affixed by order of the Boards of that the seats tat aid krtatterit a++e sdreli corporate seals: that n aria[ said Cam; and that he signed his mama t!>ereW by flee ' A 4 °"L 3 r 4L9 �� outer State of Ohio at► `o WHOM !. . A at LOW xpire (See . Public Of Medina ss : ��s of or MY iSSiort D Not E 147.03 Re C 1. Fret A. Cattfteo, Secretary of WESTFIELD INSURANCE COMPANY, WESTFIELD NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY aril OHIO FARMERS ' INSURANCE COMPANY. do hereby that the above and for Cor a nd a which efte�t. Vie, d1e ins of ttxe is stud in Nil force arm m fuu W lpl fo artd effect: and e� is a titre he correct a �y Of Power of Attorney. OMWAd by said ce Beards of DFectors, Set Ord In the Power of Attorn6y are M "h~- 1 have tarewtioi Set my hand and affixed the seals Of said C ompa ni es at W �\p� "•!'•' Cen Ohio. 4.eCJ day of Now ♦��, `� sow � - h '�► �� � I%! SEAL Finak A. Carrilm. Secr pW , et�..n�a ••��'"''• «Nast »"A BPOACZ (cart) This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with t to its Use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. ■ STANDARD ■ GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COWff*ETTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS ,N PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS I AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America Construction Specifications Institute These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements (No .1910.&A 1 or 1910 -& A-2) (1996 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage at contained in the EJCDC User's Guide (No. 1910 -50). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, we Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No.1910- 17) (1996 Edition). •ETCDC No. 1910 -5 (1996 Edition) i r i . r r r r I i r r r Copyright 01946 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Consulting Engineers Council 1015 15th Street N.W., Washington, DC 20W5 American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 100 17 r -2- TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE t - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ...................................................................... ............... »............... ».... ».6 1.01 Defined Terms ............................... ............................... . 1.02 Terminol ogy .............:: .. ........................................................................................................ .............................. ARTICLE 2 - PRELII41NARY MATTERS ................................................ .. ................................ :.............................. .......9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds ........................................................ ............................... .......... 2.02 Copies of Documents ........................................................................................................... ..............................9 2.03 Commencement of Co TFmes, Notice to proceed ..................................................... ..............................9 2.04 Starting the Work ................................................................................................................ ..............................9 2 .05 Before Starting Construction .............................................................................................. ..............................9 2.06 Preconstruction Conference ................................................................................................ .............................10 2.07 InidalAcceptance of, Schedules .......................»............... ............................... ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE............................ 3.01 Intent .... ............................... 3.02 Reference Standards ..........................................».......................................... .............................10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies .............................................................................. .............................11 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contras Documents ......................................................... ... ».........................11 3.05 Reuse of Documents .......................................:.................................................................... ... ».........................11 ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE 4.01. vailability ofLands .......... .. ... » ................................................................ ... .. .......... ............. ... ..................... 11 4.02 .Subsurface and Physical Conditions .................................................................................. ........ »....................12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or physical Conditions ...................... » ....................... .. ........................................... » ..... 12 4.04 Underground Facilities ....................................................................................................... ........................... ».13 4.05 Reference Points .......................................................................................................... ............................... 14 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site.. .14 ARTICLES -BONDS AND INSURANCE ............. _ ........ » .. ..»..».......»........»......................................... _ » ........................... 15 5.01 Per fisrrrtance, Payment, and Other Bonds. ».15 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ..........................................,......».......... ............................... .....,::..., ..:.....15 5.03 Cortifrcates of Insurance ........... .. ...... .. ... .. ................ _ ............ » ....... .. ........ .. ... » ........ .. .... .. ... _ ... ...: ... ... ........... ....15 5.04 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance ........» ................................................ ............. ... ....... »..�................ » »15 5.05 0WNER Is Liability Insurance . . . ..16 5.06 Property Insurance .._ .......................................................................................................... ............... ».............16 5.07 Waiver ofRights ....................................................»...................................._.. .... .............. ............................. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance proceeds . .18 5.09 Acceptance ofBonds and Insurance; Option to Replace .... .. ........ » ......... .. ............................. .. ....................... 18 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment ofProperty Insurer .................................................. .............................18 ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ............. .. ............................ .. .................... _ ............. » ............................ 18 6 .01 Supervision and Superintendence ................................................................................... ............................. ». 6.02 Labor, Working Hours .................................................... .. ........ » ............... .. ............................ .. ....................... 19 6.03 Services. Materfai% and Equipment ............................ . ................................................... .............................19 6.04 Progress Schedule ................................................................................................................ .............................19 6 .05 Substitutes and "Or- Equals' . .................... ............ ................... ......... .............. ....... » »... »......19 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties ................................ _ ............. .. ........................................................... .. ., .......... »...22 -3 6.08 Permits ................................................................................................................................. .............................2 6.09 Laws and Regulations ......................................................................................................... .............................22 6.10 Taxes .................................................................................................................................... ............................. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ................................................................................................ .............................22 6.13 Safety and Protection .......................................................................................................... .............................23 6.14 Safety Representative ........................................................................................................... ............................. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ................................................................................... .............................23 6.16 Emergencies ........................................................................................................................ ............................. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples ............................................................................................... .............................24 6.18 Continuing the Work ........................................................................................................... .............................25 6:19 CONMACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee ........................................................ .............................25 6.20 Indemnification .................................................................................................................... .............................25 ARTICLE7 - OTHER WORK ......................................................................................................................... .............................2 7.01 Related Work at Site ............................................................................................................ .............................26 7.02 Coordination ...... _ ................................................._................ ....... ... ..... ......., ........................,....26 ARTICLE8 - OWNER'S RESPON5IBuxr IES ............................................................................................. .............................27 8.01 Communications io Contractor ................................................... .. ... .. ................... .. ........ .. ...................... _ ....... 7 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER .......................................................................................... ........ »....................27 8.03 Furnish Data .....» ................................................................................................................ .............................27 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due ..................................... » ........ » ............. ... ............ .. ............... » ................................... 7 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ..........» . ....... .. ... » ..................................... .. ............... .. ... » ........... .. ... 7 8.06 Insurance .................................... .. ............... ............ .. ........ .. .............. .. ........................ a .......... ..... .................. 7 8.07 Change Orders ..............................................................................».................................... ............................. 8.08 btspections, Tests, and Approvals ................................................ » ........ .. ................................................ ........27 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities .......................................................................... .............................27 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition ........... _............. 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements .................................................................................. .............................27 ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION .......................................................... .............................27 9 .01 OWNERS Representative .................................................................................................... .............................27 9.02 Visits to Site ..............:.......................................................................................................... ............................. 9.03 Project Representative .. ............................................................... .. .......................................................... .. ... _.28 9.04 Civt6cations and Interpretations ...................... .. ....................... » ............................. ...... . . ........ .. ... .. ...... _ ....... 8 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work ............................................................................................ ............................ .2 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work .................................................................................................. ............................... 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments .......................... ... ................. _ .................. .. .... ., .... ...... » ......... 28 I 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ............... .............................29 9.10 Limitations on ENGMEER's Authority and Responsibilities ............................................. .............................29 ARTICLE10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAWS ................................................................................. .............................29 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ...................................................................................... .............................2 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ................................................................................... .............................29 10.03 Execution of Change Orders ............. ............................................................................... .............................29 10.04 Notification to Surety ...... ............................................................»........................»........... ............................. 10.05 Claims and Disputes ......................................................................................................... ............................. ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK ............................ .............................30 11 .01 Cost of the Work ................................................................................................................. ............................. 11.02 Cash Allowances ............................................................................................................ ............................. 11.03 Unit Price Work ................................................................................................................ ............................. -4- ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES .......................... .............................33 12.01 Change of Contract Price .............................................................................. .............................33 12.02 Change of Contract Times ............................................................................................. .............................34 12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRA CTOR's Control ........................................................................ .............................34 12.04 Delays )thin CONTRACTOR 's Control .............................................................. y_:. ........„.- ..... 4 ..,.......... 12.06 Delay Damages . 4 ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK........................................................................................................................................ .............................34 13.01 Notice of Defects ........................................................................................»...................... .............................34 13.02 Access to Work .............................................. .............................. ................................. .............................34 ... 13.03 Tests and Inspections ......................................................................................................... .............................34 13.04 Uncovering Work ........... ............................... ................................................................ .............................35 13.05 OWNER May. Stop the Work ......................... ........... ............................... ............ .... ...... ........ ...... .35 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ..................................... � ............................. ........................... 13.07 Correction Period . ..36 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work ........................................................................................... .............................36 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work .............................................................................. .............................36 ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION ..................................................... .............................37 14.01 Schedule of Values .......................................................................................................,.... ...................... »......37 14.02 Progress Payments .....................................................................................» .......... ............................. ........... 14.03 CONTRACTOR 's Warranty of 27tle. „38 14.04 Substantial Completion ................................................................................»................... .... »........................39 14.05 Partial Utilization .......................................................................................................... .............................39 14.Q6 Final inspection.. ..,.. ..39 14.07 Final Payment ................................................................................................................... .............................40 14.09 Waiver of Claims ................................................................................................................ .............................40 ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .............................................................. ................... „.........41 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work ......................»...»..._.......................................................... .............................41 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause .... ........ » ................................................................................................ Al 15.03 OWNER May Ternunate For Convenience ....................................................................... .............................41 15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate ........ ............................... ............... .............................42 I ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION ...................................................................................................... ...... »......................42 16.01 Methods and Procedures ......................... .. ............ » .................. .. ... » ....................... .. ..... .. ... .. ... .. ................ ....42 AR'T'ICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS .................................................................................._........................... .........................42 17.01 Giving Notice.. .... „42 17.02 Computation of Times ........................................................................................................ .............................42 17.03 Cumulative Remedies ...........................................................................................»............ .............................42 17.04 Survival of Obligations ........... . ...................................................................................... .............................42 17.05 Controlling Law ................................................................................................................. .............................42 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 10. Claim —A demand or assertion by OWNER or CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the 1.01 Defined Terms terns of the Contract A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed below 11. Contract —The entire and integrated written will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR the singular and plural thereof concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written 1. Addenda— Written or graphic instruments issued or oral. prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 12. Contract Documents —The Contract Documents establish the rights and obligations of the parties and include 2. Agreement —The written instrument which is the Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract evidence of the agreement between OWNER and Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documenta- CONTRACTOR covering the Wo& tion accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an 3. Application for Payment —The form acceptable exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the Bonds, to ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and ENGINEER's written 4. Asbestos —Any material that contains more than interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos Effective Date of the Agreement Approved Shop Drawings fibers into the air above current action levels established by and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical the United States Occupational Safety and Health conditions are not Contract Documents. Only pry or hard Administration. copies of the items listed in this paragraph are Contract Documents. Files in electronic media format of text, data, 5. Bid —The offer or proposal of a bidder submitted graphics, and the hike that may be furnished by OWNER to on the.prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to CONTRACTOR are not Contract Documents. be performed. 13. Contract Price —The moneys payable by OWN - 6. Bidding Documents —The Bidding ER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (nclud- accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the ing all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 7. Bidding Requirements —The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security form, if 14. Contract Times —The number of days or the arty, and the Bid form with any supplements. dazes stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Substantial Completion; and (u7 complete the Work so that it is ready for 8. Bonds — Performance and payment bonds and final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written other instruments of security. recommendation of final payment 9. Change Order —A document recommended by 15. CONTRACTOR —The individual or entity with ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWN - whom OWNER has entered into the Amt ER and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract 16. Cost of the Work —See paragraph 11.01.A for Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the definition. Agreement. -6- 17. Drawings —That part of the Contract Documents 28. Notice of Award —The written notice by OWN- prepared or approved by ENGINEER which - graphically ER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon timely shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the performed by CONTRACTOR Shop Drawings and other conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER will sign and CONTRACTOR submittals are not Drawings as so defined deliver the Agreement. 18. Elective Date of the Agreement —The date 29. Notice to Proceed —A written notice given by indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under the parties to sign and deliver. Contract Documents. 19. ENGINEER —The individual or entity named as 30. OWNER —The individual, entity, public body, or such in the Agreement. authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 20. ENGBWM's Consultant —An individual or entity having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services 31. Partial Utilization —Use by OWNER of a as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as which it is intended (or a related ,purpose) prior to Substantial such in the Supplementary Conditions. Completion of all the Work. 21. Field Order —A written order issued by ENGI- 32. PCBs Polychlorinated biphenyls. NEER which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the 33. Petroleum Petroleum, including crude oil or Contract Times. any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of tetnpetature and Pressrue (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 22. General Requirements— Sections of Division 1 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain .to oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed all sections of the Specifications. with other non - Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 23. Hazardous Environmental Condition The 34. Project —The total construction of which the presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be Waste, or Radioactive Material m such quantities or the whole, or a part as may be indicated elsewhere in the circumstances that may present a substantial danger to Contract Documents. persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work 35. Projed Mwwd- -The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work, 24. Hazardous Waste- -The term Hazardous Waste A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid bound in one or more volumes, is contained in the table(s) of Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from contents. time to time. 36. Radioactive Material — Source, special nuclear, C 25. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations— or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of Any and all applicable laws, rubes, regulations, ordinances, 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, time. agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 37. Resident Project Representative —The autho- 26. Liens — Charges, security interests, or rized , resentative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to encumbrances upon Project funds, teal property, or personal the Site or any part thereof propany. 38. Samples— Physical examples of materials, 27. Milestone —A principal event specified in the equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion portion of the Work and which establish the standards by date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work which such portion of the Work will be judged. j 39. Shop Drawings —All drawings, diagrams, 48. Work- -The entire completed construction or the illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CON- provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and TRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and some portion of the Work. documentation necessary to produce such construction, and fiunishing, installing, and incorporating, all materials and 40. Site —Lands or areas indicated in the Contract equipment into such construction, all as required by the Documents as being famished by OWNER upon which the Contract Documents. Work is to be performed, including rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands fiunished 49. Work Change Directive —A written statement to by OWNER which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of the CONTRACTOR Agreement and signal by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the 41. Specifications —That part of the Contract Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed F materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change as applied to the Work and certain administrative details the Contract Price or the Contract Times. but is evidence that applicable thereto. the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Duuective will be incorporated in a subse- 42. Subcontractor —An individual or entity having a quently issued Change Order following negotiations by the direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Contract Times. Site. 50. Written Amendment —A written statement 43. Substantial Completion The time at which the modifying the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the where, in the opinion of ENGINEER, the Work (or a Agreement and normally dealing with the nonenginee&g or specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance nontechnical rather than strictly construction-related aspects with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified of the Contract Documents. part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and 1.02 Terminology "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof- A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 44. Supplementary Conditions —That part of the 1. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms Contract Documents which amends or supplements these "as allowed," "as approved," or terms of like effect or General Conditions. import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable, "acceptable," `proper'," "satisfactory," or adjectives of 45. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, like effect or import are used to describe an action or distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract determination of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to famish intended that such action or determination will be solely materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design 46. Underground Facilities —All underground concept of the completed Project as a fimadoning whole pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless tanks, tunnels, -or other such facilities or attachments, and any there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The encasements containing such facilities, including those that use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise telephone or other communications, cable television, water, or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic authority to undertake responsbility contrary to the or other control systems. provisions of paragraph 9.10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 47. Unit Price Work —Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. B. Day -8- 1. The word "day" shall constitute a calendar ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight 2.01 Delivery of Bonds C. Defective A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed 1. The word "defective," when modifying the Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required 1 faulty, or deficient in that it does not conform to the to famish. Contract Documents or does not meet the require- ments of any inspection, reference standard, test, or 2.02 Copies of Documents approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged -prior to ENGINEER's recom- A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten mendation of final payment (unless responsibility for copies of the Contract Documents. Additional copies will be the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). 2.03 Commencement of Contract Dmes; Notice to Proceed D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Pr A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the 1. The word "famish," when used in connec- thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or, if a lion with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to supply and deliver said services, materials, or to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time equipment to the Site (or some other specified within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In location) ready for use or installation and in usable or no event will the Contract Tunes commence to run later than operable condition, the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreetneut, whichever date 2. The word "install," when used in connec- is earlier. lion with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, 2.04 Starting the Work materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Tunes commence to run. No 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when Work shall bb done at the Site prior to the date on which the used in connection with services, materials, or Contract Tunes commence to run. equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready 2.05 Before Starting Construction for intended use. A. CONTR+4CTOR's Review of Contract Documents; 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or 'jxo- Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR vide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all CONTRACTOR, - provide" is implied applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report -m writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may words or phrases which have a well-known technical or discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not mpg. be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit 1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to to ENGINEER for its timely review: ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Mile - 1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating stones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance will the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and not impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the completing the various stages of the Work, including progress schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's frill respon- 2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing sibility therefor. and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing, and 2. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop processing such submittal; and Drawing and Sample submittals will be acceptable to ENGINEER if it provides a workable arrangement for 3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of reviewing and processing the required submittals. the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract 3. CONTRACTOWs schedule of values will Price and subdivides -the Work into component parts be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract payments during performance of the Work. Such Price to component parts of the Work. prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, C. Evidence oflnsurance. Before any Work at the Site AMENDING, REUSE � is started, CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall each deliver to. the other, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and 3.01 Intent other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what CONTRACTOR and OWNER respectively are required to is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe 2.06 Preconstruction Conference a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to run, labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that but before any Work at the Site is started, a conference may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding produce the intended result will be provided whether or not among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules specifically called for at no additional cost to OWNER referred to in paragraph 2.058, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Payment, and maintaining required records. Documcftts shall b issued by ENGINEER as provided in Article 9. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules 3.02 ,Reference Standards A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- menu, at least ten days before submission of the first A. Standards, Specifrcadons, Codes, Laws. and Application for Payment a conference attended by CON- Regulations TRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided 1. Reference to standards, specifications, below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph manuals, or codes of any technical society, organiza - 2.05B. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to lion, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, make corrections an d adjustments and to complete and whether such reference be specific or by implication, resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules are submitted or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening to ENGINEER of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if -10- there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations specifically stated in the Contract Documents. applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the 2. No provision of any such standard, Contract Documents would result in violation of specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a such Law or Regulationj. Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consul - tarts, agents, or employees from :those set forth in the A. The Contract Documents may be amended to . Contract Documents, nor shall any such provision or provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or instruction be effective to assign to OWNER, to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, the following ways: (1) 4 Written Amendment; (h) a Change agents, or employees any duty or authority to Omer, or (iii) a Work Change Directive. supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Documents. Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 0) a Field Order; (ii) ENGINEEWs approval of a Shop 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies Drawing or Sample; or (iii) ENGINEER's written interpreta- Re po rting Disc r e pancies lion or clarification. A. R � g 3.05 Reuse ofDocuments I. If; during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambi A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier guity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of or between the Contract Documents and any provision the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER (i) of any Law or Regulation applicable to the perfor- shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in manse of the Work or of any standard, specificaition, any of the Drawings, Specification, or other documents (or manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, mcluding writing at once. CONTRACTOR shall not proceed electronic media editions; and (n) shall not reuse any of such with the Work affected thereby (except m an Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A) until an on adensions of the Project or any other project without amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific has been issued by one of the methods indicated in written verification or adoption by ENGINEER. This paragraph 3.04; provided, however, that prohibition will survive final payment, completion, and CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or acceptance of the Work, or termination or completion of the ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude CONTRACTOR error, ambiguity, or discrepancy unless CON - from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record TRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known purposes. thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically REFERENCE POINTS stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or disorepan- 4.01 Availability of Lands cy between the provisions of the Ccptmct Documents and: A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions a. the provisions of any standard, not of general application but specifically related to use of the specification, manual, code, or instruction Site with which CONTRACTOR must comply in performing (whether or not specifically incorporated by the Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely manna and pay reference in the Contract Documents); or for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are -11- unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any Times, or both, as a result of any delay in OWNER's such other data, interpretations, opinions, or infor- fi rnishmg the Site, CONTRACTOR may make a Claim mation. therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions B. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR with a current• statement of record A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as that is uncovered or revealed either: necessary for giving notice of or fling a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with I. is of such a nature as to establish that any applicable Laws and Regulations. "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 is materially C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional inaccurate, or lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 3, differs materially from that shown or A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary indicated in the Contract Documents; or Conditions identify: 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from 1. those reports of explorations and tests• of • conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract Docu- Documents; meats; and then CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware • 2. those drawings of physical conditions in thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures physical conditions or performing any Work in connection at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragzaph Facilities) that ENGINEER has used in preparing the 6.16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about Contract Documents. such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such B. ENGINEER's Review. After receipt of written reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not notice as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER will Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or such `technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or tests with respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEEWs findings ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: and conclusions. 1. the completeness of such reports and C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments drawings for CONTRACTOWs purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that to be employed by CONTRACTOR, and safety the existence of such differing subsurface or physical precautions and programs incident thereto; or condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOWs cost ot; or time required for, 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and performance of the Work; subject, however, to the information contained in such reports or shown or following: indicated in such drawings; or -12- a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraph 4.03.A; 1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be and responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and b, with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price 2. the cost of all of the following will be will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.08 included in the Contract Price, and CONTRACTOR and 11.03, shall have full responsibility for: 2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to a. reviewing and checking all such informa- any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract tion and data, Times if• b. locating all Underground Facilities shown a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of or indicated in the Contract Documents, such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final commitment to OWNER in respect of c. coordination of the Work with the owners Contract Price and Contract Times by the submis- of such Underground Facilities, including sion of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiat OWNER, during construction, and. ed contract; or d. the safety and protection of all such Under - b. the existence of such condition could ground Facilities and repairing any damage reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a thereto resulting from the Work. result of any examination, investigation, explo- ration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous. B. Not Shown or Indicated areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOWs revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not malting such final commitment; or shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, C. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written CONTRACTOR shall, pramptly after becoming notice within the time and as regtured by Para- aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions graph 4A3.A. affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as 3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are required by paragraph 6.16A), identify the owner of unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or such Underground Facility and give written notice to extent, if arty, of any adjustment in the Contract Price that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. ENGI- or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made NEER will promptly review the Underground Facility therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. However, and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGUMER's required in the Contract Documents to reflect and Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for document the consequences of the existence or any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but location of the Underground Facility. During such. not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the architects, ' attorneys, and other professionals and all safety and protection of such Underground Facility. court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection 2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in with any other project or anticipated project. the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect 4.04 Underground Facilities and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price of A. ,Shown or Indicated.- The information and data Contract Tunes, or both, to the extent that they are shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to attributable to the existence or location of any existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to -the Site is Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated based on information and data furnished to OWNER or or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities, the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did including OWNER., or by others, Unless it is otherwise not know of and could not reasonably have been expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If -13- OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on such other data, interpretations, opinions or entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of information. any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or 4.05 Reference Points Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work CONTRACTOR shall be A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created establish reference points for construction which in with any materials brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CON- Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CON- TRACTOR to proceed with the Work CONTRACTOR shall TRACTOR is responsible. be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property D. If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone for withqut the prior written approval of OWNER whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a Hazardous CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any Environmental Condition, CONTRACTOR shall immedi- reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or awly: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or all Work in cormection with such condition and in any area locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate affected thereby (except in an emergency as .required by replacement or relocation of such reference points or property paragraph 6.16); and (iii) notify OWNER and ENGINEER monrments by professionally qualified personnel. (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER concerning j 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site the neoeisity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. A. Reports and Drawings. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of those E. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Work in connection with such condition or in any affected Condition identified at the Site, if any, that have been utilized area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written Documents. notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or resumed by CONTRACTOR, either party may make a Claim make any Claim against OWNER; ENGINEER 'or any of therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: F. If after receipt of such written notice 1. the completeness of such reports and CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, such Work under such special conditions, then OWNER may techniques, sequences and procedures of construction order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety such condition to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and precautions and programs incident thereto; or CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the information contained in such reports or shown or Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as indicated in such drawings; or provided in paragraph 10.05. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or forces or others in accordance with Article 7. conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any -14- G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All Bonds resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous of such agent's authority to act. Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract C. If the, surety on any Bond furnished by CON - Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and TRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its (ii) was not created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for right to do business is terminated in any state where any part whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this pars- of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements graph 4.06.E shall obligate OWNER to indemnify any of paragraph 5.013, CONTRACTOR shall within 20 days individual or entity from and against the consequences of that thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which individuaI's or entity's own negligence. shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 5.01.3 and 5.02. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws an d Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGIN!EER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, other. A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, companies that are dully licensed or authorized in the attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitratioc jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided responsible. Nothing is this paragraph 4.06.E shall obligate in the Supplementary Conditions. CONTRACTOR to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's 5.03 Certificates oflnswrance own negligence. A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with I. The provisions of paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental mentary Conditions, certifies of insurance (and other Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other addi i imn+ed) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE CONTRACTOR, OWNER shall deliver to copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds CONTRACTOR or any other additional inured) which OWNER is requited m purchase and maintain. A. CONTRACTOR shall firnish pei�ormance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the 5.04 CONMCTOR Is Liability Insurance Contract Price as security for the faitir8rl and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work least until one year after the date when final payment being performed and as will provide protection from claims becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or set forth below which may arise out of or result from Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work and shall also famish such other Bonds as are required by the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Contract Documents. Documents, whether it is to be performed by -15- CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to 3. include completed operations insurance; perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 4. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations 1. claims under workers' compensation, under paragraphs 6.07, 6.11, and 620; disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; coverage contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially 2. claims for damages because of bodily changed or renewal refined until at least thirty days injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR's employees; CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a 3. claims for damages because of ,bodily certificate of insurance has been issued (and the injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRAC- other than CONTRACTOW s employers; TOR pursuant to paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably 6. remain in effect at least until final payment available personal injury liability coverage which are and at all tines thei=dler when CONTRACTOR may sustained: (i) by any person as a result of an offense be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work directly or indirectly related to the employment of in accordance with paragraph 13.07; and such person by CONTRACTOR, or (ii) by any other person for any other reason; 7. with respect to completed operations insur- ance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims - 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after itself; because of injury to or destruction of tangible final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall fwmish property wherever located, including loss of use OWNER and each other additional insured identified resulting therefrom; and in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence 6. claims for damages because of bodily satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional injury or death of any person or property damage insured of continuation of such insurance at final arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of payment and one year thereaft)• any motor vehicle. 5.05 DWNER's Liability Insurance ' B. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.04 to be purchased and maintained shall . A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.04, OWNER, at i. with respect to insurance required by pars- OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's graphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as expense OWNER's own liability insumm as will protect additional insureds (subject to any customary exclu- OWNER against claims which may arise from operations sion in respect of professional liability) OWNER, under the Contract Documents. ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supple- 5.06 Property Insurance mentary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary respective officers, directors, partners, employees, Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full each and any of all such additional insureds, and the replacement c ost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or provide primary coverage for all claims covered required by Laws and Regulations) - This insurance shall: thereby; 1. include the interests of OWNER, CON - 2. include at least the specific coverages and TRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, be written for not less than the limits of liability ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, -16- agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to additional insured; whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph 5.07. 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all- risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that D. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and shall at least include insuran for physical loss or maintaining any property insurance specified in this damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, paragraph 5.06 to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall Subcontractors, or others in the Work to the extent of any insure against at least the following perils or causes of deductible amounts that are identified in the Supplementary loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandal- Conditions. The risk of loss within such identified deductible ism and malicious mischieiy earthquake, collapse, amount will be borne by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or debris removal, demolition occasioned by en- others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes forcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, property insurance coverage within the limits of such and such other perils or causes of loss as may be amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the specifically required by the Supplementary purchaser's own expense. Conditions; E. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or special insurance be included in the property insurance replacement of any insured property (including but not policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if limited to fees and charges of engineers and archi- possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be tects); charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Agent. Prior to commencement of the Work at 4. cover materials and equipment stored at the the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR Site or at another location that was agreed to in whether or not such other insurance has been procured by writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the OWNER. Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an .Application for Payment 5.07 Waiver of Rights recommended by ENGINEER; A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will OWNER; protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other 6. include testing and startup; and individuals or entities ratified in the Supplementary Condi- tions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the 7. be maintained in effect until final payment officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by consultams and subcontractors of each and any of thern) in OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER with 30 such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses days written notice to each other additional insured to and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered whom a certificate of insuran has been issued. thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the B. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Taws CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other and their and Regulations which will include the interests of OWNER, respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, other consultants and ors of each and any of them ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be such policies and any other property insurance applicable to listed as an insured or additional insured. the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and C. All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplemen other evidence thereof) required to be purchased annd tary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will contain a (and the officers, directors, partners; employees, agents, and provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) -17- under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary shall make of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party settlement with the insurers in accordance with such making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER policy so issued as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER B. OWNER waives all rights against CONTRACTOR, as fiduciary shall give bond for the proper performance of Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and such duties. the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for. 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace I. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond A. If either OWNER or CONTRACTOR has any direct physical loss or damage to OWNER's property objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting the Bonds or insurance required to be purchased and from fire or other peril whether or not insured by maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on OWNER, and the basis of non- eonfonrunce with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other part thereof caused by, arising out of; or resulting from evidence requested) required by paragraph 2.05.C. OWNER fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such any property insurance maintained on the completed additional information in respect of insurance provided as the Project or part thereof by OWNER during partial other may reasonably request. If either ply does not utilization pursuant to paragraph 14.05, after Substan- purchase or maintain all of the Bonds and insurance required tial Completion pursuant to paragraph 14.04, or after of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall Snarl payment pursuant to paragraph 14.07. notify the other party in writing of such fftm to purchase prior to the start of the Work or of such failure to maintain C. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER prior to any change in the required coverage. Without covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may paragraph 5.073 shall contain provisions to the effect that in elect to obtain equivalent Bonds or insurance to protect such the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or other party's interests at the expense of the party who was consequential lass, the insurers will have no rights of required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall recovery against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. ENGINEER, or ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property and subcontractors of each and any of them. Insurer 5.08 Receipt and Application oflnsurance Proceeds A. if OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial A. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 14.05, required by paragraph 5.06 will be adjusted with OWNER no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5.06 as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.08.B. changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so providing the property insurance shall consent by endorse - received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agree- ment on the policy or policies, but the property insurance ment as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or such partial use or occupancy. replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES , I I B. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If -18- A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention Work shall be as specified or, if specified, shall be of thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely specifically called for by the Specifications shall expnmly responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, run to the benefit of OWNER. If required. by ENGINEER, and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence be responsible for the negligence of OWNER or ENGINEER (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and in the design or specification of a specific means, method, quality of materials and equipment. All materials and technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract erected, protected, used, cleaned, and • conditioned in Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Docu- Documents. menns. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, 6.04 Progress Schedule CONTRACTOR shall assign a competent resident superin- tendent thereto who shall not be replaced without written A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.07 as it extraordinary Vices. The superintendent will be may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. CONTRACTOR's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR All I. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGI- communiications given to or received from the superintendent NEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in shall be binding on CONTRACTOR. paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not result in changing the Contract 6.02 Labor, Working. Hours Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably effect and additionally will comply with any provi- qualified personnel to survey, lay out, and construct the Work sions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the 2. Proposed adjustments in the progress Site. schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or only be made by a Change Order or Written Amend - adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the ment in accordance with Article 12. Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working horns, and CONTRACTOR will not 6.05 Substitutes and "Or- Equals " permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER's A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or- equal" item A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Re- or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or quirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circum- transportation, construction equipment and "machinery, tools, stances described below. appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and I. "Or- Equal " Items: If in ENGINM's sole incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start -up, discretion an item of material or equipment proposed and completion of the Work. by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by 19* ENGINEER as an "or- equal" item, in which case The application will state the extent, if any, to review and approval of the proposed item may, in which the use of the proposed substitute item will ENGINEER's sole discretion, be accomplished prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of without compliance with some or all of the require- Substantial Completion on time, whether or not ments for approval of proposed substitute items. For use of the proposed substitute item in the Work the purposes of this paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed will require a change in any of the Contract Docu- item of material or equipment will be considered ments (or in the provisions of any other direct functionally equal to an item so named if: contract with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment and whether or not incorporation or use of the ENGINEER determines that (i) it is at least equal proposed substitute item in connection with the in quality, durability, appearance, strength, and Work is subject to payment of any license fee or design characteristics; (ii) it will reliably perform royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute at least equally well the fimction imposed by the item fi=n that specified will be identified in the design concept of the completed Project as a application, and available engineering, sales, functioning whole, and; maintenance, repair, and replacement services will be indicated The application will also contain an b. CONTRACTOR certifies that (i) there is itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will no increase in cost to the OWNER; and (ii) it will result directly or indirectly from use of such conform substantially, even with deviations, to the substitute item, including costs of redesign and detailed requirements of the item named in the claims of other contractors affected by any Contract Documents. resulting change, all of which will be considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed 2. Substitute Items substitute item. ENGINEER may require CON- TRACTOR to furnish additional data about the L If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item proposed substitute item of material or equipment proposed by CON- TRACTOR does not qualify as an "or- equal' item B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If under paragraph 6.05.A.1, it will be considered a a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure proposed substitute item. of construction a shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, information as provided below to allow ENGI- sequence, or procedure of construction approved by ENGI- NEER to determine that the item of material or NEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEEWs sole discretion, to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that Requests for review of proposed substitute items expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The proce- of material or equipment will not be accepted by dure for review by ENGINEER will be similar to that ENGINEER from anyone other than CON- provided in subparagraph 6.05.A.2. TRACTOR C. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be c. The procedure for review by ENGINEER allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each will be as set forth in paragraph 6.05.A.2.d, as proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A supplemented in the General Requirements and as and 6.05.B. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of accept- ENGINEER may decide is appropriate under the ability. No "or- equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed circumstances. or utilized until ENGINEER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an d. CONTRACTOR shall first make written approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." ENGINEER will application to ENGINEER for review of a advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any negative proposed substitute item of material or equipment determination. ' that CONTRACTOR seeks to f imish or use. The application shall certify that the proposed substi- D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CON - tute item will perform adequately the functions TRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR!s expense a special and achieve the results called for by the general performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any design, be similar in substance to that specified, substitute. and be suited to the same use as that specified. -20- E. ENGINEER's Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted by OWNER or ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, CONTRACTOR punnumt to paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B Supplier or other individual or entity, nor shall it create any and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcon- work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may ENGINEER approves a substitute item so proposed or otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. submitted by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and D. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, substitute. Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or finmishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract F. CONTRACTOR's Expense: CONTRACTOR shall with CONTRACTOR provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or ' "or- equal" at CONTRACTOR's expense. E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGI- A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon- NEER through CONTRACTOR tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph 6.06.B1 the identifications of any Drawings shall not control whether initially or as a replacement, against whom OWNER CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be- or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other specific trade. individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity agreement between CONTRACTOR aatd the Subcontractor of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance for acceptance Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the by OWNER by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and the Agreement, and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a he ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional OWNER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph 5.06, written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's of reasonable objection after due investigation. CON Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in TRACTOR shall submit an acceptable replacement for the the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in employees, agents, and other consultants and subconftctors the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused 1 Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed by, arising out of relating to, or resulting from any of the No acceptance by OWNER of any such Subcontractor, perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. by any Subcontractor or Supplier, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. C. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to" OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract bents shall perfo of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of -21- any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but particular invention, design, process, product, or device is this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOWs specified in the Contract Documents for use in the obligations under paragraph 3.03. performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If OWNER CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited 6.10 Taxes to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use, resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infiingement and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRAC- of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the TOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation place of the Project which are applicable during the in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or performance of the Work. device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ' 6.08 Permits A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all 1. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and the operations of workers to the Site and other and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, with construction equipment or other materials or or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full Agreement CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related land or areas resulting from the performance of the thereto, such as plant investment fees. Work. 6.09 Laws and Regulations 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor proceeding or at law. ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations. Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER., ENGINEER, ENGINEEWs B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing or Consultant, and the officers, directors, partners, having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or employees, agents, and other consultants of each and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear'all claim's, costs, any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute professionals and all court or arbitration or other resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work; dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any -22- such owner or occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any other party indemnified. 3. other property at the Site or adjacent hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pave - CONTRACTOM performance of the Work. ments. roadways, structures, utilities, and Under- ' ormance of the ground Facilities not designated for removal, reloca- B. Removal of Debris During Per tion, or replacement in the coarse of construction. Work: During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris property, or to the protection of persons or property from shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it ready of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when for utilization by OWNER At the completion of the Work prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate ' CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools, with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and replacement of their property. All damage, injury, or loss to surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all any property referred to in paragraph 6.13..2 or 6.13...3 property not designated for alteration by the Contract caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CON- Documents. TRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of D. Loading Structures: - CONTRACTOR shall not load them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose ads nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall. CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions property to stresses or press= that will endanger it of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant, or ' anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts 6.12 Record Documents any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work them). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations safety and for proreckion of the Work shall continue until such and clarifications in good order and annotated to show time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued changes made during construction. These record documents a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all paragraph 14.073 that the Work is acceptable (except as approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial ' reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record Completion). documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER 6.14 Safety Representative ' 6.13 Safety and Protection A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the ' initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and and programs in connection with the Work CONTRACTOR programs. shall take all necessary precautions for the safety o& and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs loss to: A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordi- 1. all persons on the Site or who may be nating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other affected by the Work; hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the 2. all the Work and materials and equipment Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off ' the Site; and -23- I 6.16 Emergencies a. all field measurements, quantities, dimen- sions, specified performance criteria, installation A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent similar information with respect thereto; thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall b. all materials with respect to intended use, give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, believes that any significant changes in the Work or and installation pertaining to the performance of variations from the Contract Documents have been caused the Work; thereby or are required as a result thereo£ If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is c. all information relative to means, methods, required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in techniques, sequences, and procedures of construc- response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or tion and safety precautions and programs incident Change Order will be issued. thereto; and 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples d. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the the requirements of the Work and the Contract acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample Documents. ' submittals. All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specif- General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop is written indication that CONTRACTOR has satis- Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimens fied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract lions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, Documents with respect to CONTRACTOWs review and similar data to show ENGINEER the services, materials, and approval of that submittal. and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to , enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited 3. At time time of each submittal, COI*1TRAC- pmmrposes required by paragraph 6.17.E. TOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to Sample submitted may have from the requirements of ' ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample communication separate from the submittal; and, in submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGI- and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER NEER for review and approval of each such variation. may require to enable ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.172. The E. ENGMER's Review numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. 1. ENGINEER will timely review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and submittals acceptable to ENGINEER. ENGINEER's Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as required by review and approval will be only to determine if the paragraph 2.07, any related Work performed prior to items covered by the submittals will, after installation ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal or incorporation in the Worts, conform to the will be at ' the sole expense and responsibility of information given in the Contract Documents and be CONTRACTOR. compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the D. Submittal Procedures Contract Documents. 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or 2. ENGINEER's review and approval will not Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or verified: procedures of construction (except where a particular , means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by f i -24- , r the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval B. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of complete the Work in accordance with the Contract the assembly in which the item functions. Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance 3. ENGINEER's review and approval of with the Contract Documents or a release of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CON- CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in TRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from accordance with the Contract Documents: the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's 1. observations by ENGINEER; attention to each such variation at the time of each submittal as required by paragraph 6.17.D.3 and 2. recommendation by ENGINEER or pay- ENGINEER has given written approval of each such ment by OWNER of any progress or final payment; variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Sample approval; nor will any approval by Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from thereto by OWNER; responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.17.D.1. 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part ' F. Resubmittal Procedures thereof by OWNER; 5. any acceptance by OWNER or any failure 1. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections to do so; required by ENGINEER and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and 6. any review and approval of a Shop Draw- submit as required new Samples for review and ing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific acceptability by ENGINEER; attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previous 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; submittals. or r 6.18 Continuing the Work 8. any correction of defective Work by OWN- ER A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements 6.20 Indemnification with OWNER No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regula- as permitted by paragraph 15.04 or as OWNER and lions, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. OWNER, ENGIlVEER, BWG11dE s Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other 6.19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guaran- consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from tee and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all foes and charges of engineers, architects, A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants that or other dispute resohnion costs) arising out of or relating xo all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and cost, loss, or damage: guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: I is 1. abuse, modification, or ro main- disease or attributable bodily injury, sickness, imp per death, or to iq juryy to or destruction of tenance or operation by persons other than CON- tangible property (other than the Work itself), includ- TRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other ing the loss of use resulting therefiom; and individual or entity for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible; or 2. is caused in whole or in part by any negli- gent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Sub- 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. contractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity r -25- directly or indirectly employed by any of them to 2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price caused in part by any negligence or omission of an or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of i individual or entity indemnified hereunder or whether such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by provided in paragraph 10.05. Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such individual or entity. B. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a'direct contract and each utility owner B. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGI- (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other work with NEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the Site and directors, partners, or employees by any employee (or the a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of I survivor or personal representative of such employee) of materials and equipment and the execution of such other CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any work and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, CON - them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts TRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise under paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by make its several parts come together and properly integrate any limitation on the amount or type of damages, with such other work- CONTRACTOR shall not endanger compensation, or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise a or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or altering their work and will only curt or alter their work with entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose acts, or other employee benefit acts. work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of C. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that under paragraph 6.20A shall not extend to the liability of there are comparable provisions for the benefit of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants or to the officers, CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and such utility owners and other contractors. and subcontractors of each and any of them arising out of: C. if the proper execution or results of any part of 1. the preparation or approval of or the CONTRACTOR'S Worst depends upon work peifommed by failure to prepare or approve, maps. Drawings, others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in Specifications; or writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing execution and results of CONTRACTOR 's Work. to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury CONTRACTOWs failure to so report will constitute an or damage. acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK _ 7.02 Coordination 7.01 Related Work at Site A. If OWNER intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the A. OWNER may perform other work related to the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: Project at the Site by OWNER's employees, or let other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility 1. the individual or entity who will have owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract authority and responsibility for coordination of the Documents, then: activities among the various contractors will be identified; 1. written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other 2. the specific matters to be covered by such work; and authority and responsibility will be itemized; and -26- 3. the extent of such authority and responsi- A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as bilities will be provide& indicated in paragraph 10.03. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals ' Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and respon- sibility for such coordination. A_ OWNER's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph 13.03.B. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ,.., 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, A. Except as otherwise provided in these General CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CON- TRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER to the performance of the Work OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the A. In case of termination of the employment of ENGI- Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. NEL% OWNER shall appoint an engineer to whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undis- closed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in 8.03 Furnish Data paragraph 4.06. A. - OWNER shall promptly famish the data required of 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements OWNER under the Contract Documents. A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to fiunish 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER's A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRACTOR obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER's promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. Supplementary Conditions. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests ' ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING A. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and CONSTRUCTION easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points axe set forth in paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. ' Paragraph 4.02 refers to OWNER's identifying and making 9.01 0WNER'S Representative available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface during the construction period The duties and responsi- structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized bilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without ' 8.06 Insurance written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER A. OWNER's responsibilities, if any, in respect to pur- 9.02 visits to Site chasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as 8.07 Change Orders ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress ' -27- that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of result of a written clarification or interpretation, a Claim may CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER, for the benefit of OWNER, will determine, in general, if the 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents quality or quantity of the Work ENGINEER's efforts will be which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of the Contract Times and are compatible with the design confidence that the completed Work will conform generally concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and indicated by the 'Contract Documents. These may be observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER informed of accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform the against defective Work. Work involved promptly. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or B. ENGINEERN visits and observations are subject to extent; if arty, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or all the limitations on ENGIIMER's authority and Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a Claim responsibility set forth in paragraph 9. 10, and particularly, but may be made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. without limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work ' ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident. that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Work Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority to require 9.03 Project Representative special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER installed, or completed. ' will famish a Resident Project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the 9.07 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments Work The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and A. In connection with ENGINEEWs authority as to ' assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.10 and in the Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraph 6.17. Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the Site who B. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to , is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11,, and 12. responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supple- C. in connection with ENGMER's authority as to mentary Conditions. Applications for Payment, see Article 14. ' 9.04 Clarii6cations and Interpretations 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness A. ENGINEER will determine the aceral quantities and such written clarifications or interpretations of the require- classifications of Unit Price Work performed by ments of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER may deter- CONTRACTOR ENGINEER will review with CON mine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of TRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on , and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on recommendation of an Application for Payment or OWNER and CONTRACTOR If OWNER and CON- otherwise). ENGDMWs written decision thereon will be TRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the final and binding (except as modified by ENGINEER to amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract reflect changed factual conditions or more amumte data) Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, subject to the provisions of paragraph 10.05. -28- ' Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents of the Work. and Acceptability of Work D. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for ' A, ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the Payment and- accompanying documentation and all mainte- requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work, the other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents complies with the requirements of, and in the case of pertaining to the performance of the Work, and Claims certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. be Yeferred initially to ENGINEER in writing, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set formal decision. forth in this paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to ENGINEER's ' Consultants, Resident Project Representative, and assistants. B. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this paragraph 9.09, ENGINEER will not show partiality to ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be, liable in ' connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ENGINEER pursuant to this paragraph 9.09 with respect to any such Claim, dispute, or other matter (except any which A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without have been waived by the making or acceptance of final • notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time payment as provided in paragraph 14.0 will be a condition to time, orders additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respec: CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work of any such Claim, dispute, or other matter. involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and specifically provided). Responsibilities B. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to A. Neither ENGINEER's airthority or responsibility agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in or responsibility or the undertalang, exercise, or performance paragraph 10.05. of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase for or employee or agent of any of them. in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the B. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's as provided in paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emer- means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of gency as provided in paragraph 6.16 or in the case of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.04.B. ' thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the 10.03 Execution of Change Orders Work. ENGINEER will not be ' responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute with the Contract Documents. appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (or Written Amendments) covering: C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any -29- 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) re- submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). quired because of acceptance of defective Work under paragraph 13.08.A or OWNER's correction of B. ENGINEER's Decision: ENGINEER will render a defective Work under paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of the a to by the parties; last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. ENGINEER's written decision on 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract such Claim, dispute, or other matter will be final and binding Times which are agreed to by the parties, including upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change 1. an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is Directive; and taken within the time limits and in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Article 16, 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract or Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to pare 2. if no such dispute resolution procedures Q graph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any have been set forth in Article 16, a written notice of such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written such decision in accordance with the provisions of the decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regina- to the other and to ENGINEER within 30 days after lions, but during any such appeal, CON1 the date of such decision, and a formal proceeding is shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress instituted by the appealing party in a forum of schedule as provided in paragraph 6.18 -A, competent jurisdiction within 60 days after the date of such decision or within 60 days after Substantial 10.04 Notification to Surety Completion, whichever is later (unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR), A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents party may have with respect to such Claim, dispute, or (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given Regulations. to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility. The amount of each C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any writing within the tune stated in paragraph 10.053, a such change. decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be dcemed to have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of 10.05 Claims and Disputes the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any. A. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of D. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or ' each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with this paragraph 10.05. promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, dispute, or other matter with supporting data ARTICLE I I - COST OF THE WORK; CASH shall be delivered to the ENGINEER and the other party to ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such 11.01 Cost of the Work Claim, dispute, or other matter). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means provisions of paragraph 12.01.B. A Claim for an adjustment the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CON - in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the TRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. When provisions of paragraph 12.028. Each Claim shall be accom- the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a panied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing CONTRACTOR will be only those additional or incremental party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the costs required because of the change in the Work or because -30- 1 i of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise ries, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be for services specifically related to the Work. in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall 5. Supplemental costs including the not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.01.3. following: i I. Payroll costs for employees in the direct a.The proportion of necessary transportation, employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the travel, and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's Work under schedules of job classifications agreed employees incurred in discharge of duties connected upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR Such with the Work employees shall include without limitation superinten- dents, foremen, and other personnel employed firll b. Cost, including transportation and mainte- time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not nance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and which are consumed in the performance of the Work, ' wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall and cost, less market value, of such items used but not include social security contributions, unemployment, consumed which remain the property of CON excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, TRACTOR i health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The C. Rentals of all construction equipment and expenses of performing Work outside of regular machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent• agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of authorized by OWNER.. ENGINEER, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal there- 2. Cost of all materials and equipment fur- of All such costs shall be in accordance with the nished and incorporated in the Work, including costs terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when field services required in connection therewith. All the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. crash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar which to make payments, in which case the rush taxes related to the Work, and for which CONTRAC- discounts shall accrue to OWNER All trade dis- TOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. ' counts, rebates and refimds and returns from we of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to e . Deposits lost for causes other than negli- OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions genre of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or so that they may be obtained. anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and 3. Payments made. by CONTRACTOR to royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. Subcontractors for Work performed by ' Subcontractors. If required by OWNER, CONTRAC- f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) TOR shall obtain competitive bids from subcontrac- caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by tors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and insurance or otherwise, sustained, by CONTRACTOR shall deliver such bids to OWNER, who will then in connection with the performance of the Work determine, with the advice of ENGINEER, which (except losses and damages within the deductible bids, if any, will be acceptable. if any subcontract amounts of property insurance established in provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the accordance with paragraph 5.06.1)), provided such basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the losses and damages have resulted from causes other Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fe shall be than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any determined in the same mariner as CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this paragraph employed by any of them or for whose acts any of 11.01. then may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and 4. Costs of special consultants (including but approval of OWNER No such losses, damages, and i not limited to engineers, architects, testing laborato- -31- 1 t expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's fee. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary expressly included in paragraphs 11.O1.A and facilities at the Site. 11.01.B. , h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: When all the Work is distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, performed on the basis of cost -plus, CONTRACTOR's fee expressage, and sindiar petty cash items in connection shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the with the Work. value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on i. When the Cost of the Work is used to the basis of Cost of the Work, CONTRACTOR's fee shall be determine the value of a Change Order or of a Claim, determined as set forth in paragraph 12.01.C. the cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of the changes in the Work D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for or caused by the event giving rise to the Claim. any purpose is to be determined pursuant to paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.013, CONTRACTOR will establish and ' j. When all the Work is performed on the basis of maintain records thereof in accordance with generally cost-plus, the costs of premiums for all Bonds and accepted accounting practices and submit in a form insurance CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown , Documents to purchase and maintain. together with supporting data. B. Costs F.xduded: The tern Cost of the Work shall 11.02 Cash Allowances not include any of the following items: A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be partnerships and sole proprietorships), general manag- performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER ers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, audi- and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: tors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel 1. the allowances include the cost to CON - employed by CONTRACTOR, whether at the Site or TRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of in CONTRACTOR's principal or branch office for materials and equipment required by the allowances to general administration of the Work and not spceifrcal- be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and ly included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.01.A.1 or 2. CONTRACTOWs costs for unloading and specifically covered by paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of handling on the Site, labor, installation costs, over - which are to be considered administrative costs head, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the covered by the CONTRACTOR's fee. allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for addi- 2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal tional payment on account of any of the foregoing will and branch offices other than CONTRACTOWs be valid. ' office at the Site. B. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order 3. , Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work capital - employed for the Work and charges against covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. correspondingly adjusted. 4. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRAC- 11.03 Unit Price Work TOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indi- rectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each damage to p roperty, separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the . r -32. ' i estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agree- ment. The estimated quantities of items of Unit P Work 2. where the Work involved is not covered by are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in i Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made accordance with paragraph 12.01.C2); or by ENGINEER subject to the provisions of paragraph 9.08. 3. where the Work involved is not covered by B. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover agreement to a lump sum is not reached under para- CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately graph 12.01.B.2, an the basis of the Cost of the Work identified item. (determined as provided in paragraph 11.01) plus a CONTRACTOR's fee for overhead and profit (deter - C. OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for mined as provided in paragraph 12.01.C). an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with paragraph 10.05 it - C. CONTRACTOR's Fee: The CONTR.ACrOR's fee - ' 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: Performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the fallowing percentages of the various 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with portions of the Cast of the Work respect any other item of Work; and a. for cats incurred under paragraphs 3. if CONTRACTOR believes that 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2, the CONTRACTOWs CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract fee shall be 15 percent; Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a b. for costs incurred under paragraph decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to 11.01.A.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall be five agree as to the amount of any such increase or percent; decrease. c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts ' are on the basis of Cost of the Work phis a fee and ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraph CHANGE OF CONTRACT T1MES 12.01.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the casts incurred by such 12.01 Change of Contract Price Subcontractor under paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a and CONTRACTOR will each be paid a fee of Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any Claim for five percent of the amount paid to the next lower an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written tier Subcontractor, notice submitted by the patty malting the Claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of with the provisions of paragraph 10.05. costs itemized under paragraphs 11 .01.A.4, 11.01..0.5, and 11.O1.B; B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order ' or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will e. the amount of credit to be allowed by be determined as follows: CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the I. where the Work involved is covered by amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount application of such unit prices to the quantities of the equal to five percent of such net decrease; and items involved (subject to the provisions of paragraph i 11.03 ); or -33 f. when both additions and credits are in- 12.06 Delay Damages volved in any one change, the adjustment in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the A. In no event shall OWNER or ENGINEER be liable basis of the net change in accordance with pare to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any graphs 12.01.C2.a through 12.0I.C.2.e, inclusive. other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or t 12.02 Change of Contract limes resulting from: A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be 1. delays caused by or within the control of changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. CONTRACTOR; or ' Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice submitted by the 2. delays beyond the control of both OWNER party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the other party and CONTRACTOR including but not limited to to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, paragraph 10.05. acts of God, or acts or neglect by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times (or contemplated by Article 7. , Milestones) covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for 12.06 bars a change in an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be B. Nothing in this paragraph hang determined in accordance with the provisions of this Contract Price pursuant to this Article 12 to compensate Article 12. CONTRACTOR due- to delay, interference, or disruption directly attributable to actions or inactions of OWNER or 12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's Control anyone for whom OWNER is responsible. A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from ' completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCh OF CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be DEFECTIVE WORK extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall 13.01 Notice of Defects include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, notice of all defective Work of which acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors perform A. Prompt ing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fares, floods, OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be given epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. to CONTRACTOR All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 12.04 Delays Within CON7RACTOR's Control 13.02 Access to Work A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) will not be extended due to delays within the control of CONTRACTOR A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER'S Consultants, Delays attributable to and within the control of a other representatives and personnel of OWNER, independent Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with ' the control of CONTRACTOR jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, 12.05 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and Control safe conditions for such access and advise them of , CONTRACTOR's Site safety procedures and programs so A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from complet that they may comply therewith as applicable. ing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER 13.03 Tests and Inspections and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such A. CONTRACTOR- shall give ENGINEER timely delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspect for such delay. tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. t -'34 = B. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an B. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's except: request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may I. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered require, that portion of the Work in question, finnishing all by paragraphs 13.03.0 -and 13.03.D below; necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and 13.04.13 shall be paid as provided in said paragraph other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute 13.04.B; and resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not Contract Documents. limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If, however, such ' representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall Work is not found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall be assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attribut therewith, and finnish ENGINEER the required certificates of able to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, inspection or approval. testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any paragraph 10.05. inspections, tests, or approvals required for OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or Work Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, ENGDVEER. OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portidh thereof until the cause for such order has been E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Work inspected, tested, or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR shall not give rise to any duty on the pain of OWNER to without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR, any requested by ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.03M shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CON- 13.05 Correction or Removal ofDefecdve Work TRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOWs intention to cover the same and ENGI- A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work, NEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the to such notice. Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. 13.04 Uncovering Work CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and request. of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGINEER, all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at arising out of or relating to such correction or removal CONTRACTOR's expense. (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). ' -35- 13.07 Correction Period ENGINEEWs recommendation of final payment, ENGINEER) prefers to accept it OWNER may do so. A. If within one year after the date of Substantial CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and Completion or such longer period of time as may be damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and applicable special guarantee required by the Contract all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair accept such defective Work (such casts to be approved by of any damages to the land or areas made available for ENGINEER as to reasonableness) and the diminished value CONTRACTOWs use by OWNER or permitted by Laws and of ' the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Regulations as contemplated in paragraph 6.1 I.A is found to CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating instructions. (i) repair such defective land or areas, or (ii) the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with correct such defective Work or, if the defective Work has respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Project and appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the replace it with Work that is not defective, and (iii) satisfac- diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are torily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to unable to agree as to the amount thereof; OWNER may make other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. If the resulting therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or 13.09 OWNER May CorrectDefecHve Work repaired or may have the rejected Work removed -and replaced, and all Claims, costs, losses, and damages A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time (inchhding but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.06.A, or if ' relating to such correction or repair or such removal and CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to replacement of work of others) will be paid by comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR OWNER may after seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. B. In special circumstances where a particular item of ' equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the connection with such corrective and remedial action, Specifications or by Written Amendment. OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR fiom all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and C. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work suspend CONTRACTO)Vs services related thereto, take resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, con replaced under this paragraph 13.07, the correction period struchon equipment and machinery at the Site, and mcorpo- hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an rate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site additional period of one year after such correction or removal or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which and replacement has been satisfactorily completed are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's D. CONTRACTOR'S obligations under this paragraph other contractors, and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The Consultants access to the Site to enable OWNER to exercise provisions of this paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a the rights and remedies under this paragraph. substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies under this replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to paragraph 13.09 will be charged against CONTRACTOR, -36- ' r r and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to payments received on account of the Work have been the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate applied on account to discharge CONTRACTOR's decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to legitimate obligations associated with prior r agree as to the amount of the adjustment, OWNER may make Applications for Payment. a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be 3. The amount of retainage with respect to limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others progress payments will be as stipulated in the r destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement Agreement. of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. D. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension B. Review ofApplicatio»s of the Contract Times (or Milestones) pause of any delay in 1. ENGINEER. will, within 10 days after the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by receipt of each Application for Payment, either OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies under this indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and ' paragraph 13.09. present the Application to OWNER or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend COMPLETION payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may r make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 14.01 Schedule of Values 2. ENGINEER's recommendation of any A. The schedule of values established as provided in payment requested in an Application for Payment will paragraph 2.07A will serve as the basis for progress constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWN - payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application ER, based on ENGINEER's observations on the Site ' for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number design professional and on ENGINEENs review of of units completed the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's 14.02 Progress Payments knowledge, information and belief. A. ApplicationsjorPayments a the Work has progressed to the point indicated;- L At least 20 days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than b. the quality of the Work is generally in once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to accordance with the Contract Documents (subject ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to Work completed as of the date of the Application and the results of any subsequent tests called for in the accompanied by such suppohrting documentation as is Contract Documents, to a final determination of required by the Contract Documents. If payment is quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work requested on the basis of materials and equipment not under paragraph 9.08, and to any other incorporated in the Fork but delivered and suitably qualifications stated in the recommendation); and stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be c. the conditions precedent to accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other docu- CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment mentation warranting thai OWNER has received the appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other 3. By recommending any such payment ' arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all ENGINEER will 'not thereby be deemed to have of which must be satisfactory to OWNER. represented that (i) inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been 2. Beginning with the second Application for performed have been exhaustive, extended to every Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed -37- r r inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities 1. Ten days after presentation of the Applica- specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract tion for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's Documents; or (ii) that there may not be other matters recommendation, the amount recommended will or issues between the parties that might entitle CON- (subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.02.D) TRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or become due, and when due will be paid by OWNER , entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRAC- to CONTRACTOR TOR D. Reduction in Payment 4. Neither ENGINEER's review of ' CONTRACTOR's Work for the purposes of recom- 1. OWNER may refuse to make payment of mending payments nor ENGINEER's recommends- the full amount recommended by ENGINEER lion of any payment, including final payment, will because: impose responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the Work or for the means, methods, a. claims have been made against OWNER techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or or the safety precautions and programs incident furnishing of the Work; ' thereto, or for CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to b. Liens have been filed in connection with CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has Additionally, said review or recommendation will not delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make any to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such examination to ascertain how or for what purposes' Liens; CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or to determine that title to any- c. there are other items entitling OWNER to a of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to set -off against the amount recommended, or OWNER free and clear of any Liens. d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the 5. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in , whole or any part of any payment it in ENGINEER's paragraphs 14 .023.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representa- paragraph 15.02.A. lions to OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.02.B.2. ' ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such 2. if OWNER refuses to make payment of the payment or, because of subsequently discovered full amount recommended by ENGINEER, OWNER evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice tests, revise or revoke any such payment (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for recommendation previously made, to such extent as such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR any may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect amount remaining after deduction of the amount so OWNER from loss because: withheld. OWNER shall promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any a. the Work is defective, or completed Work adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and has been damaged, requiring correction or replace- CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to ment; OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. b. the Contract Price has been reduced by 3. If it is subsequently determined that Written Amendment or Change Orders; OWNER's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an c. OWNER has been required to correct amount due as determined by paragraph 14.02.C.1. defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.09; or 14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of title d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title occurrence of any of the events enumerated in to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any paragraph 15:02.A. Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project ' or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment C. Payment Becomes Due free and clear of all Liens: r -38- 14.04 Substantial Completion 14.05 Partial Utilization A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work A. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify substantially completed part of the Work which has OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or substantially complete (except for items specifically Iisted by which OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR agree CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly Work that can be used by OWNER. for its intended purpose thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER shall without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of performance of the remainder of the Work, may be completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify subject to the following conditions. CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, I. OWNER at any time may request CON - ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any ' certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the ready for its intended use and substantially complete. certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work corrected before final payment OWNER shall have seven is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify ' days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of Work is substantially complete and request ENGI the certificate or attached list Il; after considering such NEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any substantially complete, ENGINEER will within 14 days after time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons therefor. I& Work ready for its intended use and substantially after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certifi- considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will cate of Substantial Completion for that part of the within said 14 days execute and deliver to OWNER and Work. Within a reasonable time after either such CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and ENGINEER Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the determine its status of completion. If ENGINEER tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after does not consider that part of the Work to be substan- consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time tially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Comple- CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons there - tion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRAC for. If ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to TOR a written recommendation as to division of responsbili- be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraph ties pending final payment between OWNER and 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, the division of responsibility in respect thereof and insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER access thereto. and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing 2. No occupancy or separate operation of part the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the ' ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment insurance. B. OWNER shall have the right to exclude 14.05 Final Inspection CONTRACTOR from the Site after the dste of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR A- Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the reasonable access to complete or correct items on the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, tentative list. ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CON- TRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are -39- necessary to complete such Work or remedy such for Payment, indicate in writing ENGINEER's deficiencies. recommendation of payment and present the Applica- tion for Payment to OWNER for payment. At the 14.07 Final Payment same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is A. Application for Payment acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph , 14.09. Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the 1. After CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion Application for Payment to CONTRACTOR, indicat- of ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all ing in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend corrections identified during the final inspection and final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall ' has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Docu- make the necessary corrections and resubmit the ments, all maintenance and operating instructions, Application for Payment. schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other , evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, C. Payment Becomes Due marked -up record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other documents, CONTRAC- 1. Thirty days after the presentation to OWN - TOR may make application for final payment follow- ER of the Application for Payment and accompanying , ing the procedure for progress payments. documentation, the amount recommended by ENGI- NEER will become due and, when due, will be paid 2. The final Application for Payment shall be by OWNER to CONTRACTOR ' accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Docu- 14.08 Final Completion Delayed ments, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.04.B.7; (ii) con A. K through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final ' sent of the surety, if any, to final payment; and (iii) completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if complete and legally effective releases or waivers ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Lien rights arising out CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and of or Lieu, filed in connection with the Work. recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens of the Work fully completed and accepted If the remaining specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed ' OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the releases in firll and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in thar (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the services, material, and equipment for which a Lien payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully ' could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and completed and accepted shall be submitted by CON - equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected TRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and property might in any way be responsible have been conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not , paid or otherwise satisfied If any Subcontractor or constitute a waiver of Claims. Supplier fails to famish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may fim&h a Bond or other 14.09 Waiver of Claims ' collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: B. Review ofApplication and Acceptance ' 1. a waiver of all Claims by OWNER against I. it on the basis of ENGINEER's observe CONTRACTOR, except Claims arising from lion of the Work during construction and final inspec- unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after lion, and ENGINEER's review of the final Applica- final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.06, from lion for Payment and accompanying documentation as failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the required by the Contract Documents, ENGINEER is terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or satisfied that the Work has been completed and from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under ' CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Con- the Contract Documents; and tract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application -40- 2. a waiver of all Claims by CONTRACTOR stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem against OWNER other than those previously made in expedient. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall not be writing which are still unsettled entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, TERMINATION attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution casts) sustained by OWNER arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess 15.41 OWNER May Suspend Work will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR A. At any time and without cause, OWNER may shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs, suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not losses, and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to CON- by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and, when so TRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which approved by ENGINEER, incorporated in a Change Order. Work will be resumed CONTRACTOR shall resume the When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph Work on the date so fixed CONTRACTOR shall be allowed OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the the Work performed Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such ' suspension if CONTRACTOR makes a Claim therefor as C. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so provided in paragraph 10.05. terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for Cause existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following not release CONTRACTOR from liability. events will justify termination for cause: ' 15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience 1. CONTRACTOR's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract A. Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without ' supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress terminate the Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall schedule established under paragraph 2.07 as adjusted be paid (without duplication of any items): ' from time to time pursuant to paragraph 5.04); 1. for completed and acceptable Work execut 2. CONTRACTOR's disregard of Laws or ed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such 3. CONTRACTOR's disregard of the author- Work; ity of ENGINEER; or ' 2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective 4. CONTRACTOR's violation in any date of termination in performing services and fur- substantial way of any provisions of - the Contract nishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by Documents. 'the Contract Documents in connection with uncom- pleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for B. If one or more of the events identified in paragraph overhead and profit on such expenses; 15.02A occur, OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven days written notice, terminate 3. for all claims, costs, losses, and damages the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude_ CONTRACTOR (including but not limited to all few and charges of from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all engineers, architects, attorneys, and other CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, constiuction equipment, professionals and all court or arbitration or other and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of they c6uld be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in and others; and the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are -41- 4. for reasonable expenses directly ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS attributable to termination. ... - B. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss 17.01 Giving Notice of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss ' arising out of or resulting from such termination. A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have 15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for , A. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, known to the giver of the notice. or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER fails for 30 17.02 Computation of Times days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days written A. When any period of time is referred to in the notice to OWNER and ENGINEER, and provided OWNER Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure the first and include the last day of such period If the last day within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day OWNER payment on the some terms as provided in made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, paragraph 15.03. In lieu of terminating the Contract and such day will be omitted from the computation without prejudice to any other tight or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 17.03 Cumulative Remedies days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any star finally determined to be A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General due, CONTRACTOR may, seven days after written notice to Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to OWNER and ENGINEER, stop the Work until payment is the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be , made of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.04 are remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making a imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special Claim under paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as directly attributable to CONTRACTOR'S stopping the Work effective . as if repeated specifically in the Contract as permitted by this paragraph. Documents in connection with each particular duty, ' obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 17.04 Survival of Obligations A. All representations , indemnifications, warranties, 16.01 Methods and Procedures and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures, if any, obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive shall be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. If no final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or method and procedure has been set forth, and subject to the termination or completion of the Agreement provisions of paragraphs 9.09 and 10.05, OWNER and CON- TRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either 17.05 Controlling Law ' may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. A This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. r -42- SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS The following supplements modify, change from, or add to the "Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract ", EJCDC 1910 -8, (1996 edition). All unaltered provisions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ' The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC No. 1910 -8, 1996 edition) have the meanings ' assigned to them in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 A.28. NOTICE OF AWARD AND 1.01 A.29 NOTICE TO PROCEED - Add the following to each definition: If requested by the OWNER, both the Notice of Award and Notice to Proceed will be issued by the ENGINEER. ' 1.01 A.43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION - Add the following to its definition: Substantial Completion of work shall be evidenced by the ability to place and keep into service ' the new facilities including the attainment of release for service from all agencies having jurisdiction. The CONTRACTOR shall take this requirement into proper account when developing a proposed project schedule. In general, substantial completion is defined by the ability of the OWNER to use all features of the new facilities for their intended purpose, as ' defined by the ENGINEER. 1.01 A.51. Add the following: BIDDER - Any individual, partnership, corporation, or joint venture submitting a Bid for the Work to be performed. ' 1.01 A.52. Add the following: RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE - The Resident Project Representative (RPR) may be assigned to the site or any part thereof on a full time basis or a part time basis. This will be determined by Engineer's Agreement with Owner. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.02 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS: Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: All copies of documents necessary for the execution of the Work, including but not limited to ' permitting will be furnished to the CONTRACTOR at the Engineer's normal rate for reproduction. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs for the documents requested. Only full sets of plans and specifications will be issued. Documents will not be made available to the ' Contractor electronically. SGC -1 WF900204 2.03 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES; NOTICE TO PROCEED: ' Delete in its entirety and substitute the following: The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in a Notice to Proceed. If there is no Notice to Proceed, it shall be the date of the OWNER - CONTRACTOR Agreement or such ' other date as may be established therein. 2.05 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION: ' Add the following to Section 2.05 A.: Failure to report a conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy shall be deemed as evidence that the ' CONTRACTOR has elected to proceed in the more expensive manner and shall expose the CONTRACTOR for all costs associated with, or caused by, the conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy. ' Add the following to Section 2.05: D. The CONTRACTOR shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved shop drawings or Product Data for such portion of the Work. E. By executing the Contract, the CONTRACTOR represents that he has visited the site, ' reviewed available plans of existing facilities, familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated his observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ' Add the following to Section 2.05 B.3.: The schedule of values shall be broken down in sufficient detail, and by appropriate categories, , to allow the proper distribution of project costs and is subject to acceptance by the ENGINEER. The format and presentation method used for the schedule of values shall be as required by the ' Engineer and is subject to the Engineer's approval. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Add the following to Section 3.01: , D. Failure to report a conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy shall be deemed as evidence that ' the CONTRACTOR has elected to proceed in the more expensive manner. If, during the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR finds an error or discrepancy between the specifications and the drawings, the specifications shall govern over the drawings. If the drawings disagree in themselves, figures shall govern over scaled measurements, large scale 1 drawings shall govern over small scale drawings, the greater quantity of work or materials shall' be furnished or performed; descriptive writings shall govern over legends indicating material or conditions and the Agreement takes precedence over all other contract documents. ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCED POINTS: ' Section 4.02 A.1. Delete in its entirety and replace with: The CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility with respect to determining subsurface ' conditions at the site. SGC -2 WF900204 , Add the following o Section tion 4.02 B.: 4.02 B.4., any data that could be reasonably suspected not to be accurate unless it has not been confirmed in writing by the OWNER or ENGINEER to be a reasonable representation of accurate and authentic record information. t Delete Section 4.04 B. and insert the following: Existing utilities and structures are shown on the drawings in accordance with Section 01019, General Requirements, Paragraph 1.01. Add the following to Section 4.05.: All locations shown on the drawings are established from a baseline, the bearing and starting point of which are identified on the drawings. All construction staking shall be provided by the Contractor's Professional Surveyor. Grades shown are finished grades. Written dimensions have preference over scaled dimensions. All elevations are based on the National Geodetic Vertical Datum (N.G.V.D.), unless otherwise noted. 1 ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 A. PERFORMANCE, PAYMENT AND OTHER BONDS: Delete the first sentence and substitute the following: CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR' obligations under the Contract documents. The bonds shall comply with the requirements of Florida Statutes Section 255.05. All bonds shall be supplied on the. forms provided in the bid documents. 5.01 B. Add the following: ' The CONTRACTOR shall record all performance and payment bonds in the County where the work is to be performed and provide evidence of such recording to the ENGINEER. No work ' shall be performed until this requirement is satisfied. 5.04 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE: ' Add the following: C. The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 5.04 shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts. 1. Workers' Compensation: a. State Statutory b. Applicable Federal (e.g.) Longshoreman's Statutory C. Employer's Liability $500,000 2. Commercial General Liability: (Including Premises & Operations: All Risk Owners & Contractor's Protective; r SGC-3 WF900204 Broad Form Property Damage) a. Bodily Injury & Property Damage: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Aggregate $2,000,000 Product's & Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000 b. Personal Injury: $2,000,000 C. CU coverage, remove exclusion (yes) d. Contractual (yes) 3. Comprehensive Automobile Liability: (owner - leased- non -owned & hired) a. Bodily Injury & Property Damage: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 (or) b. Bodily Injury: Each Person $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Property Damage: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 D. Additional liability coverage for OWNER and ENGINEER shall be provided by endorsement as additional insured on CONTRACTOR's General Liability Policy. Add the , following names: OWNER - Village of Tequesta 345 Tequesta Drive ' Tequesta, FL 33469 ENGINEER - Arcadis, Inc. and their employees ' 2801 Vista Parkway West Palm Beach, Florida 33411 The additional liability coverage for the ENGINEER is not to be construed as to requiring, in any way, that either the OWNER or CONTRACTOR be obligated to supply insurance protecting the ENGINEER for its liability emanating from professional errors or omissions. E. In conformance with the requirements of Section 725.06, Florida Statutes, the speck considerations for the CONTRACTOR's promises are: 1. One dollar ($1.00) in hand paid by the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and the ENGINEER's employees to the CONTRACTOR, receipt whereof is SGC-4 WF900204 hereby acknowledged and the adequacy of which q y h the CONTRACTOR accepts as completely fulfilling the obligations of the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and the ENGINEER's employees under the requirements of Section 725.06, Florida Statutes, and; 2. The entry of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR into the construction contract because, but for the CONTRACTOR's promises as contained in the General Conditions, the OWNER would not have entered into the construction contract with the CONTRACTOR. 5.06 PROPERTY INSURANCE: Delete 5.06 A in its entirety and insert the following: A. Unless otherwise provided in these Supplementary General Conditions, the Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work and stored material on the site at the full insurable value thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in these Supplementary General Conditions or as required by law). This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, Contractor and Subcontractors in the Work, shall insure against the perils and extended coverage, shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, damage and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in these Supplementary General Conditions, and shall include damages, losses and expenses arising out of, or resulting from, any insured loss or any loss incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). If not covered under the "all risk" insurance or otherwise provided in these Supplementary General Conditions, the Contractor shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment. The policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with paragraphs 5.06 A and 5.06 B shall contain a provision that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least thirty day's prior written notice has been given to the Owner. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Add the following to Section 6.01 A.: The Contract Documents are intended to communicate the nature of the design, concept and scope of the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the construction and coordination of the parts and all systems shall be complete, compatible and fully functional without additional cost, to the standard of the industry, as defined by the ENGINEER, or better, as may be set forth in these documents. In the event that an agent or dther representative of the OWNER approves the installation or erection of any item of material and the CONTRACTOR concludes the same is not fabricated in a good, workman -like manner, the CONTRACTOR shall forthwith advise the OWNER and ENGINEER thereof in writing. Delete the last sentence prior to subheading "A" in Section 6.05 A.1. and replace with the following: For purposes of this paragraph 6.05 A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment may be considered functionally equal to an item if: Add the following to Section 6.05 A.1.: SGC -5 WF900204 In general, q eneral "or equal" items will not be considered unless the drawings or specifications specifically state, "or equal' in the description of the particular item of equipment or material. Add the following to Section 6.05 A.2.c.: Any requests for the use of substitute items shall be made within 30 days of the effective date of the Agreement. The substitution procedure shall be as set forth in Section 01019, General Requirements. Section 01019, General Requirements may also further limit the items for which substitutions will be considered. For any provisions of Section 01019, General Requirements, related to substitutions which are in conflict with Section 6.05 A.2.d., the criteria set forth in ' Section 01019 General Requirements, shall take precedence. Delete Section 6.05 B. in its entirety. Add the following to Section 6.06 B.: Subcontractors named on the proposal form shall not be changed by the CONTRACTOR unless 1 specifically requested per the above by the OWNER or ENGINEER. Any subcontractor change prior to award shall follow the procedure set forth in the Instructions to Bidders. Add the following to Section 6.06.C.: ' Owner or Engineer may furnish to any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or ' organization, to the extent practicable, evidence of amounts paid to Contractor in accordance with Contractor's Applications for Payment. Add the following to Section 6.08: The CONTRACTOR shall be required to secure all necessary permits from Palm Beach County and the Village of Tequesta. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for acquiring all necessary construction permits related to this project. The Contractor shall pay all permit fees except those due to the Village of Tequesta. Permit fees due to the Village of Tequesta shall be paid by the Owner directly to the Village. Section 6.12.: Delete the last sentence and substitute the following: These shall be available to the ENGINEER for examination and shall be delivered to ' ENGINEER for OWNER prior to, and as a partial condition of, Substantial Completion of the Work. 6.21 Add the following: ' The CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for the total cost of all services rendered by the ENGINEER when made necessary by any, or all, of the following: A. Acceleration of the work schedule. B. Work not within normal working hours as established pursuant to the requirements of these documents and the award of the project. For purposes of this determination the Contractor shall assume the Engineer or his representative shall be on site at all times the Contractor is on site. C. Default by the CONTRACTOR or any subcontractor. SGC -6 WF900204 D. Failure to complete the project, either substantial completion or p final completion, or both, within the time frames stipulated by these documents, plus any ENGINEER approved time extensions. Note that any such costs are in addition to any liquidated damages for which the CONTRACTOR may be exposed. ' E. Work damaged by fire or other causes during construction. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: Delete the first sentence and substitute the following: i If the OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative during the construction period. The Engineer and Resident Project Representative's (RPR's) duties, responsibilities and authorities shall be as agreed by the Owner and Engineer and as set forth at the pre - construction conference. If the Owner designates another agent to represent the Owner at the site who is not Engineer's agent or employee, the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other agent will be presented at the pre - construction conference. ARTICLE 11 - COST OF WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK: Add the following to Section 11.02.: It is further understood that the bidding allowance, if identified on the bid form, shall be authorized and utilized solely in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 01150 of the project specifications. Delete section 11.03.C. in its entirety and substitute the following in its place: r Contractor may not make claim for additional expenses incurred as a result of a difference between final quantity of any item(s) of Unit Price Work and the estimated quantity of such item(s) in the Contract Documents, unless specifically allowed in the Bid Form. Any adjustments specifically allowed shall be made in accordance with directions in the Bid Form. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES: Add the following to Section 12.01 B.: 4. In the event that the CONTRACTOR encounters field conditions which create a need to alter the plans or specifications and induce a need for a Change Order (as agreed to by the OWNER and ENGINEER and in satisfaction of other applicable criteria set forth herein related to acceptance and approval of Change Orders) the OWNER reserves the right to not approve the Change Order. In this event the OWNER will correct the field condition giving rise to the need for a Change Order, or otherwise eliminate the need, with their own or other forces. Should this occur, the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate their field activities with the OWNER to accommodate this work. Add the following to Section 12.04 A.: All equipment and /or material delivery and subcontractor or supplier performance (i.e., efficiency, etc.) shall be considered to be within the control of the CONTRACTOR. No time extension shall be granted for delays due to equipment and /or material manufacturing, delivery, or failure to perform according to the contract. No time extension shall be granted unless the SGC -7 WF900204 CONTRACTOR can demonstrate with the agreement of the ENGINEER that the original critical path requires, or would have required, modification. Delete Section 12.06 A. and replace with the following: No claim for damages or any claim other than for an extension of time shall be made or ' asserted against Village by reason of any delays. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Sum or payment or compensation of any kind from Owner for direct, indirect, consequential, impact or other costs, expenses, or damages, including, but not limited to, costs of acceleration or inefficiency, arising because of delay, disruption, interference, or hindrance ' from any cause whatsoever, whether such delay, disruption, interference or hindrance be reasonable or unreasonable, foreseeable, or avoidable or unavoidable. Contractor shall be entitled only to extensions. of the contract time as the sole and exclusive remedy for such resulting delays, in accordance with and to the extent specifically provided herein. ARTICLE 13 - TEST AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK t Delete paragraph 13.03 and insert the following: The cost of all inspections, tests, re- tests, certifications and approvals required by the Contract Documents shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR. All such tests and inspections shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory. The laboratory shall be subject to the acceptance of the ENGINEER. All re- testing requested by the ENGINEER shall be paid for by the CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.02 A.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS: Delete the first three words of the first sentence and insert the following: At least 30 ..... Delete from the second sentence "by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation ". Insert "by documentation in accordance with Section 01150, Measurement and Payment". Add the following: The Contractor shall use and complete the cover sheet provided by the Engineer for each progress payment. Additional requirements as set forth in Sections 01150 shall be followed. When the Contractor receives payment from the Owner .for labor, services or materials furnished by subcontractors and /or suppliers hired by the Contractor, the Contractor shall remit payment due those parties within ten (10) days after receipt of payment, or earlier, unless otherwise provided by Florida Law. Add the following to Section 14.04 A.: Regardless of the foregoing nothing herein shall alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the construction services, materials and items herein by the Owner. 14.02.C.: Delete the first two words and replace with following: "Unless stipulated to the contrary in Section 01150, Measurement and Payment, twenty- five "... SGC -8 W0900204 Add the following to Section 14.07 A.: 4. Before final payment, the CONTRACTOR shall submit executed copies of the e release forms (page SGC -10 & SGC -11) releasing the OWNER and the ENGINEER of the ' obligations as described on the form. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide an executed and notarized affidavit with the final pay request which stipulates that all vendors, suppliers and subcontractors have been paid in full. Before final payment, the CONTRACTOR shall supply final releases of lien as set forth herein. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATIONS i Delete paragraph 15.03. in its entirety and insert the following in its place: The Owner may terminate this contract for convenience upon providing Contractor fourteen (14) days written notice of the same. If the Contractor is terminated as provided herein, the Contractor shall be paid for all work executed and expenses incurred prior to the date of termination. Payment shall include services actually performed in full prior to termination date, but shall excluded all lost profits, indirect, special, or other damages for the remainder of the project. If a Court of competent jurisdiction finds that the Village wrongfully terminated this Contract, then in such event, this Contract shall be deemed terminated for convenience as provided for in Section 15.03 of the Supplemental Conditions and the Contractor shall not be entitled to damages or loss of profits, but shall include all items provided for in Section 15.03 above. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION ' Add the following to Section 16.01 B. This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida as now and hereinafter in force. The parties to this agreement stipulate venue and jurisdiction for any litigation arising out of this agreement to be in the Circuit Court in and for Palm Beach County, Florida. r SGC -9 WF900204 M RELEASE 1 hereinafter referred to as "the CONTRACTOR" hereby unconditionally releases and forever discharges ARCADIS US, Inc. its officers, directors, employees and agents, hereinafter collectively referred to as "ENGINEER" from any and all legal or equitable causes of action, suits, damages, claims and demands whatsoever, which CONTRACTOR ever had or now has against ENGINEER directly or indirectly, whether known or unknown, for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, whether known or unknown, including, but not limited to: All claims arising out of, or in any 'way related to, the design, negotiation, supervision, or performance of a project known as the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant and Water System Renovation in accordance with a contract dated between the CONTRACTOR and the Village of Tequesta and Drawings and Specifications prepared by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR: By: ' Title: STATE OF FLORIDA ) ) SS. COUNTY OF I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the state aforesaid and in the county aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared , to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and has acknowledged before me that he executed the same. ' WITNESS my hand and official seal in the county and state aforesaid this day of , 2013. NOTARY PUBLIC, ' State of Florida at Large (NOTARY SEAL) My commission expires: r SGC -10 WF900204 , RELEASE hereinafter referred to as "the CONTRACTOR" hereby unconditionally releases and forever discharges the Village of Tequesta, its officers, director employees and agents, hereinafter collectively referred to as "OWNER" from any and all legal or equitable causes of action, suits, damages, claims and demands whatsoever, which CONTRACTOR ever had or now has against OWNER directly or indirectly, whether known or unknown, for, upon or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, whether known or unknown, including, but not limited to: All claims arising out of, or in any way related to, the design, negotiation, supervision, or performance of a project known as the Village of Tequesta Water Treatment Plant and Water System Renovation in accordance with a contract dated between the CONTRACTOR and the Village of Tequesta. CONTRACTOR By. M Title: STATE OF FLORIDA ) ) SS. COUNTY OF I HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day, before me, an officer duly authorized in the state aforesaid and in the county aforesaid to take acknowledgments, personally appeared M , to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and has acknowledged before me that he executed the same. WITNESS my hand and official seal in the county and state aforesaid this day of ' 2013. NOTARY PUBLIC, State of Florida at Large (NOTARY SEAL) My commission expires: SGC -11 WF900204 i SECTION 01019 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' 1.01 EXISTING UTILITIES AND STRUCTURES: The existing utilities and facilities shown on the drawings were located from the Owners and other records. Guaranty is not made that all existing facilities are shown or that those shown are entirely accurate. The Contractorshall assure himself of any utilities, structures or facilities prior to performing any Work. This shall be completed prior to ordering any new material. Prior to the start of Work, the Contractor shall request each utility agency to advise him of the location of their facilities in the vicinity. The Owner and the Engineer will assume no liability for damages sustained or costs incurred because of the Contractor's operations in the vicinity of existing utilities or structures. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any deviation between existing conditions and the drawings. When structures and utilities have been properly shown or marked and are disturbed or damaged in the execution of the Work, they must be repaired immediately in conformance with best standard practice and the approval of the Owner of the damaged utility or structure. In the case of structures and utilities which have not been properly shown or located as outlined above and are disturbed or damaged in the prosecution of the Work, the Contractor shall take whatever steps are necessary for safety and notify the affected utility Owner and avoid any actions which might cause further damage to the structure or utility. Should the Work require repairs, changes, or modifications of the Owner's utilities as well as other utilities, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide for the maintenance of continuous water, sewage, electric, telephone and other utility services to all present customers (including the Owner) of such utilities, unless approval in writing is secured from the applicable utility company or Owner for interruption of such service. 1.02 SALVAGED MATERIAL: Unless otherwise noted all materials salvaged under this contract shall become the property of the Contractor. Salvaged materials may not be reused in the Work except upon written approval of the Engineer. All salvaged materials not reused shall be removed from the site of the Work or otherwise disposed of by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. f 1.03 LIST OF DRAWINGS: The Work shall conform to the following drawings which form a part of the Contract Documents. CATEGORY SHEET NO TITLE SHEET 1 LIST OF DRAWINGS AND GENERAL NOTES 2 EXISTING WTP AERIAL SITE PLAN 3 EXISTING SITE PLAN 4 EXISTING/PROPOSED DECOMMISSIONED CONTROL BUILDING ELEVATIONS 5 EXISTING DECOMMISSIONED CONTROL BUILDING DEMOLITION PLAN 6 EXISTING DECOMMISSIONED CONTROL BUILDING PROPOSED PLAN 7 HVAC PLAN AND DETAILS g EXISTING HIGH SERVICE PUMPS DEMOLITION PLAN 9 EXISTING HIGH SERVICE PUMPS DEMOLITION SECTION 10 EXISTING HIGH SERVICE PUMPS PROPOSED PLAN 11 EXISTING HIGH SERVICE PUMPS PROPOSED SECTION AND DETAIL 12 HYDROPNEUMATIC TANK DEMOLITION PLAN AND SECTIONS 13 EXISTING WELL FIELD NO. 1 AERAIL SITE PLAN 14 EXISTING WELL FIELD NO. 1 DEMOLITION PLAN 15 EXISTING WELL FIELD NO. 1 DEMOLITION SECTIONS 16 01019 -1 W F900204 EXISTING WELL FIELD NO. 1 PROPOSED PLAN, SECTION AND DETAILS 17 CIVIL DETAILS 18 STRUCTURAL DETAILS 19 EROSION CONTROL 20 EXISTING LIME PLANT CONTROL BUILDING ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 21(E -1) EXISTING LIME PLANT CONTROL BUILDING REVISED POWER AND LIGHTING PLAN 22(E -2) EXISTING HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 23(E -3) EXISTING HIGH SERVICE PUMP STATION REVISED POWER AND LIGHTING PLAN 24(E -4) EXISTING LIME PLANT CONTROL BUILDING EXISTING AND REVISED PANEL , SCHEDULES AND LIGHTING SCHEDULES 25(E -5) 1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Substitutions will not be permitted on any items specified herein or identified on the drawings where two or more manufacturers have been named unless they are followed by the words "or equal'. Substitutions will also not be considered on any specified items whenever they ' are followed by the words "no substitutions ". All substitution requests must be made in writing to the Engineer within fifteen days of the Contract Date. B. Submit five copies of request for substitution. Include in request: ' 1. Complete Data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For Products: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature: (1) Product description. (2) Performance and test data. (3) Reference standards. c. Samples. t d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, and date of installation. 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method. ' b. Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specked. 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 6. Relation to separate contracts. 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. This shall include initial capital and O &M cost comparison. 8. Parts commonality and performance: The Engineer /Owner will consider parts commonality and demonstrable past performance, especially such experience on Owner facilities, of the specified equipment and the proposed substitutions and suppliers as part of the evaluation. 1.05 WATER: The Contractor shall provide and maintain, at his own expense, an adequate supply of water for his use for construction and domestic consumption, and to install and maintain necessary connections and piping for same, but only at such locations and in such manner as may r be approved by the Engineer. All water connection points to the Village system shall be equipped ■ with a reduced pressure principle type backfiow preventer and meter. The meter shall be obtained from the Village. Both devices shall be installed according to Village Standards. Prior to final acceptance, temporary connections and piping installed by the Contractor shall be removed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Water for all testing shall be at the Contractors expense. 01019 -2 W F900204 1.06 ELECTRICITY: All electrical current required by the Contractor shall be furnished at his own expense but can be secured from the plant electrical system. All temporary connections for electricity shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All temporary lines shall be furnished, installed, connected and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with all applicable codes and shall be completely removed by the Contractor prior to substantial completion. ' 1.07 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS: The Contractor is specifically advised that various dangerous chemicals and high voltage electrical power is in routine use at this faucility. The chemicals include, but are not limited to antiscalent, sodium hypochlorite, sodium hydroxide and sulfuric acid. Portions of the work required under this contract will be in the immediate vicinity of the items named above. The Contractor shall educate all supervisory and field personnel regarding standard safety practices and first aid procedures for accidental exposure to any, and all, of the chemicals, compounds and power in use at the site. 1.08 OWNER FACILITIES: The Contractorshall provide temporary restroom facilities forfield crews and restrict the existing facilities at the plant from any use by the Contractor. 1.09 WORKING HOURS: Exclusive of shutdowns, all work on this contract shall be conducted during normal Village working hours (7:30 A.M. to 5:30 P.M.) on weekdays. The Contractor may arrive at the site at 7:00 A.M. to begin preparations for the work day and may stay on the site until 6 P.M. to shutdown normal daily operations. Extended work hours may be requested and approved during periods when the high service pumps are being installed. 1.10 ASSEMBLIES OR UNITS: Where the Contractor is required to furnish and install an assembly or unit, the Contractor shall furnish all component parts as required by the manufacturer of the uni ' to make a fully functional system. 1.11 ACCESS TO THE WORK SITE: The Contractor may use only the access designated by the Village for access to the work locations. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining, protecting and restoring the routes to the satisfaction of the Village and Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any permits necessary to use the access. There is currently only one approved access point to each work site. Additional access points will not be approved. Refer to Section 113, 1.22 for additional relevant site access information. Where indicated the Contractor shall maintain Owner access to facilities at all times. 1.12 SITE SECURITY: The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safety and 'security of the work and site. Any temporary measures required to maintain the security of the area shall be the Contractor's responsibility. This shall include but not be limited to temporary fencing, security guards, etc. Refer to Instruction to Bidders for additional information related to site security. 1.13 FAMILIARITY WITH LAWS: The Contractor is assumed to be in compliance with and familiar with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, codes and regulations that may in any manner affect the work. Failure to familiarize themselves with applicable laws, etc., shall in no way relieve the Contractor from responsibility. 1.14 PROGRESS SCHEDULES /MEETINGS: The Contractor shall prepare a monthly update of the project schedule and submit two (2) copies to the Engineer. The updated schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer with each pay request. Each schedule shall independently identify the originally approved schedule, actual progress, adjustments and new completion time projections for every item. Pay requests received without the updated schedule will not be processed. The Contractor shall attend a status meeting every two (2) weeks to discuss project progress and shall be able to discuss existing and projected problems, and overall job status. All such meetings shall be held at the job site. At the Engineer's discretion, the frequency of the progress meetings r 01019 -3 W F900204 I appropriate , maybe increased or decreased. The Contractor's project manager, superintendent and subcontractors shall attend all progress meetings. The Contractor shall provide a suitable meeting space with table and chairs for up to eight people. 1.15 STANDARDS: All work performed on this project shall be in accordance with the Village of Tequesta and other applicable standards. All conditions, as set forth in the respective permits shall be satisfied and adhered to by the Contractor. , 1.16 STAGINGMIORK AREA: All equipment storage shall occur only within the staging area designated on the plans. Staging may not occur on existing pavement or in areas that impact ' operator access to existing facilities. All Contractor parking shall be within the staging area and not along the plant roadways or roadways which front the construction site. The Contractor shall take note that some improvements to the staging/work area may need to be stabilized to facilitate vehicular access. No vehicles may be stopped on existing pavement or walkways for parking or ' unloading. Stabilization material (existing and new) used in the staging area shall be removed at the conclusion of the construction. 1.17 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS: ' A. Project Inspection: The Engineer will not be inspecting the work on a full time basis. The , Contractor shall provide appropriate notice of need for inspections and allow time for scheduling. No work shall be covered up, nor test results accepted without prior witness by the Engineer. Inspections by the Engineer shall not be performed in lieu of other inspections required by the Village, State or Federal requirements. B. Noise: The Contractor is specifically advised that the construction sites are in a residential area and sensitivity to noise control must be given a high priority. All engines used during ' construction shall be equipped with critical grade mufflers. C. Dust: The Contractor shall use a water truck or other suitable method to eliminate dispersion of dust to offsite properties. D. Irrigation System Restoration: The Contractor shall repair and modify the existing irrigation system to accommodate the new site. The Contractor shall restore damaged irrigation systems , and make modifications immediately after the installation of grass and in time to support the "grow-in-period". 1.18 CONSTRUCTION TRAILER: The Contractor shall provide an on -site office with telephone and ' electric service as required for his use. 1.19 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall provide a suitable, weatherproof field office for use by the Engineer and the Village of Tequesta. The Contractor shall maintain the field office in good repair and acceptable appearance, provide weekly cleaning service and maintenance and replenishment, as applicable, of paper towels, paper cups, soap, toilet paper and bottled -water service. The field office shall consist of a trailer type, mobile structure with the following features and equipment, new or like new in appearance and function, and shall include, at a minimum: all metal frame; all metal exterior, sides and roof; security screens on all windows; toilet and wash basin with hot and cold water and drains; ' sanitary facilities in compliance with State and local health authorities for the trailer; insulated double walls, floors and roof; self- contained, built -in electric heater with self- contained air - conditioning unit, fluorescent ceiling lights; 01019 -4 W F900204 110 -volt electric wall outlets; minimum interior height: 7 feet; minimum interior width: 12 feet; minimum interior length: 25 feet; entrance doors (2), equipped with cylinder locks; 1 railed stairways to entrances; shelving: 30 linear feet, 18 inches deep; minimum of 2 windows, with blinds; work surfaces (2), 30 inches wide and 10 feet in length at desk height; ' bottled water service (1), with cooler; desk (1), 30 inches by 60 inches; swivel chair (1); ' straight chairs (2); four - drawer steel legal size file cabinets (2), with lock; wastepaper basket (1); ' clothes rack (1); first -aid kit (1); office copier w /fax capability (1), CO fire extinguisher (1), 10 -pound capacity; hurricane anchors. 1.20 RESTORATION OF DAMAGED SURFACES, STRUCTURES AND PROPERTY: Where pavement, trees, shrubbery, fences or other property or surface structures have been damaged, removed or disturbed by the Contractor, whether deliberately or through failure to carry out the requirements of the Contract Documents, State laws, municipal ordinances or the specific direction of the Engineer, or through failure to employ usual and reasonable safeguards, such property and surface structures shall be replaced or repaired at the expense of the Contractor to a condition equal to that before Work began within a time frame approved by the Engineer. The Contractor is specifically cautioned that any damage to existing roadways and parking areas shall be repaired to condition better than original. If painting is required to accomplish the repair it shall be continued over existing undamaged areas, as determined by the Engineer to a natural ' breakpoint. 1.21 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO TAPING: The Contractor, in the presence, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, shall video tape all areas of the construction, staging, etc. A copy of the ' video shall be delivered to the Engineer in DVD format and approved as acceptable before any work or site mobilization occurs. 1.22 MATERIALS: All materials used on the project which are in contact with potable water directly or indirectly shall be NSF 60/61 approved for contact with potable water and acceptable to agencies with jurisdiction. It shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility to ensure and confirm that all materials used on this project comply with this requirement. 1.23 CROSS REFERENCING: The Contractor is advised that the specification is not fully cross referenced. Any section may have information relevant to each trade or equipment requirement. 1.24 REGULATORY PERMITS: The Contractor shall be responsible for reviewing the permits and ensuring that all construction activities are in full compliance with the requirements of this permit. Available permits may be reviewed at the office of the Engineer. 1.25 EQUIPMENT: All construction equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of ' this project shall be on the construction site, in first -class working condition, and shall have been approved by the Engineer before it is to be used in construction of the project. Appropriate ' 01019 -5 W F900204 t precautions should be taken to protect the existing facilities (including paving) from the use of all heavy equipment required to complete the work of this project. 1.26 SHUTDOWNS: A. General Shutdowns: The Contractor shall take any and all action necessary to maintain all , facilities in operating condition during the course of the construction including the provision of temporary pumping and /or piping. Total or partial plant shutdowns shall be minimized and in no case exceed the limitations set forth below without the written authorization by the Engineer, unless otherwise set forth herein. Total or partial plant shutdowns shall be requested in writing ' by the Contractor. Exclusive of High Service Pumps 1-4, total plant shutdowns will not be approved. Consecutive shutdowns will not be approved. Partial plant shutdowns shall not exceed four (4) hours and shall be approved on a case by case basis. In general, the Contractor shall be required to take all steps necessary to minimize the duration of a shutdown. All costs associated with material or labor necessary to minimize shutdowns , shall be included in the contract price. It is specifically noted that it may be necessary to provide temporary piping, equipment relocations, etc. to maintain the plant serviceability during the construction. The Contractor shall submit all written requests for shutdowns to the Engineer a minimum of five ' (5) working days prior to the shutdown period. The request shall clearly state what equipment or process units will be shutdown, the requested duration, the name, location and telephone number of decision making personnel who may be contacted during the shutdown, the availability of emergency equipment, a detailed description of the method to be used to remove the unit from service and a detailed description of any temporary bypass facilities which could or will be employed during the shutdowns. 1 Every reasonable effort will be made by the Owner to accommodate all shutdown requests. However, any deferral of a requested shutdown as a result of plant pumping or treatment conditions shall not constitute sufficient. cause for a time extension to the contract. B. High service Pumps: High Service Pumps 1 -4 shall not exceed two weeks between the time ' any two existing pumps are removed from service and their replacement pumps are available for placement in to service. The time shall include disinfection and securing suitable bacteriological samples, and receipt of acceptable results. The Contractor shall submit a detailed plan for this work that shall include performance of all possible preparatory work being completed prior to ' removal of the existing pumps from service. All items of equipment (piping, valves, fittings, pumps, motors, electrical items, etc.) shall be on site and confirmed suitable before the existing pumps are removed from service. It is noted that sheeting may be required to facilitate the sequential installation requirements noted herein. Any such sheeting, if installed, may, at the Contractor's option, be cut off 18- inches below grade and left in place, or removed. C. Damages: The Contractor agrees to pay to the Owner as liquidated damages the amount of $100 for each full hour that tank construction exceeds the limits set forth herein, unless an extension is agreed to in writing beforehand by the Engineer. These damages will be assessed under the same criteria and definitions discussed elsewhere in the document related to liquidated damages, but still considered as additional damages and not included in any amounts computed for other delays or reasons. D. Hurricane Preparedness: The Contractor shall take all necessary and appropriate precautions to protect his work and the plant in general in the event of the issuance of a hurricane watch or hurricane warning. Such measures shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner and shall include, but not be limited to, re- scheduling of activities that may jeopardize the ability ' 01019 -6 W F900204 ' ■ of the existing facilities to function during extended power outages and due and r g proper of all materials, structures, equipment and facilities to prevent damage. Neither the Owner nor Engineer assumes liability for the completeness of Contractor hurricane preparedness measures. ' 1.27 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE: The Contractor shall plan the project such that the following construction sequence activities are included. A. The 16 -inch butterfly valve on H.S. Pumps 1-4 discharge header shall be installed ' before any other work on the H.S. Pumps is commenced. B. The steel storage tank and associated pumping systems shall remain in service until at least two of the high service pumps to be replaced (H.S. Pumps 1-4) are in permanent service. C. Demolition and rehabilitation work on the existing (original) control building shall not be commenced until the Contractor is prepared to fully staff, work continuously and complete the work. Should the time to complete this work (from the time demolition effort commences) exceed four weeks, the Contractor shall provide covered and protected storage for the equipment and materials currently stored in the building by the Owner. ' 01019 -7 W F900204 SECTION 01150 ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 GENERAL: Measurement and payment will be based uport Work completed and accepted in accordance with the Contract Documents. No separate payment will be made for leakage tests or other incidental items of Work not shown in the Agreement. 1.02 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IN STORAGE: Partial payment for materials and equipment in proper storage at the site of the Work will be made for those items for which the Contractor has submitted the following: A. Invoice for each item in storage. The invoice shall not exceed the value of the item stored as determined by the amount paid to the manufacturer (subcontractor fabrication costs excluded for subcontractors or fabricated or manufactured assemblies). B. List of items in storage. C. With the ,following pay estimate, release of liens for 90% of each item listed as stored materials for the previous pay estimate. Any item for which a 90% release of lien is not supplied ' shall be considered as having been removed from the site. No payment for any offsite storage of material will be made. Any payment for stored material shall ' not include labor or profit by the Contractor or any sub - contractor. The Contractor is specifically advised that this procedure may require full payment for some stored materials or shop work significantly ahead of the time when payment is issued by the Owner. ' 1.03 MEASUREMENT: The Contractorwill be paid forwork performed underthis contract according to Engineer approved percentage of completion for each item on the schedule of values and /or identified unit prices, all as further described and set forth in other sections of this document. 1.04 PAYMENT: Payment will be made at the lump sum price for each applicable item shown in the Agreement and listed in the Engineer approved schedule of values, as identified and applicable for specific items, stored and /or installed and accepted, which price and payment shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all materials and performing all Work in connection therewith and incidental thereto. The following schedule shall be adhered to: e A. End of the month — Cut off date B. 5 of the month — Pay estimate to the Engineer C. 10 of the month — Pay estimate to the Owner D. 10 of the following month — Payment by the Owner When the cut-off date occurs on a holiday or weekend, the date shall be the last work day preceding ' the end of the month. 1.05 PAY ESTIMATE FORMS: The Engineer will supply a pay estimate form for the Contractor to use for submittal. The Contractor shall make copies to be used for submittal of the following pay estimates. Failure of the Contractor to sign the pay estimate or attach appropriate documentation shall be grounds for returning the pay estimate with no action by the Owner or Engineer. 01150 -1 WF900204 1 r 1.06 BID ALLOWANCE/ADDITIONAL WORK ACCOUNTS: The Contractor shall include in the base lump sum bid amount a $50,000 bid allowance. The allowance shall be used to cover additional pipe, fittings, concrete, steel, equipment, equipment modifications, labor and material ' required by the Owner. Any usage of the allowance shall require advance written approval by the Engineer. Unused bid allowance amounts shall be deducted from the contract at project closeout. 1 1 01150 -2 WF900204 ' SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: The types of submittals controlled by these general requirements include shop drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, instruction manuals, samples, and miscellaneous work - related submittals. The individual submittal requirements are specified herein and in applicable sections for each unit of work. Other submittals as specified in other sections shall follow the requirements of those sections. 1.02 GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Coordination and Sequencing: The Contractor shall coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of the work so that the work will not be delayed by submittals. The Contractor shall allow for adequate review time by the Engineer for the submittals. The Contractor shall coordinate and sequence different categories of submittals for the same work, and for interfacing units of work, so that one will not be delayed for coordination with another. No extension of time will be allowed because of failure to properly ' coordinate and sequence submittals. Preparation of Submittals: Provide permanent marking on each submittal to identify project, date, Contractor, subcontractor, submittal name and similar information to distinguish it from other submittals. The marking system used shall be as required by the Engineer. Each submittal shall clearly state where the item is to be installed. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Submittals which are received from sources other than through Contractor's office will be returned without action. All results of testing by independent labs or agencies shall be submitted to the Engineer. This shall include both passing and failing tests. 1.03 SPECIFIC CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: General: Except as otherwise indicated in individual work sections, comply with general requirements specified herein for each indicated category of submittal. ' 1.04 GENERAL SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS: As soon as practicable and within forty five (45) days after the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor, in conformance with the conditions of the contract, shall submit to the Engineer for approval, four (4) copies (in addition to those copies necessary for his own requirements to a maximum of three (3) copies) of all required shop drawings. The Contractor shall submit newly prepared information: do not reproduce contract documents or copy standard printed information as basis of shop drawings. Prepare on reproducible sheets, not ' less than 8 -1/2 in. x 11 in. and not larger than 24 in. x 36 in., except for actual pattern or template type drawings. Prepare shop drawings to accurate scale, except where other form is indicated as acceptable. Show dimensions and note which are based on field measurements, identify materials ' and products in the work shown. Indicate name of firm which has prepared each shop drawing, and provide appropriate project identification. Shop drawings submitted to the Engineer for his approval shall first be checked and approved by the Contractor, as indicated by a stamp marked "Checked and Approved" on each copy of the shop drawing. Shop drawings received without the Contractor's "Checked and Approved" stamp will be returned without further action. The Contractor will receive only one marked up return copy of any drawings stamped "Not Approved" or "Revise and Resubmit". 01300 -1 WF900204 Sho p drawings s submitted to the Engineer for his approval shall first be checked and approved by the Contractor, as indicated by a "checked" stamp marked "Approved" on each copy of the shop drawing. Shop drawings received without the Contractor's "Checked and Approved" stamp will be returned without further action. The Contractor will receive only one marked up return copy of any drawings stamped "Not Approved" or "Revise and Resubmit ". Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following: 1. Concrete Mix Design ' 2. Concrete Block 3. Reinforcing Steel 4. High Service Pumps & Motors 5. Valves (all types and materials) 6. Piping (all types and materials) 7. Pressure Gauges 8. Air Release Valves 9. Pipe Saddles, Fittings, Adapters (all sized and materials) 10. Pipe Restraint System 11. Valve Boxes ' 12. Unistrut (all materials) 13. Coating Systems 14. All Electrical and Instrumentation Equipment 15. Conduit 16. Cable 17 Lighting Fixtures 18. Grounding System ' 19. Fabrications (all) 20. Miscellaneous Metals 21. A.C. Compressor and Air Handlers ' 22. Ductwork & Diffusers 23. Plumbing Fixtures 24. Caulking & Sealants , 25. Doors and Frames 26. All architectural Items 27. All structural items 28. Any other items requested by the Engineer Product Data: Collect required data into one submittal for each unit of work or system; and mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to the project. Include manufacturer's ' standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards, application of labels and seals, notation of field measurements which have been checked, and special coordination requirements. Maintain one set of product data for each submittal at the project site, ' available for reference by the Engineer. For purposes of this submittal, manufacturer's fabrication drawings shall be synonymous with shop drawings. The Contractor shall not submit product data or allow its use on the project, until compliance with requirements of the contract documents has been confirmed. Submittal is for information and record, unless otherwise indicated. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE/INSTRUCTION MANUALS: Three copies of the operation and maintenance manuals for each component of the project shall be provided to the Engineer for 01300 -2 WF900204 transmittal to the Owner. The manuals shall be bound in a three ring inder with a suitable 9 u table label identifying the project, date and location. Final copies of all manuals shall also be provided in electronic PDF format. All material included shall be reproduced on paper having mylar reinforced edging. A table of contents and indexing tabs shall be provided for each equipment item. A separate table shall identify specifically where each item listed in the table of contents is installed. ' A standard printed list of manufacturer's recommended spare parts for each new component of the project equipment shall be included in the manual. This list shall be as provided in the manufacturer's printed manual, or supplied on the manufacturer's letterhead and signed by direct t employees of the manufacturer. The manuals shall also include a complete list of parts suppliers with addresses and telephone numbers for each system component. The manuals shall include a complete set of preventive maintenance requirements as a function of running and chronological time for the following components, as a minimum. High Service Pump /Motors (1-4) All material included in the manuals shall refer only to the actual installed equipment. Extraneous material shall be marked out or labeled as "not applicable ". All manuals shall be furnished to the Engineer a minimum of four weeks prior to the request for substantial completion or fourweeks prior to the equipment being placed in operation, whichever is earlier. 1.06 DOCUMENTS: Maintain at the job -site one copy of all drawings, specifications; addenda; approved shop drawings; change orders; field orders; other contract modifications; and other approved documents submitted by the Contractor in compliance with various sections of the ' specifications. Each of these Project Record Documents shall be clearly marked "Project Record Copy" and maintained in good condition; available at all times for review by the Engineer and not used for construction purposes. 1.07 START UP REPORTS: On completion of the work but prior to substantial completion or placement into service, the manufacturer's representative shall submit, through the Contractor, four copies to the Engineer of a complete signed report of the result of °his inspection, operation, adjustments, and tests. Start up reports are required for the following: 1. High Service Pumps /Motors (1-4) The Contractor shall take specific note that 'due to the shutdown and construction sequence requirements set forth elsewhere in this specification, it may be necessary for the start up exercise and associated reports to be performed at different times for the first two pumps than the last two. The manufacturer's representative for each of the systems components named above shall all be present during testing and start up. The Contractor, electrical and instrumentation subcontractors and other appropriate subcontractors shall also be present at the start up of each system. The report shall include detailed descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained and the suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. The report shall additionally address and include the items set forth in Section 01650, 1.03. The report also shall include a certificate that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the contract and is ready for permanent operation and that nothing in the installation will render the manufacturer's warranty null and void. There shall be furnished in writing to the Owner for each piece of equipment, a manufacturer's guarantee against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year, provided the equipment is properly serviced and operated under normal 01300 -3 WF900204 conditions and according to manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer shall replace, without additional expense to the Owner, any component which proves defective during the guarantee period. Items that are normally expended in service such as oil, grease, light bulbs, are to be exempt from the guarantee. In addition to the above, the manufacturer of various system components shall supply training as set forth in Section 01650. This training shall be non - concurrent with start up requirements and occur after completion of start up. , Subsequent to preparation, submittal and acceptance of the start up report the Contractor shall schedule a time for Engineer witnessed start up. For equipment requiring the submittal of a vibration report per Section 13080, the report shall be part of the start up report. 1.08 SPARE PARTS AND LUBRICANTS: Except as may be otherwise noted in this specification, for each individual equipment component supplied, a complete set of manufacturer's recommended spare parts as listed in the instruction manuals shall be supplied. Spare parts shall include, but not , be limited to, all belts, inks, charts, gaskets, O -rings, packing and shear pins. Each spare part shall be labeled to identify its location for installation. All special tools or instruments required to perform normal in -field maintenance on all system ' components shall be supplied to the Engineer for delivery to the Owner. The provision for special tools shall be non - redundant where duplicate items are provided. A one year supply of all lubricants used for any mechanical equipment provided under this contract shall be supplied to the Engineer for delivery to the owner. All lubricants shall be delivered in clean, tightly sealed containers and clearly labeled as to where they are to be used. 1.09 BOND AND COMPLETED OPERATION INSURANCE: Prior to final payment the Contractor shall submit proof that bonds and completed operations insurance are in effect as required by Articles 5.1 and 5.3 of the General Conditions. PART 2 AND 3 - PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION (not applicable) r 01300 -4 WF900204 SECTION 01400 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS: Specific quality control requirements for the work are indicated throughout the contract documents and are not repeated herein. The requirements for this section are primarily to performances of the work beyond furnishing of manufactured products. The term "Quality Control' includes, but is not necessarily limited to, inspections of the Work and testing and associated requirements. This section does not specify or modify Engineer's duties relating to quality control and Contract enforcement. 1.02 RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSPECTIONS AND TESTS: Unless otherwise noted, all testing and inspections required by these specifications shall be performed by properly certified entity. All costs associated with the testing and inspections shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The Contractor shall also be responsible for all tests or inspections required by any entity having jurisdictional control over the work. 1 The Engineer will perform inspections on a non -full time basis. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to schedule inspections and testing with the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with 48 hours notification of inspections and testing. The costs for those required services by independent testing laboratories are recognized to be included in the contract sum. No failure of test agencies, whether engaged by Owner or Contractor, to perform adequate inspections or tests or to properly analyze or report results, shall relieve the Contractor of- responsibility for fulfillment of the requirements of the contract documents. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Except as more definitive) specified, the Contractor shall Y P comply with recognized workmanship quality standards within the industry as applicable to each unit of work, including ANSI standards where applicable. It is a requirement that each category of trades person or installer performing the work be pre - qualified, to ' the extent of being familiar with applicable and recognized quality standards for that category of work, and of being capable of workmanship complying with those standards. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of what constitutes industry workmanship standards. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY-STORAGE-HANDLING: Handle, store and protect materials and products, including fabricated components, by methods and means which will prevent damages, deterioration and losses including theft (and resulting delays), thereby insuring highest quality results as the performance of the work progresses. Control delivery schedules so as to minimize unnecessary long -term storage at the project site prior to installation. Contractor shall provide covered, inside storage for all new equipment on the site which is not intended for outside installation. Electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic connections on all equipment shall be protected from the elements. Contractor shall store all material on the project site unless specifically authorized otherwise by the Owner. Motors delivered to the site that are equipped with heaters shall have the heaters connected to a suitable power source within 72 hours of delivery and shall stay connected until permanently installed and connected to a permanent power source. 1.05 WATER TIGHTNESS: All tankage, pressure vessels or other equipment containing liquids that are not subject to leakage testing, as may be specified elsewhere, shall be free of all leakage when filled to the maximum pressure or static head that could be applied during operation of the 01400 -1 WF900204 g from the facilities. The duration of all leakage testing shall be 48 hours. Any damp areas resulting tests shall be considered leaks and shall be repaired. 1.06 DISINFECTION & TESTING: All tankage where work has been performed which is not otherwise subject to disinfection or testing requirements by this specification shall be disinfected with a 50 mg/I chlorine solution and subsequently flushed. This will include the new high service pumps and piping. Bacteriological samples shall be taken and run by a state approved laboratory until two consecutive days of safe samples have been obtained. All other FDEP and Health Department requirements related to disinfection and sampling shall be satisfied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (not applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION: Installer's Inspection of Conditions: The Contractor shall require the fabricator and installer of each major unit of work to inspect substrate to receive the , work, and conditions under which the work will be performed, and to report (in writing to the Contractor and the Engineer) unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the fabricator and installer. 3.02 INSTALLATION QUALITY CONTROL: Manufacturer's Instructions: Where installations , include manufactured products, comply with manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in the contract documents. The Contractor shall inspect each item of materials or equipment immediately prior to installation, ' and reject damaged and defective items. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods for securing work as it is installed; true to line and level, and within recognized industry tolerances if not otherwise indicated. ' The Contractor shall recheck measurements and dimensions of the work, as an integral step of starting each installation. Install work during conditions of temperature, humidity, exposure, forecasted weather, and status of project completion which will ensure best possible results for each unit of work, in coordination with entire work. Isolate each unit of work from non - compatible work, as required to prevent deterioration. Mounting Heights: Except as otherwise noted, mount individual units of work at industry- recognized , standard mounting heights, for applications indicated. Refer questionable mounting height choices to the Engineer for final decision. Adjust, clean, lubricate, restore marred finishes, and protect newly installed work, to ensure that it ' will remain without damage or deterioration during the remainder of the construction period. 3.03 CLEANING: All new facilities (and existing facilities) where work has been performed shall be fully cleaned of dust, debris, dirt and trash to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 01400 -2 WF900204 SECTION 01650 STARTING OF SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 REQUIRED START UP: Start up is required for the following systems: 1. High Service Pumps /Motors (1-4) 1.02 START UP REPORT: Start up reports shall conform to Section 01300, Submittals. 1.03 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE: The Contractor shall arrange for a qualified service representative from the company manufacturing or supplying equipment listed in 1.01 to perform the duties listed herein and Section 01300, Submittals. The Contractor shall include in his costs all services of the Manufacturer's Representative. The following work shall be performed. A. The operation, testing, and adjustment to the satisfaction of the Engineer shall be as required to prove that the equipment is left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the conditions specified. B. After installation of the listed equipment has been completed, and the equipment is presumably ready for operation, but before it is operated by others, the representative shall inspect, operate, test, and adjust the equipment. The inspection shall include, but not be limited to, the following points as applicable. 1. Soundness (without cracked or otherwise damaged parts) 2. Completeness in all details, as specked. 3. Correctness of setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of various parts. 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing, and lubricants.. 5. Correction of calibration. 6. Proper automated sequencing of start and shutdown. 7. Proper automated control of operation by software (if applicable) and safety devices. ' C. Subsequent to completion, submittal and acceptance of a startup report as described here and in Section 01300, the Contractor shall schedule an Engineer's witness startup test. Demonstration of equipment performance consistent with the requirements for the specification, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. For pumps and blowers, this shall include demonstration of at least 3 points on the curve, selected by the Engineer. Proper operation shall be demonstrated to the Engineer's satisfaction. D. At least 60 days and not more than 90 days after the equipment is placed in operation a representative of the manufacturer in company of a representative of the Owner shall inspect each item for which a start up report was prepared making necessary adjustments, as necessary. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing seven (7) days prior to the Manufacturer's Representative visit. E. Thirty days prior to the expiration of one year Contractor correction period (General Conditions 13.07) for each piece of equipment which had a start up report, the Manufacturer's Representative, the Contractor, and the Engineer shall inspect the equipment. The Manufacturer's Representative shall make necessary adjustments.. 01650 -1 WF900204 r Failure of the Contractor to schedule a perform erform this item shall extend the warranty and correction period until 30 days after this event does occur. Engineer shall receive 7 days advance written notice of the intent to conduct this visit. F. Supply, to the Owner's plant and maintenance personnel, on site instructions and training on the operation of the equipment. The training shall be supplied by a factory , trained manufacturers representative. The training shall be sufficient to fully communicate operation and maintenance recommendations to the Owner and shall not be less than the following lengths of time. Training on the following items shall be conducted with the Owner, through the Engineer, and be non - concurrent and scheduled a minimum of 10 days after satisfactory start-up and demonstration to the Engineer. The training times indicated are intended to represent the total training time per session. High Service Pumps /Motors (1-4) 4 hrs. G. Spare Parts: Provide spare parts as required under Section 01300. r r r r 01650 -2 WF900204 , SECTION 01720 RECORD DRAWINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The Work covered under this section shall include furnishing the Engineer all information necessary for a complete set of Record Drawings. ! 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Record Drawings information shall be in strict accordance with the following codes and standards: g A. Local county, municipal and utility codes B. Department of Environmental Protection C. State of Florida Department of Health and Rehabilitative Services 1.03 MATERIALS: The Contractor shall mark on the construction drawings of the Contract Documents all field information. 1.04 DATUM: All elevations shall be based on NGVD. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RECORD DRAWINGS: The record drawings shall correct) and accurate) show Y y all changes from the Contract Documents made during construction and shall reflect surveyed information which shall be performed and certified by a Professional Surveyor currently registered in the State of Florida. The drawings shall be neat and legible. A. Piping and Tubing: Record drawings shall show the following field information: 1. Show material used to construct lines. 2. Show location of new tees, crosses, bends, terminal ends, valves, air release valves, and sampling points, etc., by distances from known above ground reference points (manholes, catch basins, and structures). 3. Show location of all sleeves and casing PP i es 4. Show all variations in required cover over pipe. 5. Show elevation, horizontal control and material of all water mains, sewer lines, electric conduit, chemical feed lines, etc., crossed or otherwise exposed during construction. B. Structures: Record drawings show the following information: 1. All slab elevations (top, bottom, intermediate). r 01720 -1 r WF900204 2. Top elevations of all beams. 3. All horizontal locations including at least two comers for structures. 4. For buildings shown ridge elevation and eave elevation. C. Equipment: Record drawings shall show the following information: 1. Centerline elevations of all new pipes and equipment. ' 2. Elevation of suction bells or pump intakes. 3. Equipment top elevations. 4. Distance between pumps (centerline to centerline). 5. Horizontal control for at least one comer, or center. ' 6. All equipment base elevations. 7. All motor and pump nameplate data. (This can be provided in summary form on a separate sheet). D. Exterior Electrical /Instrumentation Conduits: Record drawings shall show the following information: 1. All horizontal and vertical control of all buried conduit. 2. Conduit material and size for all conduits (shall be shown on the conduit/cable schedule). 3. Number and sizes of wires in each conduit (shall be shown on the conduit/cable schedule). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 RECORDS: Daily records of changes in location of piping, fixtures and other items shall be kept and recorded on the record drawings. Record information will be provided to the Engineer for review of three month intervals, minimum, during the course of the project. The Contractor is specifically advised that the schedule of values will identity a separate pay item for record drawings preparation. The collective payment for intermediate submittals will not exceed 50% of the total pay item until a full and final record submittal has been made and accepted. The Contractor shall review the completed record drawings and ascertain that all data furnished r is accurate and truly represents the work actually installed. No Record Drawings information will be accepted from subcontractors. 3.02 SUBMITTAL: The project shall not be considered to be in substantial completion until record drawings have been submitted and accepted by the Engineer. Record drawings are required for submittal to the agencies for release of the system for use. This release is also a 01720 -2 WF900204 r condition of substantial completion. In developing a P p g project schedule the Contractor shall allow adequate time for the Engineer to transfer all record information to the drawings. Prior to final payment, the record drawings shall be revised by the Contractor to reflect any changes which have occurred since the substantial completion submittal. Except where otherwise noted above, record information shall be marked in red on the original bid drawings. Each drawing r shall be reviewed and record information indicated at every location where an item is shown. Record information which reflects changes to the drawings shall be recorded on every sheet where the information appears. r r r r r r r r r r r r 01720 -3 WF900204 SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. In general the items demolished and /or removed on this project are: - WTP Hydropneumatic tank and associated piping /valving. - Portions of the interior of the original WTP control building. - Existing H.S. Pumps 1-4 and portions of the suction /discharge piping/valving. - 0.5 MG steel water storage tank and associated pumps /motors, piping /valving (not located at WTP site). - Existing (abandoned) chlorine gas feed system and associated pumps /piping located in, or adjacent to, the WTP original control building. - Supports, brackets, pads, etc., integral with all items being removed (except the steel storage tank pad which shall remain). - All electrical and control devices including conduit/cable to support items being demolished and not replaced. B. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of or salvage any existing structure, walls, masonry, piping, conduits, electrical equipment, mechanical equipment, 'or appurtenances or ' portions thereof, as shown on the Drawings or required to complete the project. In general, the Contractor shall suitably dispose of all demolished items at an acceptable off -site location. The Owner reserves the right to retain certain items. Items so designated shall be removed undamaged and delivered on -site to a location designated by the Owner. C. All materials designated for disposal shall, when released by the , En ineer become the Engineer, Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site to the Contractor's own place of disposal. ' 1.02 SUBMITTALS: The Contractor shall submit for review, in accordance with Section entitled "Submittals" the proposed methods, equipment and operation sequence. Include coordination for shut -off, temporary services, continuation of service and other applicable items to ensure no interruption of plant operations except as hereinbefore specified. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall execute the demolition and removal work to prevent damage or injury to structures, occupants thereof and adjacent features which might result from falling debris or other causes, and so as not to interfere with the use, and free and safe passage to and from adjacent structures. B. Closing or obstructing of roadways adjacent to the work by the placement or storage of materials will not be permitted. All operations shall be conducted with a minimum interference to traffic. ' C. The Contractor shall repair damage done to facilities to remain, or to any property belonging to the Owner. 02050-1 W F900204 e D. The Contractor shall carry P out his operations so as to avoid interference with operations and work in the existing facilities. E. At least 48 hours prior to commencement of a demolition or removal, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of his proposed schedule therefore. No removals shall be started until it is acceptable to the Engineer. ' F. An asbestos survey has been conducted on the demolition areas at the Original Control Building. The report is included as Attachment No.1 and will be incorporated into the specifications as an Appendix. The Contractor shall follow all recommendations incorporated into the report. No asbestos was detected in any of the suspect materials analyzed. The 0.5 MG storage tank planned for demolition was tested for lead based paint. No lead based ' paint was detected except on the inside of the rails of the ladder. The report is included as Attachment No. 2 and will be incorporated into the specifications as an Appendix. The Contractor shall utilize one of the protocols recommended in the report for removal /disposal of the ladder. ' 1.04 DUST CONTROL: The Contractor shall use temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to limit the amount of dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air to the lowest practical level. , Existing electrical and mechanical equipment to remain shall be protected from damage, dust, and debris. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) ' PART 3 — EXECUTION , 3.01 GENERAL A. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall check all underground and exposed existing utility and process piping and all equipment in any way associated or in the proximity to the items to be removed and shall verify that the piping is inactive (abandoned) and that electric power to equipment, lighting, controls, etc., has been permanently disconnected. Active services shall be ' brought to the attention of the Owner for proper action. B. The Contractor shall remove all equipment and accessories in a workmanlike manner and ' shall take all necessary precautions to avoid damaging existing equipment, piping, and structure which are to be retained. Damages shall be repaired or replaced at the expense of the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall proceed with the removal of the structures, equipment, piping and , appurtenances in a sequence designed to maintain the plant in continuous operation. D. Unless otherwise noted, all supports, pedestals, and anchors shall be removed with the equipment structures and piping unless otherwise specified or required. Concrete bases, anchor bolts, and other supports shall be removed to approximately % -inch below the surrounding finished area and the recesses shall be patched to match the adjacent areas. Any exposed reinforcing steel shall be coated prior to patching. Patching shall be such that the finished surface steel shall match adjacent surfaces. Superstructure wall and roof openings shall be closed, damaged surfaces shall be patched to match the adjacent areas, as specified under applicable section of these ' Specification, and as shown on the Drawings, or as indicated by the Engineer. Wall sleeves and casting shall be cleared of extraneous materials and filled with non - shrinking grout as recommended by manufacturer for water-tightness required. All openings in concrete shall be closed in a manner 02060-2 W F900204 r meeting he requirements of the 9 q appropriate sections of these Specifications, as shown on the Drawings, and as acceptable to the Engineer. E. Unless the Contractor can satisfy the criteria set forth in this section as an asbestos abatement contractor, the Contractor shall retain the services of an asbestos abatement contractor who is currently involved in similar work and has been for no less than the past five years. The asbestos abatement contractor shall be able to provide evidence of all applicable current licenses and certifications needed for him/herself and all workers involved in the abatement. The asbestos contractor must have sufficient experience in this type of project as to be able to lend adequate technical support to the field forces during the abatement activities, warranty period and during any extended warranty periods or maintenance contracts. The asbestos contractor shall provide resumes and copies of licenses /certifications of the proposed project manager and field manager demonstrating satisfaction of items outlined in this section. The asbestos contractor shall provide at least three (3) references for projects of similar scope completed within the last two (2) years. The Owner reserves the right to not accept the Contractor's selection of the asbestos contractor, if in the Owner's opinion, the qualifications are in question. 3.02 UNAUTHORIZED REMOVAL: Any equipment, piping and appurtenances removed without proper authorization, shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner at no cost to the Owner. 3.03 SALVAGED ITEMS: The Contractor shall carefully move salvaged equipment to an Owner designated on -site location. The Owner reserves the right to designate any item for salvage. 3.04 DEMOLITION: The Owner may desire to keep certain items of existing equipment which are to ' be dismantled and removed during the course of construction. Prior to removal of any existing equipment or piping from the site of work, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Engineer whether or not the particular item or items are to be salvaged. Items to be salvaged shall be stockpiled on the site, or delivered to a storage area at a location located on site as directed by the Engineer. All other items of equipment shall be disposed of off -site by the Contractor at his expense, in accordance with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations. 3.05 STRUCTURAL REMOVALS A. The Contractor shall remove structures to the lines and grades shown, unless otherwise indicated by the Engineer. B. All wood, concrete, brick, tile, concrete block, roofing materials, reinforcement, structural or ' miscellaneous metals, plaster, wire mesh and other items contained in or upon the structure shall be removed and taken from the project site. These items shall not be used in backfill. C. After removal of parts or all of masonry walls, slabs and like work, which tie into new work or existing work, the point of junction shall be neatly repaired so as to leave only finished edges and surface exposed. The jambs, sills and heads of any new windows, passageways, doors or other openings cut into the new work or existing work shall be dressed with new masonry, concrete or metal to provide a smooth, finished appearance. D. Where new anchoring materials, including bolts, nuts, hangers, welds and reinforcing steel, are required to attach new work to the existing work, they shall be included under this Section, except where specified elsewhere. ' 02050-3 W F900204 imbeds where the are used to secure equipment, E. Remove existing anchors and /or y structures or materials to be demolished. Where anchors or imbeds are located in block, precast concrete or cast -in -place concrete cut % -inch below surface, coat any exposed steel and grout finish. 3.06 MECHANICAL REMOVALS: Mechanical removals shall consist of dismantling and removing ' of existing piping, equipment and other appurtenances as shown or required for the completion of the work. It shall include cutting, capping and plugging as required by the Engineer. 3.07 ELECTRICAL/INSTRUMENTATION REMOVALS A. Electrical removals shall consist of the removal of conduits and wires, and miscellaneous electrical equipment all as shown, specified or required to perform the work. B. All existing electrical equipment to be removed shall be removed with such care as may be required to prevent unnecessary damage, to keep existing systems in operation and to keep the ' integrity of the grounding systems. C. Conduits and wires shall be abandoned or removed where noted or as shown on the , Drawings. All wires in abandoned conduits shall be removed. Abandoned conduits concealed in floor or ceiling slabs or in walls, shall be cut flush with the slab or wall at the point of entrance. The conduits shall be suitably plugged and the area repaired in a flush, smooth, approved manner. Exposed conduits and their supports shall be disassembled and removed from the project site. Repair all areas of removal to prevent rust spots on exposed surfaces. 3.08 REPAIR WORK: Surfaces of walls, or floors, which are exposed by any of the removals ' specified herein, and which have holes, scars, chipped or other damaged surfaces revealed by the removal, shall be repaired by the Contractor. Such repair shall match adjacent surfaces. 3.09 CLEANUP: The Contractor shall remove from the project site all debris resulting from the ' demolition and removal operations as it accumulates. Upon completion of the demolition work, all materials, equipment, waste and debris of every sort shall be removed and the premises shall be left ' clean, neat and orderly. 1 02050-4 W F900204 SECTION 02220 EXCAVATION AND FILL PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of excavation and fill is shown on the drawings and otherwise defined by the proposed structures. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction, including the Florida Trench Safety Act. B. Testing, Inspection and Geotechnical Service: The Contractor shall engage a soil testing inspection and geotechnical service, to include testing soil materials proposed for use in the work and field testing facilities for quality control testing during excavation and fill ' operations. The firm shall also have the capability of performing Standard Penetration Tests (SPT). The testing laboratory shall be approved by the Engineer prior to commencing earthwork. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: ' A. Submit experience /qualification record and written description of testing laboratory and geotechnical service personnel and testing facilities for approval. B. Submit copies of all field reports, laboratory test reports (passing and failing), recommendations, etc., to the Engineer for approval. C. Submit selected procedure and design for stabilizing excavated areas where potential ' undermining of existing piping, concrete duct banks, or structure foundations may occur. D. All submittals shall be in accordance with the format established in Section 01300. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Existing Utilities: 1. Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protecting during excavation operations. 2. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with the Owner, and public and private utility companies in keeping their respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to the satisfaction of the utility owner. 3. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving acilities occupied and used b 9 p y the Owner or others, except when permitted in writing by the Engineer and then only after acceptable ' 02220 -1 WF900204 temporary utility services have been provided. P rY tY B. Use of Explosives: The use of explosives is not permitted. C. Protection of Persons and Property: 1. Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning , lights. Supply and operate warning lights on all excavations. 2. Protect structures, utilities, and other facilities from damages caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by excavation operations. 1.05 REFERENCED SOILS DATA: A. Subsurface Investigation: The Contractor shall have full responsibility for performing any ' necessary sub - surface investigation necessary to perform the work in accordance with the criteria set forth in the contract documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS: , A. Backfill and Fill Materials: ' 1. Satisfactory soil materials for backfill and fill shall be, free of rock or gravel larger than % -inch in any dimension, debris, cinders, combustibles, roots, sod, wood, cellulose materials, materials subject to termite attack and other deleterious matter. The organic 1 content shall be less than 2 percent, by weight. 2. Suitable material shall be clean, granular, free draining, fine to medium sandy ' materials classified as SW or SP according to the Unified Soil Classification System, with no more than 10 percent by weight finer than a No. 200 sieve (dry weight basis) when tested in accordance with ASTM D -2487. ' B. Unsuitable Materials: 1. Unsuitable materials, such as calcium carbonate or aluminum hydroxide sludge, peat, ' muck, roots, logs, debris, brush sod, CL, ML, CH, MH, OL, OH according to the Unified Soil Classification System or other similar materials, shall not be used. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: Examine the areas and conditions under which excavation and fill is to be performed and notify the Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1 02220 -2 WF900204 ' 3.02 EXCAVATION: A. General: Excavation consists of the removal and disposal of materials encountered when establishing the required grade elevations. Earth excavation includes the removal and disposal of obstructions visible on the ground surface, underground structures and utilities indicated to be demolished and removed, material of any classification indicated. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated elevations or site ' dimensions without the specific direction of the Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Engineer, shall be at the Contractor's expense. B. Stability of Excavations: 1. Slope the sides of excavations to comply with p y local codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible either because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. 2. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. 3. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures, including but not limited to, the provision of sheeting, to the satisfaction of the Engineer to protect existing structures. C. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing Existing Facility Support: 1. Provide shoring, sheeting and bracing to comply with local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide materials for shoring, sheeting and bracing such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers and cross - braces, in good serviceable condition. ' 3. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of the time period excavations will be open. Cary down shoring and bracing as the excavation progresses. 4. The Contractor shall take note that portions of the construction will require excavations adjacent to existing large and small diameter piping, other structures and /or electrical conduits and duct banks. The Contractor shall employ excavation and compaction techniques that achieve the required final result. Where excavation occurs adjacent to electrical duct banks, piping or structures, sheeting or other methods acceptable to the Engineer, shall be used to protect the integrity of the existing facilities. ' The Engineer's acceptance of a proposed method of protection shall not remove the Contractor's obligation of liability to properly protect existing faculties. All sheeting installed to support existing facilities shall be removed at the conclusion of the work. ' D. Material Disposal: 1. Roots and clearing and grubbing waste shall be disposed of in a manner approved by ' the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing appropriate permits and complying with same. 02220 -3 WF900204 2. Locate and retain fill materials away from edges of excavations. 3. Disposal of unsuitable material shall be provided by the Contractor off of the project site. 3.03 SUBGRADE BACKFILL AND FILL: ' A. General: 1. In all excavations, use approved fill material that has been sampled, tested and ' approved by the soil testing laboratory as conforming to the requirements of this specification. ' B. Prior to Backfill Placement: 1. Backfill excavations as promptly as the work permits, but not until completion of the ' following: a. Completion of construction below finish grade. b. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities. c. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory ' materials. d. Remove trash and debris. ' e. Permanent or temporary horizontal bracing which is in place on horizontally supported walls. C. Ground Surface Preparation: 1. Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow, strip, or break -up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing , surface. D. Leveling and Backfill for, and Adjacent to, all structures, slabs, walkways, etc: 1. Trench backfill shall be compacted with a walk- behind vibratory compactor with 1 -ton static weight (Wacker W -74, or equal). All fill shall be placed in layers which do not , exceed 12- inches loose. The work pad shall, in no case, be closer than 2 feet from the ambient water table. Densification of the sub -grade and each lift of fill shall continue until no additional settlement can be discerned and the density testing requirements are satisfied. In no case shall any section of the work pad, including sub - grade, receive less I than 10 passes of the compactor. The Contractor shall monitor proof compaction operations to detect signs of pumping, weaving and other forms of instability indicative of buried deposits of weak and compressible soils. Weak soils (if any) detected during the , densification shall be excavated over the full vertical extent and removed. Removal shall extend to a minimum horizontal margin of 10 feet beyond the edge of the structure. 02220 -4 WF900204 ' Clean fill satisfying this specification shall be used to replace all such excavations. bons. 2. Backfill adjacent to structural elements shall be placed, as far practicable, as the adjacent structural elements have been completed and accepted. Backfilling against concrete shall be done only when approved. E. Fill for Non - Structural Areas: This applies to the general site where no structures, roadways or pipe lines are proposed or exposed below grade. t 1. Suitable backfill shall be dozed into place and compacted using routing of equipment and tracking with dozer equipment. Backfill in all areas shall be placed and compacted in 12 -inch (loose) lifts, or less. 2. The surface of the layer shall be finished by blading or rolling with a smooth roller, or a combination thereof, and shall be smooth and free from waves and inequalities. F. Compaction (In -Place Density): This applies to all areas. 1. Maximum Laboratory Density shall be the Modified Proctor Maximum Dry Density as determined in accordance with ASTM D1557, Method B or D, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Subgrade beneath and 10 -feet beyond all structures, walkways, slabs, etc. shall be compacted to 98% ASTM D1557 maximum laboratory density. Subgrade soils to a depth of 24- inches shall be densified to an equivalent relative compaction. 3. Fill and /or backfill beneath and 10 feet beyond all structures, walkways, slabs on grade and other areas not otherwise specified, shall be compacted to not less than 98% ASTM D1557 maximum laboratory density. 4. Fill for non - structural areas shall be compacted to a minimum 95% ASTM D1557 maximum laboratory density. 5. All fill shall be placed with a moisture content within 2% of the optimum. 6. The testing lab shall run confirmatory Proctor tests and /or Unified Soil Classification determination whenever, in the Engineer's opinion, there appears to be sufficient physical variance in the material to warrant re -test. G. Grading: 1. Perform all grading in the areas so indicated and as required. 2. Fill shall be brought to finished grades indicated within a tolerance of .05 of a foot and shall be graded to drain water away from structures, and as otherwise indicated on the plan. 3. Existing grades which are to remain and which are disturbed by the Contractor's operations shall be graded to provide surfaces suitable for the proper use of mowing machines. 02220 -5 ' WF900204 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Quality Control Testing During Construction: The testing laboratory and Engineer shall inspect and approve subgrades and fill layers before subsequent layer or further construction work is performed. B. Structural and Non - Structural Areas: In structural areas, including walkways, slabs, trenches, and other structures, one density test shall be made for every 500 sq.ft., or portion , thereof, of surface area of compacted material per compacted layer, starting with the sub - grade prior to placement of the initial lift. One density test for backfill beneath roadway, parking and walkways shall be made for every 1,000 sq.ft., or portion thereof in a distinct area, for each compacted layer. Specific locations for all tests shall be field established by the Engineer. C. The Contractor shall perform sieve analyses on all backfill supplied. A sieve analysis, ' Proctor and /or classification test shall be performed on each source and /or the subgrade and whenever the color, texture or general make -up of the backfill has changed as determined by the Engineer. The Contractor shall supply load tickets on every truck of fill which identify and ' confirm the source. 3.05 SCHEDULING: The Contractor shall take note of the scheduling requirements to maintain access to the existing site buildings and structures. 1 02220 -6 WF900204 SECTION 02260 FINISH GRADING ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The Contractor shall bring to finished elevations all earth materials as called for in the drawings. This general work includes the completion of finish grading so that surfaces of compacted material are correctly oriented with the requirements of the slab or other component which will rest on the grade at that point. t PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Fill: All fill shall be clean sand, free from debris, vegetable matter and other deleterious substances. Refer to Section 02220 for further requirements. B. Topsoil: The final two inches of fill required to bring areas to be sodded to final grade q 9 g shall be organic top soil. Any Contractor's staging areas which have been previously stabilized shall have the stabilization material removed and the site returned to specified grade with the final two inches being organic top soil. Refer to Section 02220 for further requirements. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 GRADING: Fill, backfill and rough grade as necessary to bring entire site level with elevations of undersides of concrete slabs, walks, paving and finished landscaping as indicated on drawings or in specifications. 3.02 FINISH GRADING: A. Where elevations are indicated on plans, obtain such finish elevations, and establish uniform slopes of finish grades between indicated elevations. B. Where elevations are not indicated, establish and obtain uniform slope from finished spot ' elevations at the exterior face of the building out to the nearest indicated elevations for finished grades, as shown on plans. C. Finish grade all areas for positive drainage. Leave no high /low areas to accumulate surface water. D. Achieve final grades as specified on the drawings, inclusive of the required top soil. In some areas, this may require removal of existing materials. ' E. Areas to be grassed shall be box bladed for leveling prior to grassing. 02260 -1 1 WF900204 r ' SECTION 02401 DEWATERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The Work to be performed under this section shall include furnishing all equipment and labor necessary to remove storm or subsurface waters from excavation areas in accordance with the requirements set forth and as shown on the drawings. 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The dewatering of any excavation areas and the disposal of the water shall be in strict accordance with the latest revision of all local and state government rules and regulations. r PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DEWATERING: The Contractor shall provide adequate equipment for the removal of storm or subsurface waters which may accumulate in the excavation. At a minimum, the groundwater shall be lowered to at least two (2) feet below the lowest point of the excavation bottom. When subsurface water is encountered, the Contractor shall utilize suitable equipment to adequately dewater the excavation so that it will be dry for work and pipe laying. A wellpoint system or other Engineer approved dewatering method shall be utilized as necessary to maintain the excavation in a dry condition. Dewatering by trench pumping will not be permitted if migration of fine grained natural material from bottom, side walls or bedding material will occur. No facilities shall be constructed under wet conditions. Dewatering shall cease in a manner to allow the subsurface water to slowly return to normal levels. Any voids left after the removal of the dewatering system shall be fully grouted. 3.02 DISPOSAL: Water pumped from the trench or other excavation shall be disposed of in storm sewers having adequate capacity, canals or suitable disposal pits. Contractor is responsible for acquiring all permits required to discharge the water and shall protect waterways from turbidity during the dewatering operation. In areas where adequate disposal sites are not available, partially backfilled trenches may be used for water disposal only when the Contractor's plan for trench disposal is approved in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor's plan shall include temporary culverts, barricades and other protective measures to prevent damage to property or injury to any person or persons. No flooding of streets, roadways, driveways or private property will be permitted. Engines driving dewatering pumps shall be equipped with critical grade mufflers. 1 r r r r 02401 -1 WF900204 SECTION 02485 GRASSING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The Contractor shall furnish all materials and labor necessary for grassing. It is the intent of these documents that all areas damaged during construction including areas damaged by equipment accessing the construction site shall be sodded, unless seeding and mulching of specific locations is specifically approved in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall remove' any organics (weeds, etc.) that have re- established since the completion of clearing operations prior to commencement of grassing. 1.02 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: The Contractor shall provide space for storage of sod prior to placement in a manner that will not endanger or restrict pedestrian or vehicular traffic. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOD, SEED and MULCHING: A. Sodding shall be in accordance with section 575 -1 through 575 -2 of the Florida Department of Transportation (DOT) Specifications. Sod in all areas shall be Bahia (with a suitable mix, approved by the Engineer, of Rye or Millet to assist with short term establishment). B. Seeding and mulching shall be in accordance with Section 570 -1 through 570 -3 of the DOT specifications. Seeding and mulching shall be used only where specifically so identified on the drawings. If not identified, damaged areas shall be sodded. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SOD, SEED, MULCH: A. Sod: All areas to be grassed shall be box bladed for leveling to the satisfaction of the Engineer before the grassing operation commences. Hand tool leveling shall be performed in areas adjacent to structures or slopes too steep for box blading. Final grades shall slope away from structures. All sodded areas shall be rolled for leveling with at least four passes on all locations or as required for suitable leveling. The adequacy of the roller (size and weight) and the acceptability of the rolling operation are subject to the Engineer's approval. Hand rolling will not generally be considered acceptable. ' B. Sodding shall be in accordance with Section 575 -3 of the DOT specifications. C. Mulching shall be in accordance with Section 570 -4.6 of the DOT specifications. 3.02 MAINTENANCE: Seeding and mulching maintenance for areas specifically approved in p Y pp writing shall be in accordance with Section 575 -4.8 and 570 -5 of the DOT specifications. 3.03 IRRIGATION: It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to supply sufficient irrigation water to develop a growing stand of grass". Any existing irrigation system damaged during construction shall be repaired as required during the course of construction so as to maintain flow to existing irrigated areas and at the end of the project to restore full functionality. 3.04 COMPLETION: The grassing operation shall not be considered complete until a good ' stand of grass has been developed and the first mowing completed. The initial mowing shall be performed by the Contractor. All debris which may damage a mower shall be removed. 02485 -1 WF900204 SECTION 02610 PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Work under this section consists of furnishing all materials, supplies, equipment and labor in accordance with the requirements set forth herein and as shown on the drawings. The equipment specified in this section does not include items considered to be internal to the filters, sludge dryer and belt filter press process systems unless specifically identified to the contrary. All pipe, fittings and miscellaneous items on the identified systems shall be suitable for the application and recommended by the manufacturer, and are subject to the Engineers approval. In general, all such items shall be high grade, high quality and corrosion resistant without any applied coatings. 1.02 APPLICABLE- CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Work under this Contract shall be in strict accordance with the following codes and standards. A. Local, county and municipal codes. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). D.. American Water Works Association (AWWA). E. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). F. Florida Department of Transportation Specifications p p s (FDOT). G. Federal Specifications. H. United States Department of Commerce Commercial Standards (CS). I. All local government rules and regulations. 1.03 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a manufacturer and shall comply with the Contract Documents and applicable standards for such material or equipment. B. Prior to the start of Work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a list of the manufac- turers of all equipment and materials to be incorporated in the Work that conform to a standard, code or as specified. 1.04 WORKMANSHIP: All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with ith the manufacturer's instructions and to these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when the manufacturer's instructions conflict with these specifications. 02610 -1 WF900204 1.05 SITE MAINTENANCE: The Contractor shall take the necessary steps to prevent objectionable blowing or drifting of dust, sand or other debris. 1.06 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: Pipes, valves and related equipment shall be stored and /or strung in a manner that will not endanger or restrict pedestrian or vehicular traffic. Pipe shall not be strung along routes more that 10 days prior to placement. 1.07 OPEN TRENCH: The amount of open trench shall be limited so that no more than 50 feet of open trench in advance of the backfilling operation will remain at the end of the working day. ' All open trench shall be protected by the Contractor with barriers, warning devices and traffic control devices, which shall be kept in the correct position, properly directed and clearly visible at all times. The barrier, warning and traffic control devices shall be suitably lighted at all times that vehicular traffic lights are required. Where pipelines cross plant roadways, vehicular traffic shall not be restricted for periods which exceed 4 hours. 1.08 EXISTING PIPING: This project includes the connection to existing piping /fittings /valves in numerous locations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision and installation of any necessary restraint systems to allow the existing system to be placed into temporary and /or permanent service. In addition, the Contractor shall supply any fittings, transitions or adapters necessary to accommodate the connection of, and to, existing systems, without sacrificing the overall system pressure rating. The Contractor shall expose and confirm horizontal and vertical location and material of existing piping to which connection will be made prior to ordering any new piping /fittings. 1.09 PIPING SYSTEMS: The Contractor is advised that this project requires the use of several different piping materials. The Contractor shall provide all necessary transitions, couplings, etc. as necessary to connect the systems. Materials and pressure rating of the transitions shall be suitable for the application and subject to the Engineer's approval. In general, coated or uncoated carbon steel or other materials subject to corrosive attack (internally or externally) will not be acceptable. Stainless steel shall be Grade 316 or 316L, unless specifically noted otherwise. The Contractor is further advised that the drawings communicate the overall intent of the major and minor piping systems on the project site. The Contractor shall investigate as required, anticipate, provide and install any and all additional fittings, adapters and transitions required to satisfy the intent of the piping system shown on the drawings. 1.10 NSF CERTIFICATION: All piping which conveys potable water shall be NSF 60/61 ' certified for potable water contact and be satisfactory to agencies having jurisdiction for this purpose. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS: A. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings: 1. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of ANSI /AWWA C151/A21.51, latest revision unless otherwise noted on the plans. Non - flanged ductile iron pipe shall be Special Class 52. Glands for mechanical joints shall be of ductile iron. 02610 -2 WF900204 2. Fittings shall be g ductile iron and conform to the requirements of ANSI /AWWA C110/A21.10, latest revision or ANSI /AWWA C1 53/A 21.53, latest revision. Ductile iron fittings shall have a 350 psi minimum working pressure. The Contractor shall note that this specification allows the use of 'compact' fittings where indicated on the drawings. The drawings, however, are developed around the use of `full body' fittings. If 'compact' fittings are used the Contractor shall be responsible for making dimensional adjustments as required, subject to the approval of the Engineer. 3. Flanged ductile iron pipe shall be Special Class 53. Flanged ductile iron pipe shall have threaded ductile iron flanges, unless otherwise noted on the drawings, and shall conform to ANSI /AWWA C115/A21.15, latest revision. All flanges shall be ductile iron Class 150, ANSI B16.5. All above grade flanges shall be flat faced unless they are mating up to existing, or otherwise specified as, raised face flanges. All gaskets shall be full or raised faced to match the flange, 1/8" black neoprene, 50 Durometer, except gaskets of air piping service which shall be 118" high temperature EPDM. 4. Joints shall conform to the requirements of ANSI /AWWA C111/A21.11, latest revision. 5. Coatings: The internal surfaces of all ductile iron pipe and fittings for water distribution mains shall be coated with a cement mortar of standard thickness in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C104/A21.4, latest revision. The below grade and buried portion of outside surfaces shall be coated with a bituminous coating approximately 1 mil thick. Above grade piping shall be coated per Section 09800. B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC or CVPC) Pipe and Fittings for Pressure Application and Miscellaneous Small Pipe Applications: 1. Gasketed Joint Pipe: Gasket joint pipe, 4- inches thru 12- inches in diameter, shall conform to the requirements as set forth in AWWA C900 (for 4- inches to 12- inches). Provisions must be made for contraction and expansion at each joint or by a rubber ring sealed coupling. Clean, reworked material generated from the manufacturer's own pipe production may be used. Where ductile iron fittings are shown on the drawing, such fittings for C -900 and shall be the same as specified for ductile iron pipe. All PVC fittings for pipe 4- inches thru 8- inches in diameter shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C -907 and bear the NSF seal for potable water. All fittings larger than 8 -inch shall be PVC gasketed, pressure rated fittings meeting the same material and at least the same pressure requirements of AWWA C905 DR25 PVC pipe (165 psi, minimum). Pipe shall have ductile iron pipe equivalent outside dimensions. All potable water pipe shall be blue. 2. Solvent Welded and Flanged Joint PVC Pipe and Fittings:All PVC pipe shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D -1785. Socket fittings shall conform to ASTM D -2467. Material shall conform with the requirements of ASTM D -1784 for PVC, Type 1, Grade 1. All solvent welded PVC plastic pipe and fittings shall be Schedule 80 unless otherwise indicated. Flanges shall be socket type. All pipe shall be marked as prescribed in ASTM D -1785, and shall bear the NSF seal for potable water. No solvent welded joint ' PVC pipe larger than 2- inch shall be used except as indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall provide and install expansion couplings as required by manufacturer to compensate for thermal expansion. The. material of expansion couplings shall be suitable for the application and subject to the Engineers approval. ' 02610 -3 WF900204 C. Steel Pipe and Fittings: 1. Black Iron Pipe: Black Iron Pipe shall be Schedule 80 seamless, with threaded and coupled, leak -free joints. 2. Coatings: All black iron coated per Section 09800. The exterior portions of non- ' buried pipe shall be coated per Section 09800. D. Copper Tubing: Copper tubing shall conform to ASTM Specification B -88 for "Seamless , Copper Water Tube ", Type K, annealed temper furnished in coils (for below grade use) and drawn tempered (when furnished in rigid straight lengths) for above grade use. All flux shall be water based. All copper piping below grade shall be wrapped. Slab penetrations shall be sleeved. E. Brass IPB: ASTM B-43 for "Seamless Red Brass Pipe ", standard sizes, regular weight, annealed condition. F. Miscellaneous Pipe and Fittings: ' 1. Brass IPB. ASTM B -43 for "Seamless Red Brass Pipe ", standard sizes, regular weight, annealed condition. 2. Threaded Pipe Nipples: Short lengths unless otherwise required. Close lengths shall not be used except with special permission of the Engineer. Nipple stock shall be of same material used in connecting pipe and shall conform with material specifications. 3. Malleable Iron Screwed Pipe Fittings: Class 150, ANSI B16.3. 4. Screwed Cast Iron Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.12. 5. Screwed Brass or Bronze Fittings: ANSI B16.17. 6. Screwed Unions: Screwed unions shall be bronze, brass or galvanized malleable iron provided with ground brass, metal or other noncorroding seats. Unions with gaskets will not be permitted unless authorized by the Engineer. Unions for chemical feed lines shall be from same material as piping. 7. Brass Fittings: Brass fittings for flared copper tubes --ANSI 816.26. ' 8. Metal Pipe Couplings: Couplings shall be Rockwell, Dresser. Unless otherwise indicated, couplings 2 in. and smaller shall be malleable iron and couplings over 2 in. shall be cast iron. 9. Service Saddles and Threaded Half- Couplings (for DI, Steel, Stainless Steel and PVC Pipe): Service saddles shall be malleable or ductile iron, double strap, Mueller or Ford, for cast iron, ductile iron pipe. For PVC pipe, saddles and straps shall be brass or bronze, Mueller, Ford, designed for PVC pipe. Saddles on stainless steel pipe shall be 316 SS. For stainless steel pipe connections larger than 2 -inch, saddles shall be used. For stainless steel pipe connections 2- inches and smaller, 3000# half couplings shall be used. 02610 -4 WF900204 ' 10. Tube Fittings: Unless otherwise herwise noted on the drawings, all tube fittings shall be Swagelok as manufactured by Crawford Fitting Company or Parker. 11. Restraining Rods: All rods and hardware used for i e restraints p p shall be 316 SS, unless otherwise noted. 12. Uniflange: All uniflanges shall be Series 400 for ductile iron pipe. Where used for PVC an appropriate Series 900 Adapter flange shall be used. Uniflange shall be as ' manufactured by Nappco Incorporated. 13. Transition Couplings: For Schedule 80 PVC to C900 PVC, up to 16 -inch, the adaptor shall be Schedule 80 and rated at 220 psi minimum. The adaptor shall be slip fit solvent welded to Schedule 80 PVC and C900 pipe: Adaptor shall be manufactured by Nyloplast or Engineer approved equal. 14. SS Tubing: Stainless steel tubing shall be seamless fully annealed high quality 316SS complying with ASTM A269 or A213. The stainless steel tubing shall be of hardness Rb 80, or less, and based on a ultimate tensile strength of 75K psi. The tubing's OD shall be sized to match standard size precision tube fittings without adapters or reducers. The wall thickness shall be based on a working pressure of 3,600 psi minimum as calculated according to ANSI B31.3. The tubing shall be free of scratches and suitable for bending or flaring. The tubing shall be compatible with precision tube fittings. ' 15. Flange Hardware: Unless otherwise noted, all flange bolts, nuts and washers which are either buried or located on stainless steel pipe shall be 316 SS. All other flange hardware shall be galvanized per the requirements of Section 15100. 16. Ductile Iron Pipe Restraints: Ductile iron pipe restraints shall be Series 1100 or 1700, as required, for ductile iron pipe. Glands shall be manufactured of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536 -80. Restraining devices shall be ductile iron heat treated to a minimum hardness of 370 BHN. Twist off nuts shall be used to insure proper actuating of restraint devices. The restraint devices shall be Megalug, manufactured by EBAA Iron Sales, Inc. 17. Flexible Couplings: Flexible couplings shall be flanged g using ANSI 816.5, 150 pound, flat faced flanges. Flanges shall be coated with epoxy and reinforced as required to satisfy the stipulated pressure rating. Flexible couplings shall be fabricated from TFE conforming to ASTM D -1457, Type III and pressure rated at 150 psi minimum, at 90 degrees F. Flexible couplings shall be as manufactured by Carbone U.S.A. Corporation. 18. Stainless Steel Expansion Joints: Stainless steel expansion joints shall be flanged and suitable to allow 3.8 inches of axial compression and 0.5 inches of axial offset in a 36 -inch size and rated at 150 psi @ 70° F. The expansion joint shall be 316 SS. Stainless steel expansion joints shall be an OMNI -FLEX Model, manufactured by CAB Incorporated or Unaflex. ' 19. Flanged Coupling Adaptors: Flanged coupling adaptors shall satisfy the requirements of AWWA / ANSI C219 -01 and be Model 602 manufactured by Baker or equal. 02610 -5 WF900204 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION - The Contractor shall perform all excavations of every description and of whatever substances encountered to the depths indicated on the .drawings or as necessary. This shall include all necessary clearing and grubbing of any foreign substance encountered within the structure or trench area. Excavated material suitable for backfill shall be piled in an orderly manner at a sufficient distance from the trench to prevent slides or cave -ins. A. Protection of Existing Facilities and Utilities: All existing improvements such as ' pavements, conduit, poles, pipes and other structures, shall be carefully supported and fully protected from injury and, in case of damage, they shall be restored by the Contractor without compensation. Existing utilities and other underground obstructions are shown on the plans, but the accuracy of the locations and depths is not guaranteed. The Contractor shall contact the utility prior to construction and arrange for the necessary assistance in locating and protecting the existing utilities. The Contractor shall be responsible for damages to these existing utilities and shall, in case they are damaged, restore them to their , original condition. B. Trench Excavation: The minimum width of the trench shall be equal to the outside diameter of the pipe at the joint plus 8 in. each side of pipe for unsheeted or sheeted trench, with the maximum width of trench, measured at the top of the pipe, not to exceed the outside pipe diameter, plus 24 in., unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Trench walls shall be maintained vertical from the bottom of the trench to a line measured at the top of the pipe. From the top of the pipe to the surface the trench walls shall be as vertical as possible under soil conditions. No requirements stipulated herein, shall supersede the , Florida Trench Safety Act. No more than 50 linear feet of trench shall be open in advance of the completed pipe laying operation without prior approval of the Engineer. Pipe trenches across roadways and driveways shall be backfilled as soon as pipe is installed. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, adequate detour facilities are not available, no trench shall be left open across a roadway or commercial property driveway where adequate detour routes are not available 1 for a period in excess of 30 minutes, or as directed by the governing authority. No trench shall be left open across any roadway or driveway for more than 24 hours. C. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing: The Contractor shall do all shoring, sheeting and bracing or provide other approved facilities required to perform and protect the excavation and as necessary for the safety of the public, -the employees, and the preservation of ' existing roads, structures, ductbanks and other utilities. Sheeting installed for this purpose shall be removed at the conclusion of the construction period. D. Disposal of Excess Materials: The Contractor shall dispose of the excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill. All surplus excavated material which is suitable for fill shall become property of the Contractor, and shall be disposed of by the contractor at his expense off of the project site. E. Unstable Soil Conditions and Over -Depth Excavation: Where unstable soil conditions are encountered, the excavation shall be increased as directed by the Engineer. The bottom of the excavation shall be brought up to the proper excavation elevation utilizing suitable and properly compacted backfill material. 02610 -6 WF900204 3.02 INSTALLATION OF MAINS AND MISCELLANEOUS PIPING. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings or in other sections of this specification, the pipe shall be handled and installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and with the applicable AWWA or ASTM Standards. If a conflict exists between the manufacturer's instructions and the AWWA or ASTM Standards, the manufacturer's instructions shall govern. 1. Ductile Iron Pipe - AWWA C -600 The Contractor shall use every precaution during construction to protect the pipe against the entry of nonpotable water, dirt, wood, small animals and any other foreign material that would hinder the operation of the pipeline. Where the groundwater elevation is above the bottom of the trench, the Contractor shall provide suitable dewatering equipment. All piping shall be placed in a dry trench, unless wet trench installation is approved by the Engineer. A. Depth of Cover: Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, or otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the pipe shall have a minimum depth of 30 in. B. Piping Restraint Systems: All piping systems, which shall be restrained to withstand the specified test pressure. In no case will this pressure be less than 150 psi, except for the containment pipe on double containment piping systems, which shall be 50 psi, unless otherwise indicated. In general, and unless otherwise specifically shown, all restraint systems shall be mechanical. All ductile iron shall be restrained with Megalugs unless it is designated as flanged. At a minimum, joint restraints shall be provided on all below grade piping and fittings at the point where either a horizontal or vertical change in direction ' occurs. Joint restraints shall be used as indicated and /or as required as far back from fittings on the pipeline as necessary to maintain the system integrity at the specked test pressure. The number of joints to be restrained shall be according to DIPRA calculations and subject to the Engineer's approval. Where, in the Engineer's opinion a mechanical restraint system is not feasible, or where shown on the drawings, the Contractor shall use thrust or gravity blocks as required to restrain the piping system. The Contractor is cautioned that the thrust and gravity block details shown on the drawings are adequate only to 150 psi. ' For above -grade piping, all valves and fittings shall be provided with concrete support blocks unless otherwise indicated. All piping systems shall be fully supported. All piping systems inside a building shall be supported by 316 SS unless specifically identified to the contrary. If not shown, pipe supports shall be 316 SS. Supports shall be designed according to the requirements shown on the plans. C. Connections to Existing Mains: The Contractor shall make connections to existing mains as shown on the drawings. Connections shall be made only after arrangements have been completed by the Contractor with the Owner of the system and shall be under the system Owner's immediate supervision. D. Leakage Test: Leakage and pressure tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Engineer in accordance with AWWA C -600 Section 4 procedures. The Contractor will provide a suitable pressure gage, acceptable to the Engineer, for the test. The Contractor will provide all other necessary apparatus including a pump, flow measuring device, piping connections and fittings and the necessary labor to conduct the tests. The test shall be of two hour duration. During the test, the pipe being tested shall be maintained at a pressure of not less than 150 psi, All other piping shall be tested at 50 psi above the maximum 02610 -7 WF900204 working pressure as determined by the Engineer. Leakage is defined a s the quantity of water added to the pipe being tested during the test period. No pipe installation will be accepted if the leakage exceeds the quantities specified in AWWA C-600, Section 4.2. For 1 pipe less than 6 -inch diameter or above grade piping systems, the acceptable leakage criterion shall be no visible leaks of any amount. Pipe and fittings shall be sufficiently exposed to permit examination for leaks by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the testing pattern he proposes to follow prior to testing for the Engineer's approval. No more than 200 feet of piping shall be tested at one time unless the Engineer specifically agrees, in writing, to a variation. The Contractor shall be responsible to provide , any temporary valving, plugs or appurtenances to satisfy this requirement. Upon completion of all leakage testing and line flushing, all chemical feed piping shall be completely cleared of all water by purging with a dry inert gas. Suitable safety precautions shall be taken by the Contractor. E. Flushing of Completed Pipelines: Following the leakage test, each section of completed , pipeline shall be as thoroughly flushed as possible. A minimum flow shall be used for flushing that will insure a velocity in the pipe of 2.5 ft per second. Water required for testing and flushing shall be furnished by the Contractor. The water shall be from a source satisfactory to the Owner. The Contractor is advised that pigging for flushing may be required on some pipelines due to unavailability of a suitable source of volume of water. Piping 12 -inch and larger shall be pigged. F. Disinfection of Potable Pipelines: Following flushing, the Contractor shall disinfect all potable water mains and service lines as follows. The Contractor shall develop and submit for approval a plan for achieving the desired disinfection. The plan shall include a method for , disposal of the disinfecting agent and water at the end of the exercise. Water shall be fed slowly into the system applying sufficient chlorine to produce a dosage in excess of 50 ppm at the farthest point in the system from the point of application. The chlorine solution then ' shall be retained in the line for a period of 24 hours. At the end of this time if a minimum chlorine residual of 5 ppm is not obtained, the procedure shall be repeated. During the disinfection process, all valves shall be operated. After disinfection, the water shall be ' flushed from the system at its extremities until excessive chlorine residuals are eliminated. Water samples for bacteriological examination shall be taken as directed by the Department of Health and submitted to the nearest approved bacteriological laboratory. Chemical feed lines shall be flushed with potable water after leakage testing and water samples for ' bacteriological examination as described previously, as required by the Department of Health or Department of Environmental Protection. The chlorine residual at the time of sample collection shall not exceed 4 mg /l and the pressure in the main shall not be allowed to drop below 20 psi after the samples are collected. Disinfection shall not be considered satisfactory until laboratory reports are satisfactory to the Department of Health and /or Department of Environmental Protection. G. Water for Disinfection, Testing and Flushing: Water required for disinfection, testing and flushing shall be furnished by the Contractor. For water mains the water shall be from a potable water source satisfactory to the Owner. H. Piping Stress: All flanged piping, fittings and other equipment shall be installed so that no pipe stress is transferred to the equipment. Flanged pipe shall remain aligned with the flange bolts, removed. Above grade sample points shall consist of a %2 -inch, saddle and top with a %2 -inch ball valve of material to match piping. Contractor will demonstrate the lack of pipe stress by removal of flange bolts at locations designated by the Engineer. 02610 -8 WF900204 ' 3.03 BACKFILLING: A. Material: Shall be excavated material, essentially free of organic material, asphaltic concrete, clay, concrete, boulders and other deleterious materials. ' 1. Bedding and Pipe Embedment: The material in the bedding, around the pipe and to a depth of 1 ft. over the pipe .shall be sand or a mixture of sand,, shall or crushed rock properly graded and mixed so that fine grain material from the side walls of the trench or ' backfill above the embedment will not migrate into the backfill material. The back f ll shall meet the following limitation: a. Ductile Iron Pipe-All material shall pass through a 3 / - inch square opening laboratory sieve. b. Plastic Pipe, Stainless Steel Pipe and Fiberglass Pipe-All materials shall pass ' through a % -inch square opening laboratory sieve for water mains and force mains. All material shall pass through a % -inch square opening laboratory sieve. 2. Above Pipe Embedment: The material shall be sand or a mixture of sandy material and rock, stone and shell. Rock, stone and shell shall pass through a 3 -1/2 inch ring. 3. Additional Fill: If sufficient suitable backfill material is not available from the excavation, additional fill meeting the above requirements shall be provided - by the Contractor. ' B. Placing and Compaction: 1. Water Mains a. Under Pavement: Where the excavation is made through proposed pavements, including shoulders, curbs, driveways or sidewalks, or where such structures are penetrated by wellpoints, the entire backfill to the subgrade of the pavement or structures shall be made with predominantly sandy material free from rock, stones or organic matter, except that rocks passing a 3 -1/2 inch ring will be permitted in the backfill between the elevation one foot above the top of the pipe and the bottom of the pavement subgrade. The entire backfill material, including the material placed around and one foot above the pipe, shall be compacted to a density of not less than 98% of the maximum density, as determined by ASTM D -1557. Particular care shall be taken to insure that the backfill at the haunch is free from voids and is properly compacted. Compaction by flooding or puddling will not be generally permitted and may only be used upon written authorization by the Engineer. Roads, walks and driveways consisting of broken stone, gravel, marl, shell, shellrock, or a conglomerate of such materials are not considered as being permanent pavement. ' b. In Areas Not Under Permanent Payment: Within right-of-ways of other areas 9 Y where permanent pavement does not exist or is not proposed, including roads, walks and driveways consisting of broken stone, gravel, marl, shell, shellrock or 02610 -9 1 WF900204 conglomerate, the entire backfill to the subgrade of the pavement or structures shall be made with predominantly sandy material free from rock, stones or organic matter, except that rocks having a maximum dimension of 6- inches will be permitted in the , backfill between the elevation 1 ft. above the top of the pipe and 1 ft. below the surface. Particular care shall be taken to insure that the backfill at the haunch is free from voids and is properly compacted. The bedding and embedment shall be ' compacted to a density of not less that 95 percent of maximum as determined by ASTM D -1557. Backfill material above 1 ft over the pipe and not under structures or roadways shall be compacted to a density of not less than 85% of the maximum , density, as determined by ASTM D1557. Compaction by flooding or puddling will not generally be approved and may only be used upon written authorization by the Engineer. ' c. Miscellaneous: Backfilling around meter boxes, valve boxes and other structures shall be accomplished in the same manner as the connected pipe. Extreme care shall be used in backfilling wellpoint holes to prevent voids and settlement. If ' necessary, in the Engineer's opinion, the holes should be plugged with a concrete slurry. Such plugging to be at the expense of the Contractor. d. Compaction Tests: The Engineer may at any time instruct the Contractor to partially excavate a previously backfilled short section of the trench for the purpose of obtaining measurements of the density of the backfill. The testing will be paid for 'by the Contractor. The cost of the partial excavation and restoration of the backfill will be paid for by the Contractor. Any test failures will be paid by Contractor. Density tests shall be taken along each pipe run (maximum distance between tests , shall be 100 feet). 3.04 RESTORATION OF DAMAGED SURFACES, STRUCTURES AND PROPERTY: Where pavement, sidewalks, trees, shrubbery, fences or other property and surface structures not ' designated as pay items, have been damaged, removed or disturbed by the Contractor whether deliberately or through failure to carry out the requirements of the contract documents, state laws, municipal ordinances or the specific direction of the Engineer, or through failure to employ usual and reasonable safeguards, such property and surface structures shall be replaced or repaired at the expense of the Contractor to a condition equal to that before Work began within a time frame approved by the Engineer. ' 3.05 PROTECTION: At the end of each workday the mains under construction shall be plugged to prevent the entry of small animals or rodents. Temporary plugs shall be provided for this purpose. 3.06 CLEANUP: The Contractor shall maintain the site of the Work in a neat condition. The Contractor shall remove all excess materials, excess excavated materials and all debris , resulting from his operations within a time frame approved by the Engineer. r 02610 -10 WF900204 1 1 SECTION 02640 VALVES, GAUGES AND MISCELLANEOUS ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The Contractor shall furnish and install all valving equipment as shown on the drawings and as specified. All valves, gauges and miscellaneous items on the identified systems 1 shall be suitable for the application and recommended by the manufacturer, and are subject to the Engineers approval. In general, all such items shall be high grade, high quality and corrosion resistant without any applied coatings. 1 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The Work underthis Contract shall be in strict accordance with the following codes and standards: ' A. Local, county and municipal codes B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1 C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1 D. American Water Works Association Standards (AWWA) E. Florida Department of Transportation Specifications (DOT) 1 F. Federal Specifications G. United States Department of Commerce Commercial Standards (CS) 1 1.03 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: A. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a manufacturer and shall comply with the Contract Documents and applicable standards for such materials or equipment. 1 B. Prior to the start of the Work, the Contractor shall submit a list of the manufacturers of all equipment and materials to be incorporated in the work that conform a standard, code or as specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 VALVE OPERATORS: A. General: The rated torque capability of each operator, shall be sufficient to seat, unseat and rigidly hold in any intermediate position the valve disc it controls under the test conditions 1 specified. All valves shall be equipped with adjustable mechanical stop - limiting devices to prevent over - travel of the valve disc in the open and closed positions. Operator housings, supports and connections to the valve shall be designed with a minimum safety factor of five 1 based on the ultimate strength, or based on three on the yield strength of materials used. The rated torque capability of each cylinder portion of a cylinder operator shall be sufficient to seat, unseat and rigidly hold in any intermediate position the valve disc or plug it controls under the 1 operating conditions specified. Operators to be buried shall be watertight. Above grade operators shall be weatherproof. The position of the operator shall be as shown on the shop 1 02640 -1 WF900204 P drawings. The piece mark of the valves, the location, the size, the type of operator, the maximum working head, shall be tabulated on the shop drawings. Unless otherwise noted, all non - buried valves shall be equipped with handwheel operators unless the valve has an electric operator with manual override. A valve key of suitable length shall be provided for buried operators. The Contractor shall be responsible for dimensionally confirming the required orientation of the valve operators (both manual and electric). Any required extensions or ' fabrications necessary to accommodate the installation of the operators in the locations indicated shall be provided and installed subject to the Engineer's approval. B. Gearing: All gear operators or traveling -nut operators shall be self - locking and designed to ' transmit twice the required operator torque without damage to the faces or the gear teeth or the contact faces of the screw or nut. Upon request, the manufacturer shall furnish the purchaser with certified copies of reports describing the procedures and results of the tests for ' each model and torque rating of operator to be furnished. Operators composed of worm gearing shall be totally enclosed in a gear case and shall have worm gears of bronze and worms of hardened steel that operate in a lubricant. Operators of the traveling -nut type shall have threaded reach rods of steel and shall have a bronze or ductile iron nut with internal threads. Operators shall be enclosed. ' C. Manual Operators: Manual operators shall have all gearing totally enclosed. Operators shall be designed to produce the specified torque with a maximum pull of 80 Ibs on handwheel ' or chainwheel operators and a maximum input of 150 ft -lb on operating nuts. Stop- limiting devices shall be provided in the operators for the open and closed position. All operator components between the input and these stops shall be designed to withstand, without damage, a pull of 200 Ibs for handwheel or chainwheel operators and an input torque of 300 ft- ' Ib for operating nuts. An arrow and the word "open" or "close" shall be cast on the handwheel to indicate the direction to turn said handwheel. All operating nuts shall be designed so that counter - clockwise movement of the handwheel will open the valve and clockwise movement of ' the handwheel will close the valve. Operator orientation shall be as shown on the drawings, as necessary for proper and effective operation and as required by the Engineer. This shall include the requirement to provide right angle drives where appropriate. ' 2.02 GATE VALVES: Gate valves 2 in. and smaller shall have a bronze body and disc (ASTM B 145), non -rising stem or rising stem (generator fuel system only), screwed ends and Buna -N "O" ring packing. The valves shall be rated at 150 psi and manufactured by American, Kennedy, Milwaukee or Nibco. 2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVES: All butterfly valves shall conform to AWWA C504 - latest version, Class 150 -B. Hardware shall be constructed of 18 -8, Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel. Ends shall be flanged or mechanical joint as required. The disc shall be centered between flanges or mechanical joints. Direction to open valve shall be counter- clockwise. Valves shall be manufactured by Henry Pratt or Dezurik (no substitutions). ' Each valve disc shall rotate through an angle of 90 degrees from the fully opened to the fully closed position. The axis of rotation of all valve discs shall be horizontal except where otherwise shown on the drawings. A position indicator shall be provided for valves with a handwheel or electrical operator. 2.04 CHECK VALVES: Check valves 2 inch and smaller in water, sludge, or other liquid piping shall , be Class 125 or higher, all bronze with screwed ends. Valves shall be swing check valves and manufactured by Crane Company or Ohio Valve Company. 02640 -2 ' WF900204 Check Valves shall be cast iron bronze mounted and conform to AWWA C508- latest revision. Valves shall be flanged, mechanical joint or wafer, as required, with all jointing accessories. Check valves shall have outside weight and levers and manufactured by American Darling, Kennedy, Mueller or Clow. Silent check valves larger than 2 inch shall be cast iron, bronze mounted and conform to ASTM -126 - latest revision. Valves shall be flanged, mechanical joint or wafer as required. Valves shall be furnished with all jointing accessories. Valves shall be globe style rated for 150 psi, Series 600 silent check valves with Suna -N resilient seats as manufactured by Valve and Primer Corporation (APCO) or Series 1800 manufactured by Valvmatic Valve and Primer Corporation. 2.05 RESILIENT SEATED GATE VALVES: Resilient seated gate valves shall conform to AWWA C509 -87. Valves shall provide bidirectional bubble tight sealing at 150 psi differential. Valves shall be as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Mueller, Kennedy or M&H. 2.06 BALL VALVES: A. PVC Ball Valves: Ball valves shall be designed for a water working pressure of not less than 150 psi, shall be constructed of PVC as indicated, and when in the fully -open position, shall have a port diameter not less than Schedule 80 PVC pipe of the same nominal diameter. Valves shall be designed with true union ends to permit removal of the valve from the line and with end connectors designed for solvent welding to the pipe. Valves shall be equipped with a manual lever type operator. Buried valves shall be equipped with a nut suitable for hand service and box. Ball valves shall be union design, Series 70, top entry, plastic ball valves as manufactured by Hayward, ITT Grinnell, Duo -Bloc as manufactured by ASAHI /America or True Blue as manufactured by Plastomatic Valves, Inc. B. Steel Ball Valves: All steel ball valves shall be constructed of 316 SS, including handle, stem, stem nuts, washers, stop plate, body and ball. Body, bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. Ball valves shall be designed for a pressure not less than 600 psig. Valves shall have a female NPT inlet/outlet connections. Ball valves shall be Series 60, stainless steel swing -out ball valves, as manufactured by Whitey Co., or Series 44, as manufactured by Worcester Controls. 2.07 PRESSURE GAUGES: Pressure gauges shall be direct reading, 4 inch diameter (unless otherwise noted), 1/4 -inch male, bottom connected devices installed phenolic cases suitable for permanent outdoor applications. The pressure gauge ranges and action (vacuum/pressure /compound) shall be suitable for the application. If no ranges are provided clarification shall be requested from the Engineer. All wetted parts shall be 316 SS. Pressure gauges shall be glycerin filled and equipped with a 316 SS snubber. Unless otherwise noted, all ' gauges shall be installed on % -inch minimum, 316 SS pipe nipple. A minimum % -inch 316 SS air bleed valve and minimum %2 -inch 316 SS isolation ball valve shall be provided at every gauge. Pressure gauges shall be ASME B40.1, Grade 2A. 2.08 AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE: Air release valves shall be of the size shown and shall have screwed ends. The bodies shall be of high - strength cast iron and the float shall be Type 316 stainless steel. All moving parts shall be of stainless steel or bronze. Valves shall be designed for not less than 150 psi water working pressure. Air release valves shall be Model 200A manufactured by Apco Valve and Primer Corporation or Model PLA 0 manufactured by Crispin. Valve Model Numbers are based on 1 -inch size and shall be adjusted as required. Valves shall be 1 -inch unless ' otherwise indicated, and mounted on 1 -inch Schedule 40 316 SS pipe nipples with 316 SS isolation ball valves. Valves shall be fully supported with 316 SS support brackets. 02640 -3 W F900204 sleeves shall be manufactured b M &H, American, Tyler, 2.09 CUTTING IN SLEEVES: Cutting-in Y U.S. Pipe or Mueller. Cutting -in sleeves shall be internally coated with two coats of potable water approved epoxy per Section 09800. 2.10 MAIN CONNECTIONS: All main connections for chemical feeds shall be manufactured bythe feed pump manufacturer and include integral valve and check valve assembly to allow removal of ' diffuser under service conditions. Materials shall be fully compatible with the particular chemical. 2.11 HOSE BIBBS: Hose bibs shall be brass body, 3/4 —inch unless otherwise noted. All hose bibs shall be equipped with a brass or bronze Watts in -line vacuum breaker. 1 2.12 CORPORATION STOPS: Corporation stops shall be Mueller H -15020 for 1 -inch and H -10046 for 2 -inch, or Ford F1101 -4 for 1 -inch and FBI 700 for 2 -inch. 2.13 VALVE BOXES: Valve boxes shall be 5-1/4 inch, cast iron, screw type with locking cover. All buried valves shall be equipped with a valve box. Covers shall be marked "Water" for water distribution systems and "Sewer" for force main systems. Boxes shall be as manufactured by Russell, Tyler or U.S. Foundry. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' Refer to Part 3, Section 02610. 02640 -4 W F900204 SECTION 03000 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Supply and install all cast -in -place concrete as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All cast-in-place concrete on the project shall be ready mix per this specification. Pre - mixed, bagged mixes shall not be utilized for any purpose on the project unless specifically approved by the Engineer. 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The installation of cast -in -place concrete shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards: A. The local building code B. Portland Cement Association (PCA) C. American Concrete Institute (ACI) D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) F. Federal Specifications ' 1.03 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: A. Testing Agency: A professional, independent testing laboratory, approved by the Engineer, shall perform all testing and inspection procedures specified. B. Payment: The Contractor shall bear all costs of sampling and testing of concrete cylinders, as noted. Additional special tests may be ordered by the Engineer if there is a question as to compliance with the Contract Documents. ' C. Reports: Execute immediately after completion of each procedure or inspection and forward promptly to the Engineer three copies of each report. D. Molded Concrete Compression Cylinders: One set of four cylinders each sampling for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof for each day's placement of each mix design. Sample according to ASTM C172, process and cure according to ASTM C31, and prepare and test according to ASTM C39. Test one cylinder at age three days or seven days, as required by job conditions, and two cylinders for one valid test at 28 days. The fourth cylinder is to be cured and held for testing at 42 days if 28-day test indicated deficient results, or as a spare in case of cylinder damage. E. Air content: The total air content (entrained and entrapped) shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C231. Air content tests shall be performed on every truck where compression test cylinders are collected. F. Slump Tests: Slump tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C143 on every truck. 03000 -1 ' W F900204 1.04 REINFORCEMENT: Refer to Section 03200. 1.05 FORMWORK: Shall conform to ACI 347 and Section 03100. 1.06 SUBMITTALS: A. Mix designs: Submit mix designs prepared in accordance with ACI 318 and ACI 211.1 , based upon ready -mix producer's statistical data for past mix design test results. Historical data shall reference identical mix designs as referenced by mix components, quantities and mix number. B. Field Test Reports: Submit field test reports for all cylinder tests. PART 2- PRODUCTS , 2.01 PORTLAND CEMENT: Conform to ASTM C150, Type ll, except that slag, flyash or other cement substitute will not be permitted unless specifically approved by the Engineer. 2.02 WATER: From domestic sources, free of harmful acids, alkalis, oil, organic or other deleterious materials. ' 2.03 CONCRETE AGGREGATES: Conform to ASTM C33 orASTM C330 (lightweight aggregates). A. Conform to ASTM C33: Local aggregates not complying with this standard may be used provided it can be shown by special test or a record of past performance these aggregates produce concrete or adequate strength and durability. B. Fine Aggregate: Clean, washed natural sand of hard, sound, uncoated grains. Manufactured clean, washed, hard sand may be used for structures other than water retention structures. ' C. Course Aggregates: Clean, washed, sound and crushed. D. Aggregate Size Requirements: Use largest practicable aggregate size for each condition of placement subject to limitations stipulated in paragraph 3.3, ACI Code 318. 2.04 CONCRETE ADMIXTURES: Only admixtures specified and acceptable to the Engineer prior ' to use shall be included in mix designs. A. Water Reducing Agent: A water reducing agent conforming to ASTM C494 shall be used. ' The following are acceptable: 1. Pozzolith - Master Builders Company 2. Plastocrete - Sika Chemical Company 3. WRDA - Grace Construction Materials B. Air Entrainment: All concrete shall entrain from two to four percent air, whether batched with or without other admixtures. One of the following, conforming to ASTM C260, may be used: 1. MB -VR - Master Builders Company , 2. Sika -AER - Sika Chemical Company 3. Darex AER - Grace Construction Materials 03000 -2 WF900204 ' r C. Superplasticizer. A superplasticizer admixture may be used on all structures es if approved by the Engineer. Superplasticizer shall be used on all water retention structures. The superplasticizer shall satisfy the following requirements. 1. Conform to ASTM C494, Type F or Type G. 2. Superplasticizer admixture shall be added to the mix at the batch plant unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3. Provide documentation showing, at a 6 -inch slump plus or minus 1 -inch, the relative durability factors of air entrained concrete as determined in accordance with ASTM C -666, Procedure A, as compared to the same air entrained concrete mix at a 2 -inch slump or minus 1 -inch without superplasticizer admixture. 4. A qualified concrete technician employed by the manufacturer shall be available to assist in proportioning concrete materials for optimum use, to advise on proper use of the superplasticizer admixture and adjustment of concrete mix proportions to meet job site and climatic conditions. 5. Approved Products: a. Sikament 300, Sika Chemical Corp. or Engineered approved equal. b. Pozzolith 440 N, Master Builders Company, or Engineer approved equal. 2.05 CURING MATERIALS: A. Chemical Curing: Curing compounds shall be liquid, membrane forming and shall conform to ASTM C309, as, approved by the Engineer. The liquid compound shall not reduce the adhesion of tile, paint, roofing, waterproofing or other material to be applied to the concrete. No ' liquid compound shall be allowed to cure a first pour of concrete that will receive a second pour. The use of a curing compound in lieu of water spray curing is subject to the Engineer's approval and will, generally, not be approved as an alternate to impervious membrane and spray mist curing. B. Impervious Membrane Sheeting: Kraft paper or 4 mil polyethylene sheeting, in accordance with ASTM C171 may be used with approval of the Engineer. r 2.06 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS AND PROPORTIONS: ' A. Mix Design: Prepared according to ACI 211 and ACI 318, and submitted to the Engineer for review prior to batching any concrete, and based on previously tested and qualified component materials. Provide mix designs for all of the mixes. Pump mixes, when used, shall be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to use on the job. Each design shall have a mix number. B. Admixtures: Enter specific brands into mix designs where they are required or used. All admixtures must be approved in writing by the Engineer prior to use. r C. Mix: Concrete shall be composed of Portland Cement, course aggregate, fine aggregate, admixtures, and water. Location or use of any of the following mixes will be shown on the drawings, or as stated herein. D. Specified Compressive Strength: 1 03000 -3 WF900204 r 1. Provide concrete of the compressive strengths as shown on the drawings. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete shall have 28 -day compressive strength of 4,000 psi. 2. Mix designs for the compressive strength specified shall have the following minimum properties. Where compressive strengths fall between the ones listed below, the criteria shall be linearly interpolated. , Specified Maximum Minimum 28-day Compressive Water- Cement Cement Content Strength (f c) (psi) Ratio by Weight (lbs /Cubic Yard) 4000 0.45 564 3. The optimum water - cement ratio for mix designs in excess of 4000 psi 28-day compressive strength shall be determined by various mix designs, not to exceed 0.40. E. Air Entrainment: Total air content required (air - entrained and entrapped air) shall be as ' follows, and as measured in accordance with ASTM C231: Nominal Maximum Size of Total Air Content ' coarse aggregate, in. Percentage by volume 318 6 to 10 2 5 to 9 3/4 4 to 8 1 3.5 to 6.5 r 1-1/2 3 to 6 2 2.5 to 5.5 3 1.5 to 4.5 ' 1. All concrete shall be air entrained. F. Slump Limits: Concrete, when placed at the forms, shall have a slump within the following ' limits as measured in accordance with ASTM C 143. Every truck load of concrete shall be slump tested. 1. Tolerance of plus -or -minus 1 inch. r 2. Reinforced concrete: 3 inches. 3. Superplasticized concrete: 6 inches. G. Pump Mix Design: Proportions for concrete to be pumped shall be in accordance with those specified herein, except the aggregate shall be round gravel and satisfy ACI 304. Pump mix usage will be subject to Engineer approval. 2.07 CEMENT GROUT AND DRYPACK: A. Cement Grout: Mix 1 volume Portland cement, 2 -1/2 volumes fine aggregate and sufficient water for the mixture to flow under its own weight. B. Drypack: Mix 1 volume Portland cement, 2 volumes fine aggregate and enough water to hydrate cement (a stiff mix). Do not mix more than can be used in 30 minutes. 03000 -4 WF900204 ' 2.08 CURBS: A. Construct roadway and sidewalk curbs as shown on the drawings and in accordance with local codes and regulations. ' B. Construct other curbs that support equipment or structural wall systems as indicated on the drawings. 2.09 WATERSTOPS: Waterstops shall be extruded flat strips having hollow center bulb, multiple ribs for full length. Width, 6 in., unless otherwise noted. The waterstop shall consist of polyvinyl - chloride resins combined with plasticizer, formulated to attain high tensile strength, adequate elongation, resistance to oxidation, acids, alkalis and low water extraction properties. The waterstops shall be extra heavy duty to withstand high heads of water (minimum 125 ft) and weigh at least 140 pounds per 100 feet. 2.10 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Shall be formed with tongue and groove wood members or galvanized metal keyed forms. 2.11 SEALING MATERIALS: Material for sealing and filling joints and for sealing premolded filler strip, shall conform to ASTM D1190 for "Concrete Joint Sealer; Hot - Poured Elastic Type ". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 BATCHING, MIXING AND PLACING CONCRETE: A. Use Ready -Mixed Concrete: Conform to C94. Plant and truck mixers subject to examination by Engineer. B. Water and Mixing: Mix concrete at least 10 minutes, 5 minutes of which is at the job, after the last addition of water. Retempering in truck is prohibited. Any concrete in truck longer than 1 -1/2 hours after the water has been added at the plant, or any that has become harsh or nonplastic, shall be rejected based solely upon the Engineer's discretion. C. Load Tickets: Shall include all information required by ASTM C94 and be legible, showing quantities of all constituents in the batch, and bearing signature of plant inspector or bonded weighmaster. Maintain all tickets on file for inspection by the Engineer. All tickets shall show the mix number. Tickets not showing the mix number shall cause the load to be immediately rejected. D. Slumps: At point of delivery to forms the concrete slump requirements shall conform to this section of the specifications. E. Placing: The concrete shall be placed by suitable equipment as nearly as possible in its final location and without any segregation of the aggregate. Any free vertical drop shall not exceed 4 -1/2 feet. For a given pour, the new concrete shall be placed against the last concrete only if the last concrete can, in the Engineer's sole opinion, be substantially vibrated into the new concrete. In general, the maximum allowable time between, placing new concrete against last concrete shall not exceed ninety minutes, although this time may be reduced by the Engineer based upon the characteristics and performance of the mix. The Contractor shall schedule trucks and organize the pour to minimize the length of time between placement of new and last concrete. For water retention structures, the Contractor shall develop and implement a contingency plan for a back -up truck in the event that the next scheduled truck is not on -site within 60- minutes of completion of the last pour. No pours of greater than 10 yd shall be scheduled to start after 2:00 P.M., unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Prior to 03000 -5 WF900204 placing concrete the forms shall be clean and free of debris with all surfaces wetted lightly. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which has set and is not part of the pour underway, the existing surfaces shall be cleaned of all laitance, foreign matter and loose particles and slushed with a neat cement grout. No concrete shall be placed without prior approval of the forms and reinforcing by the Engineer. F. Vibration: All concrete shall be placed with the aid of mechanical vibrating equipment 1 supplemented by hand forking or spading. Vibration shall be transmitted directly to the concrete and not through the forms. 3.02 CURING: A. General: The concrete shall be kept moist for fourteen days after pouring. Vertical forms may be left in place and horizontal surfaces continuously moistened with water via spray misting. If forms are removed, impervious membrane sheeting or chemical curing may be used if approved by the Engineer. The Engineer shall have the right to determine when forms may be removed and whether a curing compound can be used in lieu of spray misting. B. Chemical Curing: If approved for use by the Engineer, apply curing compound as soon as surface water has disappeared from concrete surfaces. Apply material with approved pressure spraying equipment, as per manufacturer's directions, in sufficient thickness to form effective water seal. C. Impervious Membrane Sheeting: The entire exposed surface shall be wetted thoroughly with a fine spray of water and then covered with polyethylene sheeting or plastic - coated materials laid directly on the concrete surface. Overlap 12 in. when a continuous sheet is not used. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Construction joints shall be located so that the maximum area for each cast shall not exceed 600 sq. ft. Length to width ratios shall not exceed 2 to 1. The construction joint criteria shall not apply to water retention structures where construction joints shall be located only where, and if, indicated on the drawings unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. In general, the Engineer will not agree to modifications of construction joint locations shown on the drawings. 3.04 FINISHES: A. Form Finish: Hone down fins, ridges, high spots, with abrasive brick or power grinders while concrete is green, immediately after form removal. B. Form Tie Holes and Deep Depressions: Flush thoroughly with clean water, tamp to overfull , with drypack, cure and hone flush. C. Rock Pockets, Honeycomb and Sand Streaks: Cut out at least 1 in. deep with sides perpendicular to surface, flush out, coat with neat cement paste, fill with drypack in at least two layers to overfull, cure and then hone to final correct surface, line or comer. D. Chamfers: All exposed edges of concrete shall have a minimum 3/4 in. chamfer. M E. Finish: All exposed vertical concrete shall have a floated sand (burlap rub) finish. Building slabs and miscellaneous horizontal concrete shall have a troweled finish. Sidewalks shall have a light broom finish. 3.05 CLEANUP: In accordance with General Conditions. 03000 -6 WF900204 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Supply and install formwork for cast -in -place concrete as shown on the drawings and as specified. 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The installation of forms shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards: A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) B. American Plywood Association (APA) 1.03 DESIGN: All formwork shall be designed by a Florida Registered structural engineer. Special attention shall be given to the additional hydraulic pressures imparted by concrete containing superplasticizer admixture. The Contractor is specifically cautioned that not all of the specified superplasticizer admixtures will cure at the same rate. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD FORMS: All form lumber shall be free from warp, holes, loose knots, dressed to M uniform width and thickness. All forming shall conform to ACI 347. A. Unexposed Concrete Surfaces: No. 2 common lumber or better lumber. B. Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Commercial standard, moisture resistant, concrete form plywood. 2.02 METAL FORMS: Use approved removable type metal forms. Recondition and clean before reusing. Do not oil or apply material which will stain exposed concrete or prevent bonding of stucco to concrete. Forms shall be smooth on interior so that no line shows on finished concrete. 2.03 FORM OIL: Clear non - staining mineral paraffin based oil. Diesel oil or motor oil will not be permitted. 2.04 FORM TIES AND SPREADERS: The following applies to all ties. A. Shall be metal, cone nut type. No embedded wood spreaders shall be permitted. B. Metal tie system shall be equal to the Penta -Tie System as manufactured by the Burke Co. 1. Plastic cone shall not exceed 1 in. diameter at the form and shall taper over a max- imum length of 1 in. 2. Metal ties shall break off within the concrete section and not within the cone formed void. 3. Metal ties for water retention structures shall have a neoprene washer located in the middle of the concrete section to inhibit the flow of water along the be shaft. 03100 -1 W F900204 d 4. All plastic cones shall be removed and voids packe d with ryp ack. 2.05 SHORING: Shall be vertical support members designed to carry the weight of formwork and concrete; also the weight of any construction work above. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. Provide complete forms of such strength and construction as to prevent any spread, 1 shifting, or settling when concrete is deposited, and tight enough to avoid any leakage or washing out of cement mortar. B. Design forms and false work supports so that they shall have sufficient rigidity to resist deflection more than 1/8 -inch between supports after concrete has been placed and to assure a smooth and even appearance of surfaces. 1. Formwork for concrete containing a superplasticizer admixture shall be designed by a registered structural engineer and shall be reinforced to support the additional pressures exerted due to the admixture. ' C. Use bolts, rods and other approved devices for internal ties and spreaders; of such construction that when forms are removed, no metal is within one inch of an exterior within one - half inch of an interior concrete surface. D. Take special care that forms are true to required lines, grades and surfaces so as to give a uniform, neat and workmanlike finish to all concrete surfaces. Forms for the treatment unit vertical walls shall be rounded to result in a smooth round tank. E. Remove all dirt, chips, sawdust, rubbish, water and other foreign substances from forms by water hosing and air pressure before any concrete is deposited. Leave no wooden ties or blocking in concrete except where shown on the drawings for attachment to other work.. Leave openings for the introduction of vibrators wherever necessary. Where required on account of excessive concrete drop, provide access in forms for placing of concrete to be approved by the Engineer. F. When removing forms, all bolts, anchoring wires and other fasteners shall be either removed, cut off to lengths as directed by the Engineer or left in place for anchorage of other work. G. Forms shall be in good condition and thoroughly cleaned and oiled before being reused. ' 3.02 COORDINATION: A. Secure all pipe sleeves, anchors and bolts in position before concrete is placed. B. Obtain information and instructions from other trades and suppliers in ample time to schedule and coordinate the installation of items furnished by them to be embedded in concrete so provisions for their work can be made without delaying the project. C. All forms and reinforcing steel shall be inspected by the Engineer and other applicable r agencies prior to placement of concrete. Vertical forms shall not be closed until the inspections are complete. The tops of all vertical formwork shall be covered before concrete is in place. ' 03100 -2 W F900204 3.03 SURFACE TREATMENT: Plywood panels shall have a smooth surface treatment to prevent any development of bond or adhesion to concrete and to seal plywood surfaces against moisture. Forms, except those lined with absorptive form lining, shall be clean and coated with a no staining mineral oil applied shortly before placing the concrete. In lieu of oiling, forms of unexposed surfaces may be thoroughly wetted immediately before placing the concrete. 3.04 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Make and locate as indicated on drawings and so as not to impair the strength of the structure and only at locations approved by the Engineer. Form keys in cold joints shown on the drawings. Refer to Section 03000 for additional information. 3.05 FORM REMOVAL: A. Determination of form removal timing is the Contractor's responsibility and shall be in accordance with ACI 347, except that the Engineer reserves the right to delay form removal for a period not to exceed 14 days after the pour. B. Do not remove forms, shores and bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight, and construction and design loads which are liable to be imposed upon it. Verify strength of concrete by compressive test results. C. Remove formwork progressively and in accordance with code requirements and so that no shock loads or unbalanced loads are imposed on the structure. D. Reshore structural members where required due to design requirements of construction ' conditions and as required to permit progressive construction. 03100 -3 W F900204 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: Supply and install reinforcing steel as shown on the drawings and as specified. 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The installation of concrete reinforcement shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards: A. Local building code ' B. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) C. American Concrete Institute (ACI) D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E. American Welding Society (AWS) 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS: Provide bar schedules, bending diagrams and placing lists or fabrication drawings for all steel for Engineer's review prior to fabrication or delivery. Include sketch of typical ' millmarks and deformations on reinforcing bars. Furnish copies to the Engineer for approval in accordance with Section 01300. ' 1.04 STORAGE: Reinforcing steel shall be clean, new stock, properly marked and tagged for identification prior to placing. Store reinforcing to avoid excessive rusting or coating with grease, oil, dirt or other objectionable materials. ' PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT: A. Reinforcing Bars: Shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615 Grade 60. Corbel reinforcement to be welded shall be ASTM A615, Grade 40. B. Chairs: 1. Shall be standard Class B or C as specified in ACI 315. 2. Reinforcement shall be supported by suitably sized dense precast concrete blocks for concrete poured on grade. Blocks shall be made from the same mix as the pour. C. Ties: Shall be No. 16 gauge minimum, fully annealed, black steel wire. D. Hooks and Bends in Reinforcing: Shall conform to ACI 315 unless otherwise shown on the drawings. 03200 -1 W F900204 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PLACING REINFORCING STEEL: , A. Fabrication, detailing and placement of reinforcing steel shall conform to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice, ACI 315 and ACI 318. Reinforcement shall be carefully placed, rigidly , supported and well tied with bar supports and spacers. B. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed and securely tied at intersections with 16 gauge black annealed wire. It shall be maintained in proper position by chairs, bar supports, or other ' devices approved by the Engineer. C. All splices shall be as shown on the drawings, or 36 bar diameters, whichever is greater. ' D. Concrete protection of reinforcing shall be not less than the following or as shown on the drawings if greater: , 1. Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth or exposed to corrosive environment — 3 inches. 2. Concrete cast against forms, but exposed to earth or weather: a. No. 6 through No. 11 bars — 2 inches b. No. 5 bars, or equivalent, and smaller -- 1 -1/2 inches. 3. Concrete cast against forms, but not exposed to earth or weather (interior ' construction): a. Slabs, walls and joists: No. 14 and No. 18 bars —1 -1/2 inches No. 11 bars and smaller for liquid retaining structures — 2 inches ' No. 11 bars and smaller elsewhere — 3/4 inch b. Beams and Columns, including primary reinforcement, ties, stirrups, and spirals —1 -1/2 inches. E. The clear distance between parallel bars in a layer shall be the nominal diameter of the bar, 1 but not less than one inch. Wherever conduits, piping, inserts or sleeves interfere with the placing of reinforcing steel as shown, the Contractor shall consult with the Engineer before pouring concrete. The bending or field cutting of bars around openings or sleeves will not be ' permitted. F. Clean bars of loose scale, heavy deposits or rust and oil, wax or other coatings that may reduce or destroy bonding, before placing. Check and clean again if necessary before concrete is poured. G. Concrete beam sizes may be increased as required for architectural details or to fit block ' coursing, subject to Engineer approval. 03200 -2 W F900204 H. Reinforcing teel in footings shall g g all be assembled as mats with bars equally spaced and wired together at each intersection before concrete is placed. I. Center all footings on wall, pier or column above unless otherwise indicated. ' J. Dowel column and wall reinforcing to footing or pile cap with same size and number of dowels as vertical bars above. K. Dowels shall be hooked "L" at bottom and shall be lapped 36 bar diameter with the column or wall reinforcing above. L. Concrete columns shall be tied columns unless otherwise indicated. M. Provide one layer 6 x 6 - W2.9 x W2.9 WWF in slabs on grade including walkways and sidewalks unless otherwise indicated. ' 3.02 COORDINATION: Coordinate work with other trades in order to eliminate interference before concrete is poured. 3.03 CLEANUP: In accordance with General Conditions. 03200 -3 W F900204 SECTION 04200 ' UNIT MASONRY ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The work under this section of the specifications consists of furnishing all materials, equipment, labor, supervision and all incidentals to complete the masonry work shown on the drawings and specified. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Masonry as a Finish Product: Consult drawings as to location of finished surface and use the greatest care in erection of it as a finished product. Consult Engineer as to quality standard. The Contractor is specifically advised that better than "industry standard" quality of block work will be required where surfaces are not stuccoed, or otherwise covered. The alignment and thickness of joints shall be consistent with very little, or no variation. ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Submittals shall conform to Section 01300 and this section. A. Samples: Submit two full size concrete masonry units of each type, including special shapes required to show range of texture, finishes, and dimensions. B. Certificate: Furnish manufacturer's certification that masonry units fumished meet or exceed ' the requirements of this specification. 1.04 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The installation of unit masonry under this contract shall be in strict accordance with the following codes and standards: A. Local, City and County building codes. B. The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). C. ACI 530 and 531. ' 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Store masonry units above ground on level platforms which allow air circulation under ' stacked units. B. Cover and protect against wetting prior to use. ' C. Handle units on pallets or flat bed wheelbarrows. D. Unattended discharge of units from conveyor belt will not be permitted. 1.06 WEATHER CONDITIONS: ' A. Cold Weather: Do not construct masonry when air temperature is below 40 degrees F and falling. ' B. Hot Weather: Protect masonry construction from direct exposure. to sun when erected in an 04200 -1 ' WF900204 ambient exceeding air temperature exceedin 90 degrees F, or, in the shade, with relative humidity less ' than 50 percent. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS: , A. Hollow Load Bearing Units: 1. Conforming to ASTM C90 -05, Prism strength 1500psi (net area). ' 2. Nominal face dimensions (for laying masonry): 8 in. x 16 in. B. Hollow Non -load Bearing Units: 1. Conforming to ASTM Cl29, Type I. ' 2. Nominal face dimensions (for laying masonry): 8 in. x 16 in. C. Solid Load Bearing Units: Conforming to ASTM C90. ' D. All Block: Fully autoclaved - preshrunk units, kiln cured under high - pressure steam. All exposed block shall have a sand finish. ' 2.02 MATERIALS FOR MORTAR: A. Mortar shall be Type M or S meeting requirements of ASTM C270. ' B. Portland Cement: Shall be Type II conforming to ASTM C150. C. Hydrated Lime: Shall be Type S conforming to ASTM C207. ' D. Pulverized Quicklime: Shall pass through a NO. 20 sieve and 90 percent shall pass a No. ' 50 sieve and shall conform to ASTM C5. E. Sand: Shall conform to ASTM C144. F. Water. For mixing shall be potable. , G. Masonry Cement: Shall conform to ASTM C91. ' H. Prepackaged, Factory made Mortar Mix: Shall be tested, certified and of the component percentages recommended by ASTM C270. ' 2.03 MIXING OF MORTAR: A. Produce a lime paste using pulverized quicklime or hydrated lime which shall be allowed to ' soak not less than 72 hours before use except that hydrated lime processed by the steam method shall be allowed to soak no less than 24 hours and shall be made by adding the lime to the water. ' B. In lieu of hydrated lime paste for use in mortar, the hydrated lime may be added in the dry form. 04200 -2 WF900204 ' C. Mix for mortar for unit masonry shall consist (by volume) of one part Portland Cement, one ' quarter lime paste or hydrated lime and three parts sand. Color of cement and sand used in mortar for exposed work shall produce, without the addition of color material, a mortar of uniform shade. Resultant mortar shall conform to ASTM C270, Type M or S. 2.04 GROUT: ' A. Setting Type Grout: A premixed manufactured grout for setting structural members, embedded items, anchor bolts, or items of equipment or machinery in or on hardened concrete shall conform to ASTM C476 and shall have a minimum compressive strength of 5000psi for 2 in. cubes tested at 28 days. 1. Fine or Coarse Grout: Fine grout shall be used in spaces less than 2 in. in any dimension or in which clearance between reinforcing steel and masonry is less than 3/4 in. Coarse grout shall be used in spaces 2 in. or greater in all dimensions and clearance between reinforcing steel and masonry is not less than 3/4 in. and shall conform to ASTM C404. 2. Masonry grout shall conform to ASTM C476. Masonry grout shall be mixed with sufficient water to give a fluid consistency without segregation of materials. Masonry grout shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi. 2.05 ANCHORS, FASTENERS AND TIES: ' A. Anchor Bolts: Shall conform to ASTM A307. They shall be copper clad steel or noncorrosive metal having the equivalent total strength of steel bolts and conforming to ASTM 167 or they shall be galvanized steel conforming to ASTM AI53. B. Wire Mesh Ties: Shall consist of galvanized expanded metal lath or 16 gauge wire forming not less than 1/4 in. mesh, and of suitable width and length. C. Corrugated Metal Ties: Shall be galvanized not less than 718 in. wide by approximately 7 in. long and not lighter than 18 gauge. D. Rigid Steel Anchors: Shall be galvanized not less than I in. wide, 3/16 in. thick and 18 in. long between bent ends. Each end shall be bent down not less than 3 in. into mortar filled cavities. E. Anchors Used with Embedded Slots or Inserts: Shall be dovetail type, galvanized steel not lighter than 16 gauge, I in. wide and of proper length for the intended use. Anchors for wire inserts shall be 9 gauge galvanized wire, looped and closed. ' F. Reinforcing shall be A615 Grade 60 except ties and stirrups shall be Grade 40. Reinforcing steel shall be lapped 48 bar diameters, minimum. 2.06 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT: A. Wire: Cold drawn steel wire, conforming to ASTM A82. ' B. Coating: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication conforming to ASTM AI53, Class B2. C. Pattern: Ladder or truss type reinforcement shall consist of two parallel longitudinal wires, ' not less than 9 gauge, weld- connected to cross wires, not less than 9 gauge. Side rods shall be ' 04200 -3 WF900204 deformed. All wires in both ladder or truss design shall be butt welded in a single plane. D. Spacing of Longitudinal Wires: Out- to-out spacing shall be the manufacturer's standard for ' wall thickness indicated. E. Spacing of Cross Wires: Distance between welded contacts of cross wires with each , longitudinal wire shall not exceed 16 in. F. Lengths of Sections: Flat sections shall be not be less than 10 ft. in length except that ' comer reinforcements and other special shapes may be less in length. G. Comer and Tee Intersection Assemblies: Shall have member sizes same as straight reinforcement. The length of the legs shall not be less than 30 in. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. Lay only dry masonry units. B. Masonry units shall be handled with care to avoid chipping, cracking or spalling of faces or edges. C. In exposed work, blocks shall be cut with masonry saws. Blocks shall be drilled, fitted and ' patched to accommodate work of other trades. D. Set units plumb, true to line, and with level courses accurately spaced. t E. Bond: Unless otherwise specified, running bond shall be constructed. F. Prepared "story poles" to be used to control block courses and thickness of mortar. Also ' establish elevations of perimeter beams accurately to maintain level courses. G. If units are displaced after mortar has stiffened, remove, clean joints and units of mortar and ' relay with fresh mortar. H. If necessary to stop a horizontal run of masonry, rack back one -half block length in each ' course. I. When joining fresh masonry to set or partially set masonry, clean exposed surface of t masonry and remove loose mortar. J. Construct masonry around pre - installed door and window frames, louvered openings, ducts and vents. ' K. Built -in chases for pipes shall be constructed in walls. L. Construct partitions up from the lower floor to the bottom of the roof of the higher floor. M. Anchor securely nonload bearing walls and partitions to the construction above in a manner ' that provides lateral stability as shown on the drawings. N. Where grouted cells of concrete block are indicated on the drawings, they shall be filled solid ' 04200 -4 WF900204 ' with a maximum grout lift of 96- inches. Without intermediate cleanout openings, maximum pour height shall be 24 feet. O. Vertical cells to be grouted shall have alignment to maintain a clear, unobstructed continuous cell. ' P. Masonry walls shall cure at least 24 -hours before grouting. When grouting is stopped for 1 hour or longer, the grout shall be stopped 1 -1/2 inches below the top of the uppermost unit. Q. Masonry shall be anchored to supporting beams and columns unless otherwise noted. Masonry units laid to concrete shall be supported by dovetail anchors spaced at 16- inches or with an equivalent system. R. Masonry walls shall be braced to resist lateral loads until adequate bracing is provided by the other components of the structure. S. Fill masonry cells at door and window jambs solid with mortar or grout. T. Coordinate all building opening sizes (doors, windows, ducts, etc.) with the equipment ' manufacturer. U. Provide clean -out openings at bottom of grouted cells at each lift. Clean -outs shall be sealed after cleaning and inspection, before grouting. V. Vertical reinforcing shall be doweled to footing below and beam above. 3.02 PROTECTION OF WORK: A. Protect sills, ledges and-offsets from mortar drippings or other damage during construction. B. Remove misplaced mortar or grout immediately. C. Cover top of walls with nonstaining waterproof coverings when work is not in progress. D. Protect face of materials against staining. 3.03 MORTAR BEDS: A. Lay first course of masonry units in full bed or mortar on all surfaces. B. Lay succeeding courses with bed joints, applying the mortar to the entire top surfaces of inner and outer face shells. C. Lay head joints by applying the mortar for a width of about 1 in. to the ends of units laid previously. D. Provide full mortar beds on vertical faces and shells in all courses abutting piers, columns or pilasters. ' E. Provide full mortar beds on horizontal faces of masonry at underside of slabs or beams. F. Where anchors, bolts, or ties penetrate cavities of units, the cavities shall be filled with grout as the work progresses. Metal lath shall be inserted under cavities before filling. 04200 -5 ' WF900204 Ibe constant throughout. G. Finished point depth shall Variations in joint depth of greater than g 118 -inch within a given structure shall be cause for rejection of the work.' 3.04 FINISH OF JOINTS: A. Lay vertical joints uniform in thickness, plumb and in alignment from top to bottom of wall ' within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/2 inch. B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave with a round or other approved jointer, when the mortar is thumbprint hard, forcing it up tightly against the edges of the units. Horizontal joints shall be tooled first. C. Brush all joints to remove loose and excess mortar. D. Where bagged joints are indicated on the drawings, the blocks shall be struck flush and rubbed with a burlap rag to attain surface finish similar to the concrete block. 3.05 BONDING: A. Abutting Walls and Partitions: At comers and intersections of walls and partitions abutting ' joints shall be laid with a true masonry bond. 1. Intersecting Bearing Walls Erected Separately: Install rigid steel anchors spaced not more than two feet vertically. 2. Intersecting Nonload Bearing Walls or Partitions: Tie units together with corrugated metal anchors or wire mesh spaced not more than two feet vertically; or tie units with masonry bonding in alternate courses. 3. Vertical wall reinforcement shall be doweled to footing below and beam above. ' B. Walls Facing or Abutting Concrete Members: Provide ties to the concrete with dovetail or wire type anchors inserted in slots or inserts built into the concrete, only as shown on the drawings. 3.06 HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT: A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement in every third bed joint in exterior interior walls. ' B. Install reinforcement in the first and second bed joints immediately above lintels and below ' sills at openings. Extend reinforcement in the second bed joint above or below opening at least 24 in. beyond the jambs. C. Provide reinforcement in the longest lengths available utilizing the minimum number of 1 splices. Overlap side rods at least 12 in. at splices. D. At all corners and intersections of walls and partitions, provide welded "L" shaped assemblies and "T" shapes assemblies with same size members as straight reinforcement. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF GROUT: A. Where a manufactured premixed grout is used, manufacturer's printed recommendations for installation shall be followed. 04200 -6 WF900204 ' r r 3.08 WEEPHOLES: A. Construct weepholes as shown on drawings over foundations and bond beams through wall flashings and other water stops in walls. B. Space 32 in. on centers unless otherwise shown on drawings. C. Keep weepholes free of mortar and other obstructions. ' 3.09 BUILT -IN WORK: A. Install bolts, anchors, nailing blocks, inserts, frames, sleeves, boxes, vents, flashings and conduit as masonry work progresses. B. Avoid cutting and patching. ' C. Solidly grout spaces around built -in items. D. Provide outside joint for caulking around exterior door and window frames and otherframed wall openings: 1. Width: Shall be 1 /4-in. to 3 /8 -in. r 2. Rake and tool smooth to a uniform depth of 3/8- in. ' 3.10 POINTING AND CLEANING: A. At final completion of unit masonry work, point holes in joints. Where there is adjoining work point and tool joint to match. B. Cut out and repoint defective joints. C. Dry brush masonry surface after mortar has set, at end of each day's work and after final pointing. ' D. Leave work and surrounding surfaces clean and free of mortar spots and droppings. 3.11 CLEANUP: In accordance with General Conditions. 1 r 1 r ' 04200 -7 WF900204 I SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The extent of metal fabrications work is shown on drawings and ' includes items fabricated from iron, steel, aluminum and stainless steel shapes, plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings which are not a part of structural steel or other metal systems in other sections of these specifications. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible. Do not delay job progress; allow for trimming and fitting wherever taking field measurements before fabrication might delay work. B. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS: A. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. 1. Steel Plates, shapes and bars: ASTM A36. 2. Steel Plates to be Bent or Cold Formed: ASTM A283 Grade C. ' 3. Steel Bars and Bar -size Shapes: ASTM A306, Grade 65, or ASTM A36. 4. Galvanized Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A526, with ASTM A525, G90 Zinc coating. 5. Epoxy Anchors: Anchor bolts shall be bonded to concrete through the use of a I cartridge or injection system that contains premeasured amounts of polyester resin, quartz sand aggregate, and a hardening agent. Bolts shall comply with AISI 316 Stainless Steel. Approved products are: a. Two component high strength low deflection ceramic filled epoxy as supplied by ITW Ramset/Red Head identified as Epcon Ceramic 6. b. HVA Adhesive Anchor as manufactured by Hilti, Inc. of Tulsa, Oklahoma. 6. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type, 316 SS unless otherwise noted. Provide bolts, washers and shims as required, 316 SS unless otherwise noted. 05500 -1 W F900204 7. Nonshrink Nonferrous Grout: CE CRD C588. 8. All miscellaneous fabrications designated as stainless steel shall be 316 or 316L stainless steel. All stainless steel fabrications shall be passivated. 9. All aluminum shapes shall be alloy 6061-T6 or T6063 -T6 as defined by ASCE and , supplied in standard shapes as set forth in the Aluminum Construction Manual, unless otherwise noted. 10. Unless otherwise noted as structural carbon steel shapes shall be hot dipped galvanized. 2.02 FASTENERS GENERAL: Unless otherwise noted, all fasteners shall be 316 S.S. and shall be so stamped for ready field identification. Structural fasteners shall satisfy structural requirements. 2.03 FABRICATION GENERAL: , A. Workmanship: ' 1. Use materials of size and thickness shown or, if not shown, of required size and thickness to produce strength and durability in finished product. Use type of materials shown or specified for various components of work. 2. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 in. unless otherwise shown. Form bent -metal comers to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. 3. Weld comers, seams and all adjoining members with full fillet welds continuously, ' complying with AWS recommendations. At exposed connections, grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. 4. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use exposed fasteners of type shown, or if not shown, Phillips flat -head (countersunk) screws or bolts. 5. Provide for anchorage of type shown, coordinated with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended use. B. Galvanizing: Provide a hot dipped galvanizing coating for all miscellaneous metal items, unless aluminum, brass, bronze or stainless steel. 1. ASTM A153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. 2. ASTM Al23 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 1/8 in. thick and heavier. 3. ASTM A386 for galvanizing assembled steel products. 05500 -2 W F900204 ' 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS: A. Rough Hardware: 1. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. 2. Manufacture or fabricate items of sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere, furnish steel washers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: Examine the areas and conditions underwhich miscellaneous metal items are to be installed and notify the Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION: Furnish setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items have integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site. M 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Setting Loose Plates: 1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of any bond - reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean the bottom surface of bearing plates. 2. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices. After the bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut-off flush with the edge of the bearing plate before packing with grout. 3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. ' B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal -arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. 05500 -3 W F900204 r r SECTION 07190 VAPOR BARRIER PART 1 - GENERAL r 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Furnish labor, material and equipment re uir required forthe installation of vapor barrier under all reinforced concrete placed against soil. r 1.02 SUBMITTALS: In accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in Section 01300, submit Manufacturer's data and installation instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 VAPOR BARRIER: A. Vapor Barrier: Polyethylene sheets with a minimum tensile strength of 4500 psi in accordance with ASTM D -882, vapor transmission rating of 0.02 and perm. rating of 0.045 in accordance with ASTM E -95, and a puncture resistance of 15 Ibs in accordance with ASTM D- 2582. Provide "Rufco 400" by Americover Industries, "T -55" by Griffolyn, or equal. B. Adhesive/Tape: Type approved by the Manufacturer of the vapor material. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 VAPOR BARRIER: Place vapor barrier under all slabs on grade; lap edges 12 inches and seal with adhesive tape. Lay with seams perpendicular to and lapped in the direction of placement. Do r not penetrate vapor barrier. Protect from damage until concrete is placed. Punctures and tears in vapor barrier shall be repaired using patches of the material which overlaps puncture or tear a minimum of 12 inches; seal with tape or adhesive. Fill under vapor barrier shall be compacted, clean, free of debris and protrusions. 1 r r r r r ' 07190 -1 WF900204 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The required applications include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: Exterior building wall joints. Slabs (where indicated). ' Miscellaneous concrete construction joints, excluding potable water contact areas. Floor (interior) joints. Partition and ceiling joints. ' Equipment and isolation joints. Gasketing for assembly of components, excluding potable water contact. Provide joint sealants at all of the above locations. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, recommendation and installation instructions for each type of material required. Include manufacturer's published data, or letter of certifications, or certified test laboratory report indicating that each material complies with the requirements and is intended, generally, for the applications shown. 1 B. Guarantee, Joint Sealers: Submit written guarantee agreeing to repair or replace joint sealers which fail to perform as air -tight and water -tight joints; orfail in joint adhesion, cohesion, abrasion resistance, weather resistance, extrusion resistance, migration resistance, stain resistance, or general durability; or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified by submitted manufacturer's data as an inherent quality of the material for the exposure indicated. Provide guarantee signed by the Installer and Contractor. Guarantee period is 2 years. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS: ' A. Examine the joint surfaces and backing, and their anchorage to the structure, and the conditions under which the joint sealer work is to be performed. Do not proceed with the joint sealer work until satisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Weather Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions, or when temperatures are below or above manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper cure and development of high early bond strength. Wherever joint width is affected by ambient temperature variations, install elastomeric sealants only when temperatures are in the lower third of manufacturer's recommended installation temperature range. ' 07900 -1 WF900204 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL: A. Colors: For exposed materials provide color as indicated or, if not indicated, as selected by Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors. For concealed materials, provide the natural ' color which has the best overall performance characteristics. B. Hardness: As recommended by manufacturer for application shown, unless otherwise indicated. C. Modulus of Elasticity: Provide the lowest available modulus of elasticitywhich is consistent with exposure to weathering, indentation, vandalism, abrasion, support of loading, and other requirements. D. Compatibility: Before purchase of each required material, confirm its compatibility with each ' other material it will be exposed to in the joint system. E. Size and Shape: As shown or, if not shown, as recommended by the manufacturer for the type and condition of joint, and for the indicated joint performance or movement. F. Grade of Sealant: For each application, provide the grade of sealant (non -sag, self - leveling, no- track, knife grade, preformed, etc.) as recommended by the manufacturer for the particular condition of installation (location, joint shape, ambient temperature, and similar conditions), to achieve the best possible overall performance. Grades specified herein are for normal condition of installation. For non - vertical joints apply an elastomeric joint sealant. Use a ' closed cell neoprene joint filler beneath the sealant in all traffic areas (as determined by the Engineer). Rout and seal all joints at interface of slabs and block walls. 2.02 ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: Two- Component Polyurethane Sealant: Polyurethane based, two -part elastomeric sealant complying with FS TT- S -0227E and ASTM C -290. Sealant shall cure in a "non -sag" consistency. Sealant shall be Sikaflex -2c NC manufactured by Sika Corporation. 2.03 EPDXY RESIN ADHESIVE SEALING SYSTEM: Where indicated on the drawings, an epoxy t resin adhesive sealing system shall be applied. The sealing system shall consist of a two - component epoxy paste adhesive complying with ASTM C -881 and AASHTO M -235 and perforated Hypalon® sealing strip with activator. The Hypalon® sealing strip shall be a minimum of 4- inches wide. The epoxy resin adhesive sealing system shall be Sikadur Combiflex manufactured by Sika Corporation. 2.04 NON -ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: Acrylic -Latex Sealant: Latex - rubber - modified, acrylic- M emulsion - polymer sealant compound permanently flexible, non - staining and non - bleeding; recommended by manufacturer for protected exterior exposure. ' 2.05 BITUMINOUS SEALANTS: Bituminous Caulking Compound: Manufacturer's standard, non - sag, bituminous, general - purpose caulking compound, containing mineral fiber filler. 2.06 JOINT FILLERS: A. Bituminous and Fiber Joint Filler: Provide resilient and non - extruding type premolded bituminous impregnated fiberboard units complying with ASTM D 1751, FS HH -F -341, Type I and AASHO M 213. B. Closed -Cell Neoprene Joint Filler: Provide expanded neoprene complying with ASTM D 07900 -2 WF900204 1056 Class - SC (oil resistant and medium swell), of 2 to 5 psi compression deflection (Grade SCE 41); except provide 13 to 17 psi compression deflection (Grade SCE 44) wherever filler is applied under sealant exposed to traffic. 2.07 GASKETS: Exposed Closed -Cell Neoprene Gasket: Provide extruded or molded expanded neoprene complying with ASTM C 509, Grade 4, black; formed with durable self -skin to the profile shown or, if not shown, as required to maintain a watertight and airtight seal. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: A. Oakum Joint Filler Provide untreated hemp or jute fiber rope, free of oil, tar and other compounds which might stain surfaces, contaminate joint walls, or not be compatible with ' sealants. B. Joint Primer /Sealer. Provide the type of joint primer /sealer recommended by the sealant ' manufacturer for the joint surfaces to be primed or sealed. C. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant- contact surfaces where bond to the substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant, provide self - adhesive tape wherever applicable. D. Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible rod stock of polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable non - absorptive material as recommended for compatibility with sealant by the sealant ' manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: Complywith manufacturer's printed instructions except . where more stringent requirements are shown or specified, and except where manufacturer's technical representative directs otherwise, subject to approval of the Engineer. 3.02 JOINT PREPARATION: A. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant or caulking compound. Remove dirt, insecure coatings, moisture and other substances which would interfere with bond of sealant or caulking compound. Etch concrete and masonry joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Prime or seal the joint surfaces wherever shown or recommended b the sealant ant manufacturer. Do not allow primer /sealer spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION: A. Exterior joints and other joints indicated to receive sealant: Polysulfide sealant. B. Interior Joints: Acrylic -Latex Sealant. C. Set joint filler units at proper depth or position in the joint to coordinate with other work, including the installation of bond breakers, backer rods and sealants. Do not leave voids or gaps between the ends of joint filler units. D. Install sealant backer rod for liquid elastomeric sealants, except where shown to be omitted or recommended to be omitted by sealant manufacturer for the application shown. 07900 -3 WF900204 r re b E. Install bond breaker tape wherever shown and whereve r required y manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that elastomeric sealants will perform properly. F. Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants will be deposited p Y YP in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting" of the point bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. Except as otherwise indicated, fill sealant rabbet to a , slightly concave surface, slightly below adjoining surfaces. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and vertical surface, fill joint to form a slight cove, so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt. ' G. Install sealant to depths as shown or, if not shown, as recommended by the sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations, measured at the center (thin) section of the bead; 1. For sidewalks, pavements and similar joints sealed with elastomeric sealants and subject to traffic and other abrasion and indentation exposures, fill joints to a depth , equal to 75% of joint width, but neither more than 5/8" deep nor less than 3/8" deep. 2. For normal moving joints sealed with elastomeric sealants but not subject to traffic, fill joints- to a depth equal to 50% of joint width, but neither more than 1/2" ' deep nor less than 1/4" deep. 3. For joints sealed with non - elastomeric sealants and caulking compounds, fill joints to a depth in the range of 75% to 125% of joint width. H. Spillage: Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or ' to migrate into the voids of adjoining surfaces. Clean the adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. I. Recess exposed edges of gaskets and joint fillers slightly behind adjoining surfaces, unless ' otherwise shown, so that compressed units will not protrude from the joint. J. Bond ends of gaskets together with adhesive or by other means as recommended by the , manufacturer to ensure continuous watertight and airtight performance. Miter -cut and bond ends at comers unless molded comer units are provided. 3.04 CURE AND PROTECTION: Cure sealants and caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. Advise the Contractor on procedures required for the cure and protection of joint sealers during the construction period, so that they will be without deterioration or damage (other than normal wear and weathering) at the time of Owner's acceptance. 1 r r r 07900 -4 W F900204 SECTION 08100 1 METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The work under this section includes the furnishing and installation of metal doors and frames. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: All submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. Shop drawings shall indicate details of sections, connections, fasteners, anchors and relation to surrounding work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL: Door sizes and types shall be as indicated in the schedule on the plans. 2.02 MATERIALS: Doors shall be of steel construction and conform to the Steel Door Institute Standards SDI - 112 -08. Door panels shall be fabricated from A-60 galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A525. All exterior doors shall have foam insulation. 1 -3/4" doors shall have provision for three pair 4 -1/2" x 4 -1//2" template type, full mortise, standard weight hinges in accordance with ANSI A156.7. 1 -3/8" doors shall have provision for three pair 3 -1/2" x 3 -1/2" template type, full mortise, standard ' weight hinges in accordance with ANSI A156.7. Lock edge shall be non - beveled and continuous lap seam welded and planished. Reinforcements for cylindrical locks shall be of box type configuration and in accordance with ANSI A115 Standards. Hinge edge shall be non - beveled and reinforced with a continuous 16 gage channel projection welded at 5" centers. Additional reinforcing plates shall be provided at the hinge locations to give a total 3/16" thickness (1/8" thickness of 1 -3/8" doors). Doors shall have a flush top and inverted bottom 16 gage channels projection welded at maximum2 -1/2" centers. Unless otherwise noted all doors shall have nominal 36 -inch opening and be 1 -3/4 ". 2.03 FRAMES: Frames shall be formed from 16 gage galvanized steel, and shall have welded comers and ground smooth. Frames shall be supplied with pressure applied rubber silencers, three per strike jambs. Frames for 1 -3/4" doors shall have 9 gage steel hinge reinforcement plates projection welded with provision for ' 4 -112" template type hinges and 14 gage steel strike plate, extended and formed to the equivalent of 10 gage projection welded with provisions for Universal ANSI A115.1 orANSI A115.2 strike. Frames for 1 -3/8" doors shall have 11 gage steel hinge reinforcement plates projection welded with provisions for 3 -1/2" x 3 -1/2" template type hinges and 11 gage steel strike reinforcement plate projection welded with provision for cylindrical ANSI A115.3 strike. Frames shall be constructed to conform to the Steel Door Institute Standard SDI -100. ' 2.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: Deliver hollow metal work cartooned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. r ' 08100 -1 WF900204 live for damage. Minor damages may be repaired vided Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery g 9 Y ro P P refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Engineer, otherwise remove and replace damages items as directed. , 2.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Field Measurements: Check openings by field measurement before fabrication to ensure , proper fitting of work: show measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay in the work. Where necessary, proceed with ' fabrication without field measurements, and coordinate fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit. 2.06 COATING: A factory applied rust inhibiting primer shall be provided. The doors shall then be r spray painted in the field. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: Frames shall be rigidly attached to masonry, wood or steel construction with anchors of manufacturer's standard design. A minimum 6 anchors per opening shall be furnished ' loose for field installation. All frames shall have an integral or welded on sill anchor. A. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI -105 Recommended Erection Instructions For Steel Frames ", unless otherwise indicated. B. Bracing: Brace frame jambs and heads receiving poured concrete adequately to resist , deflection; brace frames in masonry walls and partitions adequately so that walls and partitions may be erected against seam. Provide sheet metal grout guards in frames at all lock bolt tapped hardware locations. C. Install doors after masonry work and drywall has been completed, and accurately fit and adjust doors to work properly. Application of finish hardware and door installation is specified in Division 8. D. Door Installation: 1. Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in SDI -100. t 3.02 CLEANUP: In accordance with General Conditions. A. Adjust and Clean: 1. Prime Coat Touch -Up: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or ' damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch -up of compatible air - drying primer. 2. Protection Removal: Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protective plastic wrappings from prefinished doors. 3. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating finish hardware items, leaving steel , doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition. 08100 -2 WF900204 ' SECTION 08700 HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: All applicable provision of the General Conditions are a part of this section. ' 1.02 Work covered by this section of the specifications consists of furnishing and delivering to the job site for fitting and installation, all Finish Hardware complete, in accordance with this section and applicable drawings and subject to terms and conditions of contract. It is intended that the following ' list of hardware will cover all Finish Hardware to complete the project. Omissions and /or discrepancies shall be brought to the Engineer's attention during the bidding period. Hardware for labeled opening shall meet UL requirements whether specified herein or not. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: All submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. Submit manufacturer's product data for each item of hardware. Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance with requirements, and include instructions for installation and for maintenance of operating parts and exposed finishes. Wherever needed, furnish templates to fabricators of other work which is to receive finish hardware. Transmit copy of applicable data to the installer. Submit copies of the hardware schedule to the Engineer, organize the final hardware schedule into ' "hardware sets ", indicating complete designation of every item required for each door or opening. Furnish initial draft of schedule at the earliest possible date, in order to facilitate the fabrication of otherwork (such as doorframes) which may be crucial in the project construction schedule. Furnish final draft of schedule after samples, manufacturer's product data sheets, coordination with shop drawings for other work, delivery schedule and similar information has been completed and accepted. 1.04 SUPPLIER: Finish Hardware shall be furnished by one approved by the Engineer as having appropriate technical knowledge and experience to correctly interpret drawings and specifications. Supplier shall be prepared at all times during progress of installation to promptly provide competent ' and efficient Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to approve its complete installation in order that all items shall be installed in the best manner and function properly. This will necessitate a job visit prior to final inspection. Supplier shall be bonafide direct distributor of all materials furnished. 1.05 DELIVERY: All items of Finish Hardware shall be delivered to the project site, or as otherwise specified or required, and shall be checked in for completeness and familiarization with the Contractor. All items of Finish Hardware shall be packaged, numbered, labeled to identify each ' opening for which it is intended and to correspond with item numbers on the approved Hardware. 1.06 TEMPLATES: All Finish Hardware to be installed on or in metal doors and /or frames shall be manufactured to template. Template machine screws shall be furnished for all such materials. This supplier shall furnish Hardware Schedule as approved by the Engineer and all necessary template transmittals to metal frame fabricators or other suppliers requiring same, for their coordination and use. 1.07 SCHEDULES: A complete typewritten Hardware Schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer 08700 -1 W F900204 b , for approval. Each item in the schedule shall be identified on the first page of the schedule Y the manufacturer's name. ' 1.08 LOCATIONS: Hardware locations dimension shall be as follows: Distance from floor to centerline of: ' Door Knob: 38 inches Door Pull: 42 inches ' Deadlock: 60 inches Exit Bolt Cross Bar: 38 inches .Push Plate: 50 inches Butt Hinges: Bottom hinge - finish floor to bottom of hinge 10 inches; ' Top hinge - head rabbet to top of hinge 5 inches; Center hinge - equi- distance between top and bottom hinge. 1.09180 DEGREE OPENINGS: Other than those doors that are restricted to less than 180 degree ' opening by building or by overhead holders or stops, all butts and /or closer arms shall be sufficient size to allow full 180 degree opening of doors. ' 1.10 Codes: Hardware shall be as specified herein as a minimum. Additional items as may be necessary to satisfy local Building Code requirements shall be supplied and installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS ' 2.01 FINISHES: Unless otherwise specifically noted the following finishes shall be provided for each , of the hardware components. A. Butts: Exterior - US32D B. Butts: Interior - US32D ' C. Locks: 630 ' D. Push, Pull & Kick Plates: US32D E. Closers: 689 , F. Panic Devices: US32D G. Door Stops and Miscellaneous: US32D H. Thresholds and Weatherstrip: US32D ' I. Surface Bolts: US32D J. Gravity Door Coordinator US26D ' 2.02 BUTTS: A. Doors 1 -3/4- inches doors up to 36- inches in width Size 4 -1/2 x 4 -1/2. ' B. Doors 1 -3/8 inches doors up to 36- inches in width Size 3 -1/2 x 3 -1/2. ' 08700 -2 W F900204 e t C. Approved manufacturer: Hager Hinge Series F13131191- FBB1999, stainless steel within ' stainless steel pin ANSI A 5112, Ball Bearing. 2.03 LOCKSETS: A. Shall be of the following manufacturer and shall be furnished in the function as directed by the Engineer: MANUFACTURER DESIGN SERIES LEVER DESIGN Schlage Saturn D Rhodes B. All knobs, escutcheons, locksets and cylinders shall be the products of one manufacturer. C. Minimum wall thickness of knobs and roses shall be .101 and .99 inch respectively. D. All latch bolts shall have 3/4 inch throw. All deadbolts shall have hardened steel inserts and 1 inch throw. E. Keying: Separate /different keys shall be provided for each of the following. - Access doorways at the New MCC Building - Access doorways at the Filter Dosing Pump Station ' 2.04 CLOSERS: (Surface Mounted) A. Closers shall be full rack and pinion complete with back check. Springs shall be motor clock ' type. Furnish flush mount transom brackets where no transom bar exists. Furnish parallel arm where required. MANUFACTURER SERIES Norton 8501 Dorma 8600 ' 2.05 DOOR TRIM: All push plates, pulls, pull plates, kick and /or armor plates shall be any of one of the following manufactures products or approved equal in catalog number as set forth herein: ' MANUFACTURER PUSH PLATE PULL PLATE KICK PLATE Rockwood 70 4 x 16 122x70x4x16 Brookline 69 54C 10 "x2" LDW 2.06 SILENCERS: All doors and frames shall have door silencers, Rockwood No. 608, three per single door. 2.07 DOOR STOPS: Stops shall be one of the following manufacturers or approved equal: Wall Bumpers Rockwood No. 409 ' Hinge Stops Ives No. 69 Floor Stops Ives No. 430 Surface Mount Stops Rixson Model 9 -336 Kickdown Stop Rockwood No. 461L — Brass with satin chrome 2.08 FASTENINGS: finish e A. All screws shall be of same or matching finish to their product and shall be the 08700 -3 W F900204 1 manufacturer's standards for that item. B. Surface applied items such as closers and overhead holders shall be applied with sex nut ' and bolt assemblies. 2.09 THRESHOLDS, SEALS, RAINDRIPS: Furnish aluminum threshold and weatherstrip for all external doors. Thresholds shall be maximum %2" high. 1. Threshold Pemko 2005AV -AL 1 2. Weatherstrip Pemko S88D 3. Bottom Sweep Pemko 318AV or 345AV 4. Raindrips Pemko 346A AL ' 2.10 SURFACE AND FLUSH BOLTS: Furnish surface and flush bolts as indicated. All surface and flush bolts shall be UL Listed. 1. Flush Bolts Rockwood No. 555 — Brass with satin chrome finish ' 2. Surface Bolts Rockwood No. 580 - Brass with satin chrome finish 2.11 COORDINATOR: Coordinators shall be Rockwood No. 576 US26D. ' 2.12 KICKPLATES: Kickplates shall be Rockwood Aluminum K1050 with TEK, CSK and 134E options. Width to match door, height shall be 12- inches. ' 2.13 HARDWARE SCHEDULE: Group No. 1 (Office & Bathroom) ' 1%2 pr. Butts BB1191 4.5 x 4.5 32D ' 1 Privacy lock D40S RHO 626 3 Silencers 608 1 Wall Bumper 409 2 Kick Plates K1050 TEK CSK 134E ' 1 Kickdown Stop 461L Group No. 2 (Storage Room) , 1Y2 pr. Butts BB1191 4.5 x 4.5 32D 3 Silencers 608 1 Wall Bumper 409 2 Kick Plates K1050 TEK CSK 134E 1 Kickdown Stop 461L 1 Passage Latch D10S RHO 626 , PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: Install hardware to doors as listed above. Comply with "Recommended 1 Locations for Builders Hardware for Custom Steel Doors and Frames" as published by The Door and Hardware Institute. Application shall be by skilled workmen, who work with proper equipment, and shall be in accord with manufacturer's instructions, fit to work of others accurately, applied securely, and adjusted properly. Hardware let into work of others shall be neatly done from template and shall fit perfectly. Exercise care not to injure others. 08700 -4 W F900204 SECTION 09200 PLASTER AND STUCCO PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION. The work covered in this Section consists of plastering and stucco work, including the following items: A. Cement plaster on metal lath on metal furring. B. Stucco on exterior concrete and masonry surfaces. C. Stucco on external concrete columns and beams. 1 D. Stucco on metal furring at external wall panels. 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: All materials shall be delivered in original packages, containers or bundles bearing name of manufacturer and brand. All cementitious materials shall be kept dry until ready to be used, shall be kept off the ground, under cover and away from sweating walls or other damp surfaces. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS ' A. Sand: Sand shall be clean and sharp silica sand free from alkali, or organic matter, shall be graded from coarse to fine and shall conform to ASTM C 35. B. Water: Water shall be free from organic materials, strong acids or alkalis. ' C. Hydrated Lime: Hydrated lime shall conform to Federal Specification SS -L -351, Type F, regular grade. D. Portland Cement: Portland cement shall conform to ASTM Designation C -150, Type I, domestic manufacture. E. Waterproofing: Waterproofing shall be Sec No. 1, Sec Manufacturing Company; Stearox, ' Master Builders or approved equal. F. Bonding Agent: Bonding agent shall be equal to U.G. Gypsum Company "Bondcrete" or Lambert Corporation "Bonderite Liquid ". G. Gauging Material: Gauging material (plaster of pans) shall conform to Standard Specification ASTM C28. H. Comer Beads: Comer beads shall be zinc. I. Striplath and Comerite: Striplath and comerite shall be U.S. Gypsum Company, National Gypsum Company, or approved equal copper alloy diamond mesh, hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 09200 -1 W F900204 J. Metal Plaster Stops: Metal plaster stops shall be U.S. Gypsum Company, No. 66 square expanded flange type. Casing beads 7/8 -inch cold rolled channels weighing not less than 475 pounds per 1,000 linear feet and spaced not over 4 -feet o.c. Channels shall be coated with black oil paint or black asphaltum paint. K. Furring Channels: Furring channels shall be 3/4 -inch cold rolled channels weighing not less than 300 pounds per 1,000 linear feet spaced not over 16- inches o.c., and coated with black oil paint or black asphaltum paint. L. Metal Lath: Metal lath shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification QQ -L -101, ' expanded diamond mesh 5/16 -inch opening, 3.4 pound galvanized steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Metal Lathing: 1. Furring channels shall be erected at right angles to runner channels, spaced not over 24- inches o.c. and secured at each crossing with not less than two strands of No. 16 wire. 2. Metal lath shall be applied with the long dimension across the furring channels or metal studs and secured every 6- inches to each furring channel or stud using No. 18 wire ties. , 3. Wall lath shall be lapped at sides not less than 1/2 -inch. End laps of sheets shall generally occur only over supports, and if between supports, the ends of sheets shall be laced or adequately tied with No. 18 gauge tie wire. 4. At internal comers, metal lath shall start one stud from the comer, shall be bent into the comer and shall continue at least one more stud to avoid a joint at the comer. Concrete shall ' not be secured at the comer, but only along each edge. 5. All necessary comer beads, casings and plaster stops, etc., shall be installed true to line and elevation, tied securely to metal lath or nailed to masonry surfaces. Striplath reinforcing shall be provided at all comers of doors, windows or other wall openings. B. Plastering Or Stuccoing On Metal Lath: 1. Scratch coat shall be one part cement, three parts sand-and not over one - fourth part hydrated lime by volume and shall be applied with sufficient pressure to form good bond and ' then uniformly scratched. 2. Brown coat shall be of the same mix as scratch coat and applied not less than 24 hours after application of scratch coat. It shall be floated and rodded to a thickness of at least 3/8- inch, unless otherwise noted, straight and true. , 3. Finish coat shall be one part cement, two parts sand, not over one -fourth part of hydrated lime by volume and one quart of Sec No. 1 waterproofing per bag of cement. Finish coat shall be not less than 3/8 -inch thick, unless otherwise noted, and finish surface ' shall be allowed to draw for a few minutes and then it shall be well toweled with water to a smooth or textured finish as shown on the drawings, free from blemishes or irregularities. Trowelling shall be continued until the finish sets. 09200 -2 W F900204 C. Plastering Or Stuccoing On Concrete and Masonry: 1. Concrete surfaces shall be brush- cleaned of all dust, loose particles or other foreign materials. All laitance and efflorescence shall be removed by washing with a 10 percent solution of commercial muriatic acid and water, then rinsed well with clear water. Grease or form oil shall be removed by wiping with naphtha spirits, and bonding agent shall be applied to all concrete surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. 2. Masonry surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and lightly wetted immediately before plastering. 3. Base coat plaster stucco shall be one part cement, three parts sand and not over one - fourth part hydrated lime, measured by volume. Mix shall be applied with sufficient pressure to form good bond and then uniformly scratched. Base coat shall develop a thickness of 3/8 -inch minimum. 4. Finish coat stucco shall be one part cement two arts sand - p ,not over one-fourth part hydrated lime by volume and one quart of Sec No. 1 waterproofing per bag of cement. ' Finish coat shall be applied not less than 3/8 -inch thick no sooner than four days after application of base coat. Finish coat shall be floated to a true and even surface and kept surface damp for at least two days before allowing to dry out. When stucco is applied to an extension of an existing structure, the finish and texture shall match the existing structure. 5. Concrete and masonry surfaces should have sufficient roughness to provide proper bond. If the surface is not rough, it shall be hacked or bush hammered, or a dash coat of cement grout, composed of one part cement to one and one -half parts sand, mixed to a mushy consistency, shall be used prior to application of the base coat. 3.02 PROTECTION: Where finished surfaces such as tile, metal frames, or metal windows have been installed prior to completion of plaster work, the finished surfaces shall be protected from damage during plastering. Protection shall consist of covering with a nonstaining kraft paper or ' polyethylene sheet and joints sealed with tape or adhesive. Metal frames may be protected with a removable type of masking tape, or an approved type of nonstaining petroleum jelly mixed in accordance with manufacture's directions. Protection shall be maintained in place during plastering and removed when plaster work is completed. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Patching: Upon completion, the Contractor shall point up laster around trim and other work and shall cut out and patch defective and damaged plaster. Patching of plaster shall match existing work in texture and finish and, at joining with plaster previously applied, shall finish flush and smooth. 09200 -3 W F900204 SECTION 09800 COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 SCOPE: The work described in this section of the specifications includes the furnishing of all materials, labor, tools, and equipment to apply all coatings, as specified or as shown on the drawings. The Contractor is specifically cautioned that this Section includes requirements for equipment and other items specified elsewhere in this document. The .work includes surface preparation and coating all items supplied and installed under this contract, or existing facilities damaged pursuant to this work. The work shall also include the surface preparation and re- coating of existing structures and mechanical systems where specifically indicated. 1.02 GENERAL: All coatings and paints shall be products of the manufacturer(s) approved by the Engineer. The manufacturer's coating schedules, surface preparation and application instructions shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Colors shall be selected by the Engineer. The Contractor is specifically advised that non - standard colors may be required. 1.03 PAINTING NOT INCLUDED: A. The following categories of work are not included as part of the field- applied finish work, or are included in other sections of these specifications. B. Pre - Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory- finishing or installer finishing is specified for such items as finished electrical equipment including light fixtures, switchgear, distribution cabinets, instruments and meters. Pumps, blowers and motors are not included in this exception, unless specifically noted to the contrary. ' C. Concealed Surfaces: Concealed surfaces shall be coated per this specification prior to installation. In particular, surfaces which will be concealed behind bolted connections shall be fully coated per this specification prior to assembly. For areas behind permanently installed equipment, apply coatings prior to installation. D. Finished Metal and Thermoplastic Surfaces: Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, 316 stainless steel (excluding nuts, bolts, and washers on painted pipe and equipment), chromium ' plate, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish painting, unless otherwise indicated. This shall not include above grade copper items or all galvanized items, which will require coating, unless otherwise noted. 304 stainless steel items shall be coated. All stainless steel and galvanized surfaces shall be passivated prior to coating if recommended by coating manufacturer. All stainless steel, galvanized, aluminum, FRP, PVC or copper surfaces to be coated shall be scarified and solvent cleaned per SSPC SPA and additionally prepared as recommended by the coating manufacturer and approved by the Engineer for proper performance of the coating. Notwithstanding other criteria in this specification section, all aluminum surfaces which are imbedded, or otherwise in contact with concrete, shall be coated on the contact side. E. Operating Parts and Labels: Moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts shall not be coated, unless otherwise indicated. Do not paint over any code - required labels, such as Underwriters' Laboratories and Factory Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. 09800 -1 WF900204 1.04 SUBMITTALS: Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300. A. Manufacturer's Data; Painting: Submit 4 copies of manufacturer's technical information including paint label analysis and application instructions for each material proposed for use. B. Samples; Painting: Submit samples for Engineer's review of color and texture only. Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Provide a listing of the material and application for each coat of each finish sample. Samples of standard available colors shall be submitted to the Engineer for selection. 1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Store paint products in a clean orderly manner in a well dry, ventilated space; no smoking in , storage area. B. Deliver all materials to the job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information: Name or title of material Fed. Spec. number, if applicable. ' Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacturer. Manufacturer's name. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents. Thinning instructions. Application instructions. Color name and number. Manufacturer's Safety Sheet 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Apply water -base paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Apply solvent- thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F and 95 degrees F unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Do not apply paint in rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 95 %; or to damp or wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer's printed ' instructions. D. Painting may be continued during inclement weather only of the areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within the temperature limits specified by the paint manufacturer during application and drying periods. 1.07 TOLERANCES: This specification sets forth required dry film thicknesses. Where minimum thicknesses are specified all tests shall exceed the minimum amount. However, the manufacturer's maximum thickness recommendation or requirements shall also not be exceeded. Where a maximum is not indicated by the manufacturer, the maximum shall be 150% of the minimum. Where a range of thickness is given, all tests shall be with the specified range. The tolerance is specified by the range. 09800-2 WF900204 1.08 SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY: Part of this project entails the surface re aration and P p application of new coatings to existing facilities. Where existing coatings are not removed as part of the surface preparation process, the Contractor shall take paint samples and perform analyses as necessary to confirm compatibility of specified new systems with existing systems. Should the systems be determined to be incompatible, an alternate system shall be used, subject to the approval of the ' Engineer. Where coatings are, or will be, in contact with potable water use coatings that complywith applicable regulations. 1.09 NOMENCLATURE: This project includes the surface preparation and re- coating of the existing effluent pump station which, as part of the current project, is being converted to the filter dosing pump station. For purposes of this specification, "new" includes all facilities, structures or equipment added to the project site during this project; the term "existing" means any facilities, structures or equipment that existed on the project site at the time of bid, including the converted filter dosing pump station. Where not specifically indicated, "new" or "existing", it can be assumed that the applicable sections shall apply to the "new". PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. The following coating manufacturers are acceptable, where indicated. 1. Tnemec 2. Ameron 2.02 COLORS AND FINISHES: A. General: Prior to beginning work, the Contractor will furnish color chips for surfaces ces to be painted. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. The Contractor is advised that non - standard colors may be required by the Owner. B. Color Pigments and Finish: Pure, non - fading, applicable types to suit the substrates and service indicated. The finish of the coating system (flat, semi - gloss, gloss) shall be semi- gloss on all steel tankage, gloss on all pumps, motors, pipes, doors, windows, fascia, supports or other mechanical/equipment items and flat on all cementitious structures, unless otherwise indicated. The Contractor shall note that the interior wall surfaces of the new MCC building shall be coated with two colors; one color to a height of approximately 6 feet above the floor and the other for the rest of the wall. C. Paint Coordination: Provide specified finish coats which are compatible with specified prime paints used. Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Upon request from other trades, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials proposed for use, to ensure compatible prime coats are used. Remove incompatible primers and re -prime as required. Notify the Engineer in writing of any anticipated problems using specified coating systems with substrates primed by others. ' D. Color Coding: All pipes shall be color coded per AWWA classifications or other applicable standards. Where AWWA does not designate a color, industry standards color, as indicated by the Engineer, shall be used. 09800-3 ' WF900204 r 2.03 MATERIAL QUALITY: A. Provide the best quality grade of the various types of coatings regularly manufactured by acceptable paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying the manufacturer's identification as a standard, best -grade product will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that products of the named manufacturers are required to the exclusion of equivalent products of the other named manufacturers. ' 2. Federal Specifications establish the minimum acceptable quality for paint , materials. Provide a written certification from the paint manufacturer that materials provided meet or exceed these minimums. 3. Manufacturer's products which comply with the coating qualitative requirements of applicable Federal Specifications, yet differ in quantitative requirements, may be considered for use only when acceptable to the Engineer. Furnish material data and , manufacturer's certificate of performance to the Engineer for any proposed substitutions. 4. Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats. ' Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. 5. The primer, overcoat, and intermediate coats shall be from one manufacturer, exclusive of Thoroseal, where specified. 6. Include a mildewcide in all finished surface coatings. r 2.04 COATING SYSTEMS: A. New Submerged Materials (ductile iron, steel, PVC, FRP, 304 SS, galvanized steel, copper, aluminum, etc.) 1. Primer, and Finish Coat (two coat system). In addition, provide a stripe coat on all edges, welds, seams and comers. a. Amercoat HS 395 HS amine cured epoxy, with minimum dry film thickness equal to 4 mils per coat. b. Tnemec 20 -1255 Pota Pox epoxy, with a minimum dry film thickness of 6- 4 mils per coat. B. New Non - Submerged Metals and Miscellaneous Non - Metallic, Non - submerged Items (i.e., non -buried pipe, fittings, valves, supports, conduit (excluding aluminum), brackets, metal fabrications, etc.). All stainless steel, galvanized, aluminum, FRP, PVC, CPVC and copper surfaces shall be scarified and solvent cleaning per SSPC SP -1. 1. Primer: Apply a stripe coat of primer prior to the general primer application to all edges, welds, seam and comers. All flanges, retainer glands, etc. shall be caulked after the primer has been applied. The primer coat shall not be applied to ' galvanized, stainless steel, copper, FRP, PVC, CPVC or aluminum surfaces. 1 09800-4 WF900204 r a. Amercoat EZII inorganic zinc with a minimum mum dry film thickness equal to 2.5 mils. r b. Tnemec 90 - 97 organic zinc, with a minimum dry film thickness equal to 3.0 mils. q r 2. Intermediate Coat: a. Amercoat 383 HS polyamide epoxy with a dry film thickness equal to 5.0 r mils. b. Tnemec Series 69 Hi -Build Epoxoline with a minimum dry film thickness equal to 4.0 mils. 3. Finish Coat: r a. Amercoat 450 aliphatic polyurethane coating with a minimum dry film thickness equal to 2.0 mils. b. Tnemec Series 1074U Endura Shield 11 with a minimum dryfilm thickness r equal to 2.5 mils. C. New Motors, Pumps and other mechanical equipment — Non - submerged. 1. Primer Coat — Surface preparation and Primer coat shall be shop provided per this specification. If manufacturer is unable to provide specification primer system, it shall be field performed. a. Ameron Amerlock 400 with a MDFT equal to 5.0 to 8.0 mils per coat. r b. Tnemec 135 Chembuild epoxy mastic, with a minimum dry film thickness equal to 4.0 to 6.0 mils per coat. 2. Intermediate Coat: a. Amercoat 383 HS polyamide epoxy with a MDFT equal to 5.0 mils per coat. b. Tnemec Series 69 HI -Build Epoxoline, with a MDFT equal to 4.0 mils per coat. M 3. Finish Coat: a. Amercoat 450 HS aliphatic polyurethane coating with a MDFT equal to 2.0 mils per coat b. Tnemec Series 1074U Endura Shield II, with a MDFT equal to 2.5 mils per r coat. D. New and Existing Above Grade Exterior or Interior Stucco, Concrete Block, Cast -In -Place Surfaces (excludes exterior slabs): 1. Primer Coat: Tnemec 54 -562 masonry filler or equal Ameron (omit this coat on stucco surfaces). 09800-5 ' WF900204 2. Intermediate and Finish Coat: Acrylic Emulsion Finish: Two (2) coats or more as required for coverage, with a dry film thickness as indicated. a. Ameron: Amercoat 220 waterbome acrylic, two (2) coats of 4 -5 mils each. i b. Tnemec: Series 6 Tneme -Cryl, two (2) coats with a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils each. E. Existing Building Floors: 1. Primer Coat and finish Coat (two coats required). a. Ameron: Amercoat polyamine epoxy with a minimum dry film thickness of 5 mils per coat. b. Tnemec: Series 201 Polyamine with a minimum dry film thickness of 6 -12 ' mils per coat. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSPECTION: A. Applicator must examine the areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify the Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Applicator. B. Starting of painting work will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of the surfaces and conditions within any particular area. C. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to the information of a durable paint film. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION: A. General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. When the specified and recommended manufacturer's surface preparation system differ, use the system which in the Engineer's opinion is the more restrictive (conservative). Do not apply any primer, first coat or subsequent coats until the Engineer has approved the surface preparation. B. Preparation: Carefully remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machine surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish- painted, or provide surface- applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. Remove if necessary, for the complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall the removed items by workmen skilled in the trades involved. C. Cleaning: Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. Program the cleaning and painting so that contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall onto wet, newly - painted surfaces. 09800-6 WF900204 , r D. Compatibility: Confirm compatibility with substrates where existing acilities are to be recoated as part of this project. Scarify or otherwise prepare existing coated surfaces as recommended by the manufacturer and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. E. Ferrous Metals: ' 1. All new ferrous surfaces shall be sand blasted to a "Near White, SSPC -SP10" condition as specified by the Steel Structures Painting Council. Coatings shall be applied to all blasted surfaces before surface oxidation appears, but in any case, r prior to the end of the same workday on which the blasting occurred. 2. New pumps, motors, or similar equipment shall be shop primed only using the specified system. Intermediate and finish coats shall be field applied. The manufacturer of all pumps, motors, and similar mechanical equipment shall submit a written certification to the Engineer that the surface preparation and prime coats ' satisfy the specification requirements. This certification shall be submitted and accepted prior to release for shipment. Touch up shall be applied as required. The equipment manufacturer shall submit written documentation confirming the surface preparation and coating is per specification. The Contractor is specifically advised that the dry film thickness of all factory applied coatings will be field confirmed by the Engineer. Any coating not meeting the requirements of the specifications, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, shall be removed, surface preparation repeated and the coating re- applied in the field to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3. Except as noted in item 2 above, all surface preparation and coating work shall be performed in the field, unless otherwise specifically identified in the specification or on the drawings. F. Cementitious Materials: 1. All existing external cementitious surfaces to be recoated shall be pressure washed to completely remove all stains, chemicals, dust, grime, mold, mildew, etc. The pressure shall be as required to achieve the desired result without damage to the existing coating. Existing cementitious surfaces located inside a building shall be handwashed with a suitable solution and fully rinsed. Solvent cleaning shall be used to remove any oils or greases remaining after the pressure washing. Pressure washing and water blasting shall be performed in a fashion that does not cause physical damage to the substrate. Care shall be taken to not damage caulking attachments, openings, fascia, architectural items, screens, etc. during the surface preparation procedures. The application of the coating to existing facilities shall occur as soon after the completion of surface preparation as practical, before re- contamination of the substrate and in no case more than 45 days after completion of the surface preparation. 2. Unless otherwise noted, all surface preparation and coating work shall be performed in the field. ' G. PVC, FRP, PE, Aluminum, Stainless Steel, Copper Surfaces, Not Previously Painted: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with an acceptable non- petroleum based solvent. Galvanized surfaces shall be prepared according to SSPC SP -1 scarified prior to applying coatings. 1 09800-7 WF900204 r 3.03 MATERIALS PREPARATION: A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. , B. Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage, mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. ' C. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and stir as required during the application of the materials. Do not stir surface film into the material. Remove the film ' and if necessary, strain the material before using. 3.04 APPLICATION: Apply paint in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Follow application instructions otherwise specified herein and use applicators and techniques best suited for the substrate and type of material being applied. All coatings applied to piping, duct, valving, pumps, blowers, motors, miscellaneous equipment, structural members, supports and tankage shall be spray applied. ' Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through the final coat of paint, until the paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. Give special attention to insure ' that all surfaces, including edges, comers, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 3.05 SCHEDULING PAINTING & COVERAGE: r A. First Coat: Apply the first -coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. B. Successive Coats: Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper ' drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and the application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. ' C. Coverage: Application of the specified coating thicknesses and number of coats shall not relieve the Contractor from the obligation to provide a complete, smooth, even final system that Yields coverage with no blemishes, inconsistencies or bleed -thru. Additional coats above the number specified shall be applied as required to produce a final result acceptable to the Engineer. 3.06 QUALITY CONTROL: A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly notify and coordinate the fabricator's surface preparation and painting operations so that they conform to the requirements of these specifications. B. All paint shall be delivered to the site in unopened cans and shall be properly, stored, stirred, and mixed prior to application. C. The finished surfaces shall be free from runs, ridges, voids, drips, waves, laps and variation in color, texture and finish. Painting found defective shall be scraped or sandblasted off and repainted as directed by the Engineer. Before final acceptance of the work, damaged surfaces of paint shall be cleaned and repainted or touched up as directed by Engineer. 1 09800-8 WF900204 , r D. Provide "Wet Paint" signs as required to protect newly - painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of theirwork, after completion of painting operations. E. At the completion of work of other trades, touch -up and restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces. r F. Successive coats of paints shall completely cover the previous coat so it cannot be seen. Each coat shall be tinted to make the various coats distinguishable. Successive coats shall be applied after a minimum 24 hour drying period unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. 3.07 COMPONENTS REQUIRING COATING: The Contractor shall coat all the components described below. The list attempts to generally identify key components to be coated and the applicable coating system, but shall not be utilized as a basis for concluding that common sense extension of the overall intent is not applicable because an item is not specifically named. In general, exclusive of items identified herein not to be coated, all new facilities, structures and equipment tanks, etc. shall be coated. Existing items to be coated are also identified in the subsequent sections. A. New Submerged Materials: 1. Interior surfaces of H.S. Pumps 1-4 cans. 2. Inside and outside of the column pipe on H.S. Pumps 1-4. 3. Inside of H.S. Pumps 1-4 head. 4. Sole plate for H.S. Pumps 1-4. ' B. New Non - Submerged Metals and Miscellaneous Non - Metallic, Non - Submerged Items: 1. Above grade pipe, fittings, valves of all materials except 316 SS. 2. Above grade PVC, fitting, valves. On PVC piping for chemical feed systems, fully coat all exterior pipe and fittings. 3. Pipe supports. 4. Structural members, including brackets and supports. 5. All nuts, bolts and washers excluding 316 SS except on piping to be painted. 6. All new non - buried, non submerged ferrous, PVC, FRP, galvanized, 304 SS and aluminum surfaces not specifically excluded or named elsewhere. r 7. New conduit (excluding aluminum). C. New Motors, Pumps and other Mechanical Equipment: This section shall apply to all new pumps, motors and miscellaneous mechanical equipment. 1. High Service Pumps 1-4 Motors & Head (external surfaces). D. New and Existing Above Grade Exterior Stucco, Concrete Block, Cast -in -Place Surfaces (Excludes Interior Slabs): 1. Outside surfaces of existing (original) control building 2. Interior surfaces of existing (original) control building in the `new shop', storage room, office and chlorinator rooms only. This includes walls and ceiling only. r E. Existing Building Floors 1. Existing (original) control building floors in the `new shop' and storage rooms only. r 09800-9 WF900204 3.08 TESTING: The Contractor shall have available at the site a Tooke thickness gage and an elcometer or Micro -Test magnetic dry mil gage for the determination of coating thicknesses. A device to measure pit depth or other suitable instrument shall be supplied to measure the thickness , of cementitious coatings or others not reasonably measurable by magnetic or scratch devices. No intermediate or finish coats shall be applied until the Engineer has accepted the previous coat. 3.09 PROTECTION: Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by t painting and finishing work. Correct any damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to the Engineer. 3.10 TOUCH -UP: The Contractor shall supply the Owner with one quart of each coating and color , used on this project. Cans shall be unopened and properly identified. 3.11 WORK QUALITY: The finished surfaces shall be free from runs, ridges, drips, waves, laps, and variation in color, texture, and finish. Painting found defective shall be scraped or sandblasted off and repainted as directed by the Engineer. Before final acceptance of the work, damaged surfaces of paint shall be cleaned and repainted or touched up as directed by the Engineer. Caulk all flanges on piping prior to application of coatings with Sika 1 -A caulk. All surfaces which have non - coated metal -to -metal contact such as nuts, bolts, valve bonnets, valve covers, meter bases, pump bases, etc. shall be caulked prior to coating. ' 3.12 CLEAN -UP: The Contractor shall use the manufacturer's recommended cleaning solvent for all clean -up. During the-progress of the work, the Contractor shall remove from the site all discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at the end of each work day. Upon completion of the painting work, the Contractor shall clean window glass and other paint- spattered surfaces. Spattered paint shall be removed by washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces. ' r 09800 -10 WF900204 SECTION 11214 �. VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE: Work covered under this section shall consist of furnishing and installing the pumping and drive equipment as shown on the drawings and specified herein. The pumping assemblies covered by this section include two reuse pumps. The pumps are multi -stage vertical turbine and include bowl assemblies, column pipe, discharge head, sole plate, electric motor, electrical connections, pump barrels and all other materials and equipment necessary to provide a complete and operable system. The Contractor is specifically advised that the reuse pump system barrels will be under positive pressure. The entire pumping assembly shall be suitable for such installation. ' 1.02 GUARANTEED EFFICIENCY: Each pump shall operate at not less than the efficiencies stipulated in this specification for the corresponding head and flow conditions. Certified performance curves based on actual testing of the four high service pumps to be shipped shall be prepared and submitted to the Engineer for acceptance prior to shipment. All submittals shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300. A minimum of three test points shall be plotted for each curve. These points shall coincide with the specified flow requirements. At a minimum, the head, flow, horsepower draw and pump efficiency shall be shown at each point. The submitted curves shall show the date, time and location of the test and be signed by the person in responsible charge of performing the test. In the event the pump does not meet the specified efficiency, the Contractor ' shall make the necessary modifications, repairs or replacements to make the unit conform with the specifications and re -test the unit in accordance with the above criteria to demonstrate conformance. The modifications shall include, but not be limited to, polishing the impellers and /or bowls, porcelain lining the bowls, and /or enamel coating the bowls. The inability to satisfy the ' specified conditions may result in the need, fully at the Contractor's expense, to provide a larger motor, make associated electrical modifications, provide a larger generator and reimburse the Owner for higher power consumption over the life cycle of the pump, all subject to the Engineer's ' approval. The Contractor is specifically cautioned there will be no tolerance on the required head, flow and efficiency conditions and that some of the criteria set forth herein may be more stringent than Hydraulic Institute Standards. 1.03 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE: The Contractor shall provide for the presence of competent personnel representing the manufacturer of the high service pumps to check the installation, adjust the impeller setting, place the installation in service and instruct the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance thereof. The Engineer shall be given 7 days advance written notice of the desired start-up date and time. Start-up for each installation shall be scheduled consecutively on the same day. A start-up report shall be submitted to the Engineer and accepted prior to attainment of substantial completion (see Section 01300 and Section 01650). 1.04 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: The pumps shall be as manufactured by, and the pumping unit shall be as assembled by Goulds, Peerless, Floway, Layne Vertiline, Layne Christensen. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 VERTICAL TURBINE PUMPS (4 REQUIRED): A. OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS: The pumps shall satisfy the following flow, head and efficiency requirements. 11214 -1 W F900204 H EAD () ft Efficiency FLOW (gom) Maximum Design Minimum Minimum 500 168 180 73 DES. PT 700 147 81 900 110 122 77 ' The pump shall be 11 -inch or 12 -inch, 2 stage or 3. stage and driven by a 40 horsepower, vertical solid shaft, nominal 1800 RPM, 460 volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle, TEFC motor with a 1.15 service factor, non - reversing ratchet and space heater. The pumps shall be suitable for installation in a steel fabricated 18 -inch diameter suction barrel as shown on the drawings. All pumps listed above shall not overload the motors anywhere along their curves independent ' of motor service factor. 2.02 MATERIALS: Materials used in the manufacture of the equipment set forth shall be as ' specked. If no material is specified, the materials used shall be the manufacturer's standard. However, the Contractor and manufacturer shall note that the pumped fluid is chlorinated, treated effluent. Materials used shall be suitable for long term service in chlorinated treated effluentwithout premature damage or failure. To the extent, if any, this criteria conflicts with materials specified, if , any, the contractor shall notify the engineer in writing, and recommend, alternate materials with an increase in cost. The Engineer shall make the final determination on the materials to be used. A. BOWL ASSEMBLY: The pump bowls shall be of Class 30 or Class 40 cast iron, free of blow holes, sand holes and other detrimental defects and shall be accurately machined. The top case shall have water lubricated cutless rubber bearings. Series case bearings shall be at least ' two times the shaft diameter in length. The impellers shall be enclosed, manufactured from AIBr and statically and dynamically balanced. They shall be vertically adjustable by an external means and include a positive locking device. The pump shafting shall be Type 416 SS, turned and ground. It shall be supported by bronze bearings above and below each impeller. The size , of the shaft shall not be less than determined by ADA specification 131 7C, "Code for Design of Transmission Shafting ". B. COLUMN AND SHAFT: The pump column shall be standard steel pipe, not less than Schedule 40, with lathe cut threads and coupled with drive pipe sleeve couplings. The ends shall be faced so the pipe will butt. The column pipes shall be of the length and size indicated on the drawings. Non - standard lengths are required. The indicated settings shall be maintained with a tolerance of 1 -inch, plus or minus. Column pipe shall be tapered or straight diameter as shown in the drawings. The column shall be internally and externally coated per Section 09800. The line shafts and couplings shall be fabricated from ASTM A276, Type 416 SS. The shaft shall be furnished in sections to match the column with interchangeable intermediate sections. ' The size of the line shaft shall not be less than required by ASA Specification B58, Section 4.3 per Table 5.6, AIS C -1045 Line shaft Selection, and shall be such that elongation due to hydraulic thrust will not exceed the axial clearance of the impellers in the pump bowls. The bearings shall be water lubricated, fluted type, spread at intervals not to exceed 8 feet and fabricated of a resilient rubber composition. C. DISCHARGE HEAD & SOLE PLATE: Each pump shall be supplied with a cast iron A -30 ' discharge head and steel sole plate. Both items shall be coated per Section 09800 including factory internal coating of the head with the specified system or equivalent approved by Engineer. The head shall incorporate a discharge elbow having an 8 -inch flanged connection , designed for through bolting. The flange shall conform to ANSI 1316.5, 150 pound class and be 11214 -2 W F900204 ' raised faced. The head shall support the driver with a machined rabbit fit for alignment. The gland and shaft sleeve shall be 316 SS or 416 SS. The headshaft shall be coupled to the motor shaft with a spacer type, adjustable flanged coupling. The head shall be tapped to facilitate installation of a minimum 3/8 -inch valved suction barrel manual vent. The head shall be provided with a John Crane 5610 mechanical seal. ' D. SUCTION BARRELS: Suction barrels shall be provided and installed as shown on the drawings. The barrels shall be fabricated of A36 steel, minimum 3/8" thick and able to withstand a positive working pressure of 30 psi. Suction flanges shall be 8 -inch and set at the elevation shown on the drawings and be fabricated to meet ANSI 616.S,150 pound, flatfaced. The top of the barrel shall be fabricated steel and of thickness and design suitable to support the pumping assembly. The top shall be tapped appropriately to accommodate the discharge head anchors. The top of the barrel and head shall be configurated to accommodate an o -ring type gasket. The o -ring gasket shall be black neoprene or natural rubber. The barrel shall be tapped to accommodate the manual air release valve shown on the drawings. The barrels shall be equipped with vortex suppressors installed in the bottom. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EQUIPMENT SETTING: All pumps, motors and equipment shall be set, leveled, plumbed and aligned before being permanently anchored. All wedges shall be stainless steel, placed not more than 12 in. on centers. All equipment shall be anchored as recommended by the manufacturer. Anchor bolts, nuts and washers shall be epoxy type and fabricated from 316 SS. The suction barrels shall be installed on clean fill compacted to minimum 98% ASTM D1557. The pumping assemblies shall not be connected to discharge or suction piping until a minimum of 30 days after installation ' and filling with water. Any settling prior to or after that time shall be corrected by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3.02 PIPING STRESS: Unless it is specifically permitted by the equipment manufacturer, piping ' connected to pumps shall be assembled so that no pipe stress or weight is transferred to the equipment. Flanged pipe fittings attached to equipment shall remain aligned with flange bolts removed. 3.03 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: All equipment shall be installed and connected in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. ' 3.04 NEATNESS: All equipment shall be mounted and installed in a neat manner. The edges of brackets cut in the field shall be filed smooth. The areas of brackets covered by equipment or by contact with a structure shall be painted prior to the installation. Tubing runs shall be vertical or horizontal and secured with the necessary clips. 3.05 CLEANUP: In accordance with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. ' 11214 -3 W F900204 SECTION 13080 ' VIBRATION AND ALIGNMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: A. It is the intent of this section to set forth the testing required to be performed to ensure that alignment and vibration is within the specified tolerances. The testing shall be performed and corrective action taken for all equipment/motor installations which equal or exceed 20 horsepower. The Contractor will be fully responsible for all costs associated with the testing, corrective action and re- testing whether or not the initial tests prove the installation was within specified tolerances. If the testing indicates that the equipment does not meet specified tolerances, corrective action shall be taken and the equipment re- tested until acceptable results are obtained. 1.02 TOLERANCES: A. The vibration due to unbalance does not exceed Hydraulic Institute maximum velocity of 0.4 inch /second) NEMA standards. B. The vibration shall not be destructive to the equipment in anyway. Velocity due to any factor other than unbalance shall not exceed 0.08 inch/second velocity. 1.03 TESTING FIRM REQUIREMENTS: ' A. One firm shall perform the vibration test, alignment, and corrective action. Multiple firms to perform this work will not be acceptable. The qualifications of the company to perform the testing shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Qualifications shall include the following. e 1. Names, experience, and individual qualifications. ' 2. List of previous customers, (last two years), including telephone numbers. 3. References for similar work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VIBRATION AND ALIGNMENT FOR CONSTANT SPEED MOTORS: A. Vibration analysis shall be performed on all installed pumps and motors (20 horsepower or larger only). The report of the analysis will include the following: 1 1. Vibration Profiles (vibration profile shall be generated by a recorder. Hand held recorders used to hand generate charts or graphs are not acceptable). 2. Machine generated vibration tolerance nomograms and severity charges shall provide a visual hard record copy of all frequencies. Charges for velocity and ' displacement shall be submitted. 13080 -1 W F900204 3. Instructions for reading the report data. 4. List problem areas, etc., due to heat, vibration, and alignment. , 2.02 CRITICAL FREQUENCY ANALYSIS: A. The pumping assembly manufacturer/ supplier shall perform a critical frequency , analysis that spans the Engineer defined operating range but not less than 70% to 100% speed. The critical frequency analysis shall consider frequencies not greaterthan 1 Hz apart ' over the designated operating range. B. If the critical frequency analysis indicates a critical frequency exists within 10% of any operating speed, the manufacturer shall recommend and make modifications to the equipment to prevent critical frequency from occurring and /or the piping and support system shall be modified by the Contractor and /or manufacturer to eliminate the critical frequency. For constant speed pumps this shall apply between 95% and 100% of full speed operation. C. The field vibration test for pumps shall be conducted at a minimum of five equally spaced TDH conditions at each of ten (minimum) different speeds as designated by the ' Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 VIBRATION AND ALIGNMENT REPORTS: A. Vibration reports will be submitted before substantial completion or pump /motor service ' start up which ever occur first. All vibration profiles are to be submitted irrespective of results. Vibration profiles will be repeated until the equipment/motor conform to Part I requirements. ' 3.02 VIBRATION TEST: A. The Engineer shall witness all vibration tests. The Contractor shall give the Engineer ' seven days written notice prior to a vibration test. Vibration reports shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals. ' 3.03 CORRECTION OF VIBRATIONS PROBLEMS INDICATED BY VIBRATION REPORT: A. All on site corrective action in the form of balancing, alignment or other structural modifications to the equipment, support pad or piping shall be directed by the personnel performing the vibration testing or the equipment manufacturer. 13080 -2 W F900204 ' SECTION 15100 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT - GENERAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The work to be performed under this section consists of furnishing all materials and equipment and performing all necessary services for a complete, operable installation of all mechanical. and control equipment delineated in the applicable subsections following in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 All anchor bolts, anchor bolt templates, and location drawings required for installation ofthe equipment, support columns, and for other equipment or machinery shall be furnished by the Contractor. Anchor bolts and sleeves shall be set in place in forms and cast in concrete. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain such anchor bolts, templates and approved location drawings in proper time to avoid delay, and it shall be his further responsibility to check and approve the setting of anchor bolts and sleeves prior to the casting of the concrete. Parts of anchors of metal work that are not built into masonry and concrete shall be coated with an approved coating (see Section 09800). Except where other bolting is required for standard shear or column moment connections (as agreed to by the Engineer), anchor bolts for column base plates or other parts of structural elements shall be of 316 stainless steel. Anchor bolts fordrives, control cabinets, electric cabinets, motors, fans, blowers, pumps and other mechanical equipment shall be of 316 stainless steel. Refer to Section 02610 for additional information regarding flange bolts. Anchor bolts shall be of ample sized, based solely on the Engineer's opinion, and shall be provided with washers and hexagonal nuts of the same quality as the metal of the bolts. All threads shall be clean cut and of ' United States Standard sizes. The method of placing anchors into existing structures shall be approved by the Engineer. 2.02 Unless otherwise specified, stud, tap and machine bolts shall be of the best quality refined bar iron. Washers and hexagonal nuts of the same quality of metal as the bolts shall be used. All threads shall be clean cut and shall conform to ANSI Standard 81.1 -1949 for Unified and American Screw Threads for Screws, Bolts, Nuts and other threaded parts. 2.03 Bolts, anchor bolts, nuts and washers not specified to be stainless steel shall be zinc coated, after being threaded, by the hot - dipped process in conformity with the ASTM Standard Specifications for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strip, Designation Al23 -73, or the ASTM Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware, Designation A153 -73, as is appropriate. 2.04 Anchor bolts and expansion bolts shall be set accurately. If anchor bolts are set before the concrete has been placed, they shall be carefully held in suitable templates of approved design. Where indicated on the drawings, specified or required, anchor bolts shall be provided with spare plates at least 4 inches by 4 inches by 3/8 inches or shall have square heads and washers. If anchor bolts or expansion bolts are set after the concrete has been placed, all necessary drilling, caulking or grouting shall be done at the Contractor's expense, and care shall be taken not to damage the structure or finish by cracking, chipping, spalling, or otherwise during the drilling or caulking. 15100 -1 WF900204 2.05 SAFETY GUARDS: All belts, drives, wheels, gears, couplings and other moving parts shall be protected with suitable safety guards which will comply with rules and regulations of the Florida Department of Commerce and OSHA. 2.06 STAINLESS STEEL: All nuts, bolts and washers specified to be 316 SS or 316L SS shall be so stamped for ready field verification. Materials not stamped accordingly will be automatically , rejected. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING: The Contractor shall leave all chases or openings for the installation of his own or any other Contractor's or subcontractor's work, or shall cut the same in existing work, and shall see that all sleeves or forms are at the work and are set in ample time to prevent delays. The Contractor shall see that all chases, openings and sleeves are located accurately and are of the proper size and shape and shall consult with Engineers and the Contractors or subcontractors concerned in reference to this work. In case of failure to leave or cut all such openings or have all such sleeves provided and set in proper time, the Contractor shall cut them or set them afterward at his own expense, but in doing so ' he shall confine the cutting to the smallest extent possible consistent with the work to be done. In no case shall piers or structural members be cut without the written approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall carefully fit around, close up, repair, patch and point around the work specified to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.02 FOUNDATIONS, INSTALLATIONS AND GROUTING: The Contractor shall furnish the necessary materials and construct suitable concrete foundations for all equipment installed at no additional coat to the Owner, even though such foundations may not be indicated on the drawings. The tops of foundations shall be at such elevations as will permit grouting as specified, fully dimensioned, with the shop drawings for such equipment. All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer. ' In setting pumps, motors, and other items of equipment, the Contractor shall make allowance of at least 1 -inch for grout under equipment bases unless otherwise noted. A minimum of 2- inches of grout shall be used for bridge crane beams. Shims used to level and adjust the bases shall be stainless steel. Shims may be left imbedded in the grout, in which case they shall be brass or bronze and installed so as to be as inconspicuous as possible in the completed work. Grout shall be Embeco No. 636 non - shrinking grout, Master Flow 713, applied and cured in strict ' accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where practical, the grout shall be placed through the grout holes in the base and worked outward and under the edges of the base and across the rough top of the concrete foundation to a peripheral form so constructed as to provide a suitable chamber around the top edge of the finished foundations. Where such procedure is impractical, the method of placing of grout shall be as approved by the Engineer. After the grout has hardened sufficiently, all forms, hoppers, and excess grout shall be removed and all exposed grout surfaces shall be patched in an approved manner, if necessary, and given a burlap rubbed finish. 3.03 STANDARDIZATION OF GREASE FITTINGS: The Contractor shall ensure that all grease fittings on all pieces of equipment furnished under this Contract are standardized so that only the 15100 -2 WF900204 zerk type fittings are used. Fittings shall be of standard or iant size according cording to the type of service to be performed. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, all fittings shall be the product of one manufacturer. Fittings which are not readily accessible shall be piped to an accessible location. 3.04 NAMEPLATES: Each piece of equipment shall be provided with a substantial nameplate of non - corrodible metal, securely fastened in place and clearly and permanently inscribed with the manufacturer's name, model or type designation, serial number, principle rated opacities, electrical or other power characteristics, and similar information, as appropriate. 3.05 LUBRICANTS: Lubricants shall be provided as per Section 01300. 3.06 TOOLS: Tools shall be provided as per Section 01300. 3.07 INFORMATION TO BE OBTAINED FROM THE MANUFACTURER: The Contractor shall obtain all items named in these specifications or so noted on the plans from the equipment manufacturer and such incidental items as may be required for the safe and proper operation of the equipment for its intended purpose(s). Shop drawings will not be approved until all materials are listed along with the names and catalog numbers of any unit being furnished by separate manufacturers. Equipment offered contrary to the provisions of this paragraph will be rejected. 3.08 TESTING. All testing and retesting, if required, of equipment specified under this Contract including any, and all, superintendence, labor, power, fuel, water, special devices and /or testing equipment required shall be performed by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. Unless specified elsewhere to the contrary, all liquid containing, or possible liquid containing facilities, shall be tested to the maximum realistic hydraulic head which could be realized under normal, or emergency, conditions, as determined by the Engineer. 3.09 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: The Contractor shall provide all fittings, connectors, adapters, sleeves or other related items to facilitate the connection of shown piping to specified equipment. Materials of construction shall be compatible with the fluids being conveyed and the same as the piping unless otherwise noted, or required. ' 3.10 WELDING: Unless otherwise noted, all equipment which is assembled by the use of welding shall have continuous full fillet welds. This provision shall apply to both shop fabricated and field fabricated items. Where plates or other members are lapped, full fillet welds shall be provided on ' the inside and outside faces to seal the overlap areas. Where the item thickness, configuration or overall design may induce a risk of "oil canning" by use of continuous welds, the manufacturer shall provide additional stiffeners or other methods to prevent such deformation. All welding shall be performed by an AWS certified welder with an active certification for performance of the required welding. 15100 -3 WF900204 SECTION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Types of plumbing fixtures and equipment specified in this section include all plumbing t fixtures. This incorporates, but is not limited to emergency showers, sinks, water closets and floor drains. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of plumbing fixtures of type, style and configuration required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 3 years. B. Codes and Standards. 1. Plumbing Fixture Standards: Comply with applicable portions of Standard Building Code pertaining to materials and installation of plumbing fixtures. 2. ANSI Standards: Comply with applicable ANSI standards pertaining to plumbing fixture supports. 3. Federal Standards: Comply with applicable FS WW -P- 541 -Series sections pertaining to plumbing fixtures. ' C. Provide factory- fabricated fixtures and equipment of e s le and type, style material indicated. For each type fixture, provide fixture manufacturer's standard trim, carrier, seats, and valves as indicated by their published product information; either as designed and constructed, or as recommended by manufacturer, and as required for complete installation. All fixtures of same type must be furnished by single manufacturer. Where type is not otherwise indicated, provide fixtures complying with governing regulations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: Shall be in accordance with Section 01300. r 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver plumbing fixtures and equipment individually wrapped in factory- fabricated containers. B. Handle plumbing fixtures and equipment carefully to prevent breakage, chipping and scoring fixture finish. Do not install damaged plumbing fixtures; replace and return damaged units to equipment manufacturer. 15440 -1 WF900204 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise specified, comply with applicable Federal Specification WW- P- 541 -Series sections pertaining to plumbing fixtures, fittings, trim, metals and finishes. Comply with , requirements of WW -P -541 specification relative to quality of ware, glazing, enamel, composition and finish of metals, air gaps, and vacuum breakers, even though some plumbing fixtures specified in this section are not described in WW -P -541. ' B. Provide materials which have been selected for their surface flatness and smoothness. Exposed surfaces which exhibit pitting seam marks, roller marks, foundry sand holes, stains, decoloration, or other surface imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. C. Where fittings, trim and accessories are exposed or semi - exposed, provide bright chrome - plated brass or polished stainless steel units. Provide copper or brass where not exposed. No , flexible connections permitted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION: Examine roughing -in work of potable water and waste piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installing fixtures. Also examine floors and substrates, and conditions under which fixture work is to be accomplished: Correct any incorrect locations of piping, and other unsatisfactory conditions for installation of plumbing fixtures. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: 1. Install plumbing fixtures and equipment of types indicated where shown and at indicated heights; in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, roughing -in drawings, and with ' recognized industry practices. Ensure that plumbing fixtures comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. Comply with applicable requirements of Southern Building Code pertaining to installation of plumbing fixtures and equipment. ' 2. Fasten plumbing fixtures securely to indicated supports or building structure; and ensure that fixtures are level and plumb. Secure plumbing supplies behind orwithin wall construction so as to be rigid, and not subject to pull or push movement. 3. Protect installed fixtures and equipment from damage during remainder of construction period. ' B. Floor Drains /Roof Drains 1. Install drains in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in locations indicated. 2. Coordinate flashing work with work of waterproofing and adjoining substrate work. 15440 -2 W F900204 ' 3. Install drains at low oints of surface areas as to be drained, or as indicated. Set tops of drains flush with finished floor. 4. Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no leakage occurs between een drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes, where penetrated. 5. Position drains so that they are accessible and easy to maintain. 6. Protect drains during remainder of construction period, to avoid clogging with construction materials and debris, and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation of plumbing P p bing fixtures and after units are water pressurized, test fixtures to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. When possible, correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units and proceed with retesting. B. Inspect each installed unit for damage to finish. If feasible, restore and match finish to original at site; otherwise, remove fixture and replace with new unit. Feasibility and match to be judged by Engineer. Remove cracked or dented units and replace with new units. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING ' A. Clean plumbing fixtures, trim, and strainers of dirt and debris upon completion of installation. B. Adjust water pressure at shower valves to provide proper flow stream and specified gpm. C. Adjust or replace washers to prevent leaks at faucets and stops. 3.05 EXTRA STOCK A. Furnish special wrenches and other devices necessary for servicing plumbing fixtures and trim to Owner with receipt. Furnish one device for the first unit and one additional device for every 10 units thereafter. r M 15440 -3 WF900204 SECTION 15600 HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING PART 1 - GENERAL r 1.01 SCOPE A. The work covered in this Section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, and materials required in the complete installation of the air conditioning and ventilation systems as described in this specification and shown on the plans. The systems shall include a wall mounted package air conditioning unit for heating and air conditioning of the MCC Room, ceiling mounted forced air explosion proof electric heater in the Generator Room and roof exhaust fan in the Generator Room. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Applicable codes and standards shall include, but not be limited to, the most recent edition ' with the latest revisions, supplements, and amendments of the applicable codes and standards of the following: 1. Local Ordinances and Statutes 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 3. City of Casper Adopted Codes 4. American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 5. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) 6. Air Moving Council (AMCA) 7. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 8. Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) 9. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall furnish the manufacturer's certification that the equipment and materials proposed for use are in compliance with the specification requirements and include copies of supporting tests and previous use documentation. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following equipment: 1. Air Distribution Devices ' 2. Temperature Controls 3. Filters 4. Package Wall Mounted Air Conditioning Unit 5. Fans and Ventilators 6. Vibration and Noise Control Devices 7. Air Balance Report 8. Drywells 9. Sheet Metal Duct Shop Drawings 10. Pipe 11. Forced Air Heating Units 15600 -1 WF900204 All submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 01300. ' The HVAC contractor shall submit references for the 2 years experience that includes size of HVAC equipment, date of project and a contact. Contact information to include an address and telephone number. 1.04 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. The HVAC contractor used on this project shall have successfully been installing air , conditioning and ventilation systems for at least 2 years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All materials shall be new and free from defects and shall be of the best quality available in each specified grade or class. Materials shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.02 ELECTRICAL MOTORS: See Section 16050. 2.03 FILTERS A. Filters shall be as manufactured by Farr Filter Corp., Model 30/30, nominal size 24 "x24 "x2 ". The air handling equipment shall be provided with a 22 gauge sheet metal housing with hinged door for filter access. B. Filters shall be in place during construction. A clean set shall be installed prior to test and balance and at the end of the 90-day service period. The HVAC contractor shall provide all filters during construction and testing. 2.04 AIR CONDITIONING CONDENSATE DRAINS A. Condensate drain shall be as indicated. Provide a trap at the evaporator coil with a "cross" fitting at the drain pan with remaining openings capped for clean -out access. B. Drain piping shall be per Section 02610, PVC solvent weld. Slope all drain piping without sags for good unobstructed flow. 2.05 METALLIC RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK A. Type: ' 1. Galvanized Steel (G90 coating). a. All accessories, hardware and fasteners for galvanized ductwork shall be galvanized steel, unless otherwise noted. B. Construction: Conform to the latest SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Inc.) Standards. 15600 -2 WF900204 1. All sheet metal construction shall conform to a minimum ress r p u e classification of 2- inches of water gage (positive and negative pressure), unless otherwise shown or specified, and shall be in accordance with the construction details and installation details in the latest edition of the SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. This Standard id hereinafter referred to as HVAC DS. 2. Duct construction alternatives (duct gauge in relation to reinforcement spacing) selected by CONTRACTOR from HVAC DS Tables shall be identified by duct system and shall be submitted in schedule form to the ENGINEER prior to beginning installation of metal ductwork. CONTRACTOR shall construct metal ductwork to meet requirements of the HVAC DS Tables in conjunction with the minimum thickness schedule below. 3. Longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburgh Lock, button punch, snap, lock or grooved with permanent elasticmatic sealant applied continuously within the seam. 4. Galvanized Steel Ductwork Minimum Thickness: Duct Dimension. (maximum side): Thickness: ' Under 12- inches 0.028- inches (No. 24 B &S Gage) Between 12 and 30- inches 0.034- inches (No. 22 B &S Gage) 5. Ductwork shall be connected by a mechanical joining system manufactured by Ductmate Industries, Inc., or equal, except where otherwise noted. Manufacturer's installation instructions will be followed, except where otherwise noted. SMACNA T -24 flange type connectors formed from the duct edge will NOT be allowed. All connectors shall meet or exceed the functional criteria outlined in SMACNA and shall be constructed of the same material as the ductwork. 6. Stiffener angles shall be constructed of the same material as the ductwork. 7. Turning Vanes: ' a. Reference: SMACNA Standards. b. Construction: Same material as ductwork. c. Vanes: Single thickness. 8. Splitter Dampers: a. Reference: SMACNA Standards. b. Material: Same material as ductwork. 9. Transitions and Offsets: a. Reference: SMACNA Standards. b. Material: Same material as ductwork. 10. Branch Take -Offs: a. Reference: SMACNA Standards. b. Material: Same material as ductwork. c. 45 degrees, NO straight taps, unless specifically shown. 11. Elbows: a. Reference: SMACNA Standards. b. Material: Same material as ductwork. 15600 -3 WF900204 c. Elbows shall be the radius type with R =1.5, unless specifically shown otherwise. ' d. Where space limitations prevent the use of a radius elbow provide a square throat elbow with turning vanes. C. Seal Class: 1. Class A D. Leakage: 1. Not to exceed five percent. E. Flexible duct or duct constructed of fiberglass duct board shall not be permitted, unless , specifically shown on the drawings. 2.06 METALLIC DUCT ACCESSORIES A. Hangers: 1. All metal ductwork shall be supported from trapeze type hangers. Hanger rods shall be ' minimum 3/8 -inch for all ducts with half perimeter up to 72- inches, and Y2 -inch diameter for all ducts with half perimeter larger than 72- inches. A pair of rods shall be provided at each duct support point. Maximum hanger spacing shall be eight feet for ducts with half perimeter ' up to 72- inches and six feet for ducts with half perimeter larger than 72- inches. 2. Provide structural steel supports as required to mount hangers from building structure. ' 3. All hangers, rods, supports, bolts, nuts, washers, inserts, supports and appurtenances shall be galvanized steel. 4. Hanger construction and installation shall conform to SMACNA Standards, except as specified. No sheet metal duct hangers or straps will be allowed. A. Volume Dampers (Rectangular Ductwork): Dampers shall be integral to the diffuser. Dampers shall be opposed blade type constructed of galvanized steel. 1. Galvanized Steel Ductwork: ' a. Manufacturers: Provide products of one of the following: 1) Swartwout, Phillips Industries, Model 802. 2) Ruskin. 3) Or equal. b. Reference: AMCA licensed. C. Material: Galvanized steel. d. Frame: 14 -gauge flanged frame. e. Blades: Opposed blades. f. Linkage: Concealed in frame outside the air stream. g. Axles: galvanized steel. h. Bearings: Stainless steel sleeve. I. Seals: 1) Jamb: Flexible Type 316 stainless steel compressible type. j. Performance: 1) Damper Leakage: Not more than 32 cfm per square foot at 2.5 -inch W.G. for 48 -inch by 48 -inch section. 2) Certification: Manufacturer shall provide certified test data. k. Provide outside handle, quadrant and approved position indicator with locking device. 15600 -4 WF900204 B. Flexible Connections: 1. Reference: SMACNA Standards. 2. Fabric: a. 1/16 -inch thick minimum reinforced Hypalon or EPDM sheeting. 1 b. UV resistant for outdoor use. C. Miscellaneous Duct Fittings: 1 1. Reference: SMACNA Standards. 2. Material: Same material as ductwork. D. Duct Gasketing: Gasketing material shall be butyl. E. Hardware and Fasteners: I. All hardware and fasteners for galvanized ductwork shall be galvanized steel. 2.07 REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS WITH INTEGRAL DAMPER ' A. Manufacturers provide one of the following: 1. Nailor Model 6500 -0. 2. Or approved equal. B. Ceiling Diffusers — CDA: 1. Galvanized steel. 2. 12 -inch by 12 -inch louvered face with adjustable internal air pattern controller. 3. Square neck. 4. Four way air deflection and 360 degree discharge pattern. 5. Integral opposed blade galvanized steel damper. 2.08 WALL MOUNTED AIR CONDITIONING UNIT: ' A. General: Self- contained wall mount air conditioning unit for outdoor use. The unit shall be completely factory assembled and tested, and shall include compressor, economizer, indoor and outdoor coils, fans and motors as required, pre -wired controls, interconnecting refrigerant 1 tubing, wiring, disconnects and other necessary components mounted in a corrosion resistant cabinet. The unit shall be shipped from the factory with a full operating R410 refrigerant and oil charge. N B. Cabinet: 20 -gauge zinc - coated, galvanized steel with one coat of satin acrylic paint. Sloped top and built -in mounting flanges. Conditioned air section insulated with 1/2 -inch, 2 -pound dual density fiberglass. Two -inch throwaway filter mounted internally and accessible through a ' hinged panel. C. Compressor/Refrigeration Circuit: The compressor shall be a scroll type compressor.. The compressor shall be provided with a suction -line accumulator, liquid filter dryer, suction and liquid access valves and high and low pressure switches. Compressor shall be protected against loss of refrigerant charge by a manual reset device. Compressor motor shall be protected by an internal line break thermostat. The compressor shall be provided with a thermal expansion valve on cooling side. D. Outdoor Section: Outdoor coil shall be constructed of aluminum plate fins mechanically 15600 -5 WF900204 pp bonded to seamless copper tubes. Outdoor fan shall be direct driven, slow speed propeller ' type for quiet operation. Outdoor motor shall be equipped with a thermal protector. Condenser shall be horizontal discharge design with a heavy -duty vinyl coated wire coil guard. E. Indoor Section: Indoor coil shall be constructed of aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes. Dual direct driven indoor blowers shall be of centrifugal type, forward curved. Indoor motor shall be equipped with a thermal protector, and two or three speed taps. The indoor section shall be provided with an evaporator drain pan shall be sloped in two I directions for proper drainage. F. Economizer: The unit shall come with a factory installed economizer within the cabinet. The economizer shall provide a fixed supply air temperature of 50 °F to 56 °F during the "free" cooling operation by providing full range modulation of the outside and return air damper. The economizer unit shall include a method of pressure exhaust relief. The economizer shall be ' complete with damper, linkage, and spring return modulating damper motor. Economizer controls shall include an enthalpy sensor capable of controlling the damper by measuring the total heat content of the outside air, and minimum position potentiometer for fresh air during ' mechanical cooling. G. Control Circuit: The control circuit shall be a current limiting type transformer to generate 24 VAC, switching devices to operate the compressor, indoor fan motor, and electrical heater. The control circuit shall be provided with a manual reset safety circuit to render the refrigerant system (compressor and outdoor fan motor) inoperative should there be a loss of air flow or refrigerant. The safety circuit shall be resettable at the wall thermostat. A "FAULT" light ' located on the wall thermostat shall indicate a safety lock -out. H. Condensate Pan: A factory installed condensate pan shall be provided under outdoor coil. I. Accessories: Corrosion package with coated condenser coil, sealed ball bearing fan motor, stainless steel fasteners, sealed control panel and protective coating on copper tubing in , condenser compartment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All components shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the approved shop drawings. All work shall be performed by experienced, qualified personnel in accordance with recommended practices and industry standards. B. Equipment installed on concrete pads shall be shimmed level with 316 SS shims and set on 1" non -shrink grout. Anchors shall be 316 SS epoxy type. C. Damaged coatings shall be re- touched with manufacturer provided touch -up paint. D. Install all equipment in such a manner that access panels and components are easily , accessible for maintenance. 15600 -6 WF900204 , 1 1 3.02 LAYOUT 1 A. Drawings are diagrammatical in nature. Contractor shall furnish all fittings, brackets, fasteners, anchors and miscellaneous stems required for a complete installation. B. Contractor shall field measure and verify installation requirements prior to ordering or fabricating any materials. C. Coordinate with other disciplines as required to avoid conflicts. I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15600 -7 WF900204 SECTION 15650 ' PERFORMANCE TEST AND BALANCE VERIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall furnish the services of an independent test and balance agency to verify the performance of the complete heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems at the plant. Performance verification shall be accomplished by established testing and balancing procedures as described in this section. 1.02 TEST AND BALANCE AGENCY ' A. All performance verification shall be performed by an independent test and balance agency (herein referred to as the "T & B Agency ") which is fully certified by and a current member of the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC). ' 1.03 CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP A. Performance verification shall be performed as a service of the T & B Agency directly to the CONTRACTOR with no other subcontractors as part of the agreement. B. Performance verification is specified in this Division 15 only because it relates predominantly ' to Division 15 work. However, the inclusion in this Division 15 of this section covering performance verification shall not preclude the contractual agreement of the T & B Agencyfrom contracting directly to the Contractor with no other subcontractors as part of such agreement. 1.04 AGENCY APPROVAL A. Submit the name and qualifications of the proposed T & B Agency to the ENGINEER for approval within'thirty (30) days of Notice to Proceed. ' B. Include AABC National Project Certification Performance Guaranty. 1.05 WORK INCLUDED A. The T & B Agency shall provide all labor, supervision, professional services, tools, test equipment and instruments (except as otherwise specified) to perform the following work and all other work of this section: 1. Wherein the opinion of the T & B Agency conditions may exist in the system design n or Y 9 construction that may have the potential of adversely affecting system performance, then the T & B Agency shall identify the condition and submit in writing recommended correctives for consideration by the Engineer. ' 2. During construction, review those shop drawings which have relevance to performance verification to confirm that the required, ductwork and equipment, and their respective specialties and accessories such as dampers, access doors, etc., are properly selected, ' sized and located to permit proper and complete testing and balancing to be accomplished. 15650 -1 WF900204 3. Perform site ins verify to inspections compliance with documents, and observe pressure p fY tests on ductwork. 4. Perform a complete test and balance of all heating, ventilating, air conditioning and ' exhaust air systems shown and described on the Construction Documents and as further described herein. 5. Submit Equipment Test and Systems Balance Report. 6. Furnish specifications to Contractor for properly sized fixed sheaves on fan systems after proper RPM has been established. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. The T & B Agency shall include a warranty period of ninety (90) days after completion and acceptance of test and balance work. During the warranty period, the Engineer may request a ' re -check or re- setting of any system component requiring testing and balancing. The T & B Agency shall provide technicians, instruments, and tools to assist the Engineer in conducting any test that he may require during this time. The foregoing shall be in addition to the A.A.B.C. ' National Project Certification Performance Guaranty which shall also be provided. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.01 GENERAL A. The tangible product of this section shall include the reports and documentation necessary ' to verify the systems' performance. 2.02 REPORT ' A. The T & B Agency shall in the course of his work record the information herein specified. Recorded test data shall be at the final balanced condition for each system. Recorded data shall be arranged by system using the appropriate designation as established on the Construction Documents. Four (4) copies of the final report signed, bound and indexed shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval or comments. ' B. Where actual measurements recorded for the final balance show deviations of more than 10% from the design, the T & B Agency shall note same in the report and submit recommendations for corrective action to the Engineer for his consideration. 1 C. In those cases where recorded data can be reasonably interpreted to be inaccurate, inconsistent and /or erroneous, the Engineer may request additional testing and balancing. The T & B Agency shall at no additional cost perform such retesting and rebalancing as directed by and in the presence of the Engineer. D. Where, in the opinion of the T & B Agency, there is excessive vibration, movement or noise from any piece of equipment, ductwork, pipes, etc., the T & B Agency shall note same in the report and submit recommendations for action to the . E. The T & B Agency shall verify that each thermostat and the devices it is controlling operate in the exact sequence required. 15650 -2 WF900204 F. Test Data: Include the following ata in the Systems 9 y terns Test and Balance Report: ' 1. Motors: Manufacturer ' Model and serial number Rated amperage and voltage Rated horsepower ' Rated RPM Corrected full load amperage Measured amperage and voltage Calculated BHP Measured RPM Sheave size, type and manufacturer 2. Fans: Manufacturer Model or Serial number, BI or Air Foil - number of blades Rated CFM, measured CFM Rated RPM, measured RPM Measured pressures - Inlet and Outlet Static Pressure Pulley size, type and manufacturer Belt size and quantity ' Rated TSP Operating TSP & operating ESP (at discharge side of Supply Fan or suction side of Exhaust/Return Fan) 1 3. Air Systems (including inlets and outlets): Provide single line diagrammatic plan locating each air inlet and outlet and its reference number. Grille or diffuser reference number and manufacturer. Grille or diffuser location. ' Design velocity. Design CFM. Effective area factor and size. Measured velocity. Measured CFM G. Other Report Requirements: Where any systems have equipment or components which ' are not covered by the above, then the Final Test and Balance Report shall include the following data as applicable to such equipment or systems to confirm actual operation: 1. All inlet and outlet areas. 2. All applicable duct sizes. ' 3. Outside, inside, mixed and supply air conditions. 4. All fluid velocities, flow rates, temperatures and pressures at appropriate locations. 15650 -3 ' WF900204 5. All speeds. ' 6. All voltage and ampere ranges. , 7. Descriptions of each test method used. 2.03 INSTRUMENTATION ' A. All test and balance equipment and instruments to be fumished by the T & B Agency shall ' have been calibrated within six (6) months of use on this work. A list of equipment and instruments to be used shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to commencing test and balancing operations and shall include equipment and /or instruments, name, manufacturer, serial number and certification of last calibration date. Instruments without calibration adjustment capability shall be accompanied with manufacturer's certification of accuracy. Test and balance equipment and instruments furnished by the Contractor to the T & B Agency shall be accompanied with certification as required above. The T & B Agency shall be responsible , for the protection from damage due to accident, abuse or misuse, all equipment and instruments provided by the Contractor, and shall return same in good working condition at the completion of the test and balance work to the Contractor. The T & B Agency shall repair at his ' expense to original condition and accuracy or replace with like equipment and instruments damaged in the work. 2.04 DIAGRAMS A. Provide a schematic diagram (i.e., one -line) of duct system(s) tested. Indicate on the diagram the relative location of all air distribution devices, heating /cooling coils, points of data , measurements (i.e., pitot traverse, temperature, static pressure) fans, air handling units, and similar equipment included in the system. Diagram shall identify each component tested. Said identification shall utilize the conventions shown on the drawings (i.e., AHU -1 or SF -6) and correlate with the data sheets provided in the Test and Balance Report. 2.05 LOGS AND FORMS ' A. Logs and forms shall clearly indicate following: 1. All inlet and outlet areas. ' 2. All applicable duct, pipe and coil sizes. 3. Outside, inside, mixed and supply air conditions. 4. All fluid velocities, flow rates, temperatures and pressures at significant locations ' (e.g., fluid pressures before and after each pump and fan. 5. All fan speeds. ' 6. All motor ampere ranges. 7. Descriptions of each test method used. B. Associated Air Balance Council log and data forms, shall be utilized in reporting. 15650 -4 WF900204 ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Sheaves: The Contractor shall provide applicable fans with V -belt drives and fixed pitch sheaves. In order to provide the properly sized fixed pitch sheave, the Contractor shall initially provide fans with V -belt drives, variable pitch sheaves. The Contractor, upon completion of system balancing by the T & B Agency, will replace these adjustable pitch sheaves with fixed sheaves of the size and type specified by the T & B Agency. The Contractor shall tag the adjustable sheaves, transmit same to Owner, and receive written receipt by Owner of acceptance of these sheaves. B. Load Conditions: All testing and balancing of systems shall be undertaken with maximum attainable load. Testing and balancing of all air handling systems shall be accomplished with ceiling tile in place and enclosing partitions and doors erected. C. Observe all equipment for noise, movement or vibrations under normal operating conditions and report excesses to the Architect and Owner. 3.02 PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION, PRELIMINARY A. The Contractor, prior to commencement of the balancing by the T & B Agency, shall verify in writing: 1. That all air filters have been installed and are in clean condition. 2. That all linkages between dampers and their actuators are secure. ' 3. That all fans are operating at the specified RPM. B. The Contractor shall confirm in writing that the systems as scheduled for balancing, are ' operational and complete and that and ductwork have been pressure tested and accepted. 3.03 PROTECTION OF WORK ' A. The Contractor shall protect all mechanical devices during the testing and balancing period. The activities of the T & B Agency will include but not be limited to the adjustments of ' designated balancing devices including; adjustment of balancing dampers, adjustment of air extractors, air splitters, or manual dampers, the adjustment of adjustable sheaves for fan speed. The existence of the T & B Agency shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the complete operation of the mechanical systems in conformance with the contract documents. 3.04 CORRECTION OF WORK A. The Contractor shall at no additional cost to the Owner rectify discrepancies between the actual installation and contract documents when in the opinion of the T & B Agency the discrepancy will significantly affect system balance and performance. 15650 -5 WF900204 3.05 COORDINATION AND ASSISTANCE A. The Contractor shall assist the T & B Agency by providing all labor, equipment, tools and material required to operate all of the equipment and systems necessary for the testing and balancing of the systems and for the adjustment, calibration or repair of all electric or automated control devices and components. These services shall be available on each working day during the period of final testing and balancing. The Contractor shall assist the T & B Agency by arranging to have all ceilings, partitions, windows, and doors installed prior to the scheduled commencement of balancing within each specified area. B. The Contractor shall provide to the approved T & B Agency a complete set of plans and specifications and an approved copy of all heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment shop drawings. The Contractor shall include the cost of all pulley, belt, and drive changes, as well as balancing dampers required to achieve proper system balance recommended by the T & B Agency. 3.06 AIR SYSTEMS A. The testing and balancing shall include, but is not limited to, the following requirements: ' 1. Adjust fan speeds to deliver the required cfm and static pressure, and record rpm and full load amperes. 2. Make pitot tube traverse of main supply ducts to verify design cfm. Seal duct access holes with rubber or metal snap -in plugs. ' 3. For each supply air system, verify the quantity of outside air and return air when the system is operating in the maximum cooling and full heating modes. 4. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille and register to within 10% of design requirements, and also adjust so as to minimize drafts in all areas. 5. Observe all equipment and exposed ductwork for noise, movement or vibration under normal operating conditions and report excesses to the Engineer. B. After all air distribution devices have been balanced to distribute calculated design indicated ' air quantities and if temperature in any area (where such area does not have the particular zone temperature control thermostat located therein) of any zone is not maintained within 2 degrees plus or minus of the zone areas which doe's have the zone temperature control thermostat, then notify Engineer of such conditions and obtain approval to rebalance devices to obtain air quantities other than those indicated so that air temperature in entire zone will be as even as possible regardless of calculated design air quantities. After obtaining approval to ' rebalance, perform such necessary rebalancing. 15650 -6 W F900204 SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The work covered by this specification shall include furnishing all labor, material, equipment and services to demolish existing power and lighting systems and to construct and install the complete revised electrical system as shown on the drawings and as specified. This work shall include, but not be limited to the following: Distribution systems for power and lighting from 120 VAC to 480 VAC, all feeder breakers, heavy duty disconnects /safety switches at High Service Pumps Motors and HVAC equipment, feeders and junction boxes. Remove all existing lighting in the existing eter Room, ,Laboratory, hallways and office in the original Plant Control Building. Remove existing light switches and receptacles in the existing walls that will be removed in the original Plant Control Building. Remove power conduits, disconnects, junction boxes and receptacles for the two (2) existing wall mount air conditioning units, the existing wall mount exhaust fan in the JKMnO Room and the three (3) Water Booster Pumps outside the North wall of the Chlorinator Room in the original Plant Control ' Building. Disconnect the existing motor lead conduits and cables from the existing four (4) High Service Pump ' Motors, add new NEMA 4X stainless steel, Heavy Duty non - fused, 60 amperes, 600VAC disconnects /safety switches mounted on a 316 stainless steel angle steel frame mounted on top of the new concrete slab, add new conduit to tie the existing motors leads into the new disconnects ' and fumish and install new conduit and cables from the new disconnects to the new High Service Pump Motors. Disconnect the two (2) existing pole mount light fixtures including the cast steel surface mount pole ' bases, mount the existing pole mount light fixtures with the surface mount pole bases on top of new concrete slab and extend the existing underground conduits and cables up into the relocated fixtures on the concrete slab. Ground System including all cable and connectors for equipment, conduits, panels, Heavy Duty disconnects /safety switches, etc. for a completely integrated grounding system. Connect motors and equipment installed under other sections of this specification. Receive, handle, install and connect power, and lighting conduits and cables to the power and lighting devices which will be furnished under this and other sections of the specification. Provide all power, grounding, cable and lighting testing, including the required documentation, to the ' satisfaction of the Engineer, Owner and specifications. This testing will include ground resistance verification and D.C. High Potential Testing (Hipot) of all cables from No. 8 AWG and larger single and multi- conductor cables. Fumish and install all cables including lighting cables and power cables from 120 VAC to 480 VAC. 16000 -1 WF900204 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: All work under this Division shall be performed under the immediate direction of fully qualified foremen. Unless approved by the Engineer, there shall be no change in supervision during the course of construction. The Contractor shall employ on the job a full time Electrical Foreman, who has been approved by ' the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit, in writing and in full detail, the experience record of the person who will be foreman during the complete job. The submission shall indicate jobs of similar scope where the person has been recently employed as foreman on the installation of a project of this type and scope. There shall be on -site during the entire construction period, a master electrician or licensed electrical joumeyman. Licensing shall be by the regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the site and no work shall be performed unless the master electrician or journeyman is present. All workmanship shall be of the highest quality, and the right to require immediate removal from the project of any personnel for cause, is reserved to the Engineer. 1.03 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS: The installation of the electrical work shall comply with the latest issue of the following codes and standards: All applicable local, state, and federal codes National Electrical Code (NEC) National Electrical Safety Code (ANSI C -2) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) All applicable National Fire Codes (NFPA) National Board of Fire Underwriters (NBFU) Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) , Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 1.04 COORDINATION: The Contractor shall review the plans and specifications of all trades in order to thoroughly acquaint himself with the scope of his work, and shall arrange to locate equipment, conduit, outlets and switches; in the proper relationship to their work. In case of interference, or conflict, the final decision regarding which discipline shall adjust, will be made by the ' Engineer. 1.05 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: ' A. All material and devices shall be listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., or a similar approved agency, and be in strict accordance with the requirements of the NEC and all local codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. ' B. The same type of material shall be the product of one manufacturer. C. UL listed material shall bear UL label. All power and control equipment shall be UL listed. 1.06 RECEIVING AND STORAGE: A. The Contractor shall receive, unload, store and be responsible for all electrical equipment ' and materials received at the job site. 16000 -2 W F900204 ' B. All items shall be suitably protected from the weather and from physical damage. 1.07 SHOP DRAWINGS: A. Refer to General Conditions and Division 1: Submittals shall be made for each of the following items: All disconnects, fused and non- fused, indoor and outdoor. Individual push- buttons and selector switches, including the enclosures. All junction boxes and pull boxes, indoor and outdoor, painted steel indoor and 316 SS outdoor. All conduits and fittings including rigid galvanized steel, aluminum, PVC, 40 mil PVC coated rigid galvanized steel, and flexible, PVC coated watertight steel conduit or sealtite. All 600 VAC lighting, control and power cables. Submittals will include details of insulation material, shielding material, color coding, gauge and stranding. Submit a copy of the form to be used for Hipot testing of the 480 volt cables. Plugs, receptacles and switches with voltage and current ratings, dimensions and terminal and plug configurations. B. Submittals shall be supported by descriptive materials, i.e., catalog sheets, product data sheets, diagrams, performance curves, photometric data and charts published by the manufacturer, to show conformance to specifications and design requirements. The Engineer reserves the right to require samples of any equipment to be submitted for approval. 1.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING: The Contractor shall install his work in a manner and at such times as will require a minimum of,cutting and patching. The Contractor shall do all cutting and patching necessary in connection with his work. 1.09 CLEANING AND PAINTING: A. Oil, dirt, grease and foreign materials shall be removed from all raceways, fittings, boxes and ' cabinets, to provide a clean surface for painting. Scratched or marred surfaces of junction boxes, control panels, power and control panels, motor control centers, or other equipment enclosures shall be touched up with paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer specifically for that purpose. ' B. Unless indicated on the drawings or specified, all painting shall be done per the requirements of Section 09800. 1.10 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION: Engraved nameplates shall be provided for individual items in all motor control centers, control panels, individual starters, junction boxes, terminal boxes and power and control panels. Identifying nameplate information shall be according to the name designations on the electrical drawings and subject to the Engineer's approval. The voltage in every device shall be indicated on the nameplate. Nameplate shall be black lamcoid with white core for lettering. Letters shall be 3116" minimum. All cable and wire shall be identified with an approved plastic marker. Mark all exposed junction boxes with circuit numbers. 16000 -3 WF900204 1.11 TEST, INSPECTION AND GUARANTEE: A. Refer to General Conditions and Division 1. All testing, both acceptance and operations, shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with this specification, the applicable standards of NEMA, ASA, IEEE and IPCEA, and the recommendation of the manufacturer of the item being tested. B. Before an application for final acceptance of the work will be considered, all tests deemed necessary by the Engineer to show proper execution of the work shall have been performed and completed in the presence of an Engineer's representative. Scheduling of all testing procedures ' shall be arranged to suit the convenience of the Engineer. The tests shall include the following, at a minimum: 1. Insulation resistance testing of electrical motors shall be made when the motors are received, when they are installed and at the time of start up. The insulation resistance or megger testing of the motors will need the following criteria: a. All 460 volt motors shall pass a minimum meggar reading correct to 20 degrees C. Any motors not passing this test shall be dried and retested until they either pass or are found to be unsatisfactory. Meggar tests shall betaken with motor winding temperatures at ambient temperature. b. During installation, all motors shall be inspected for cleanliness, damages, moisture, alignment, proper lubrication, oil leaks, and phase identification. Means shall be taken to check for proper rotation. c. It shall be the Contractors responsibility to see that all motors have satisfactory meggar reading records before connecting them to their respective feeder cables. The minimum megohm readings shall be as required by the manufacturer, but, in no case ' shall it exceed the criteria established below. Equipment Megger Minimum Voltage Megohms 460 volt motors 1 KV 15 115 volt motors 500V 5 2. Hipot testing of all No. 8 AWG and larger 480 volt cables after installation and before final connections to any equipment. The test shall be performed in accordance with ICEA S-61- 402, NEMA, W C5, Section 6.11, 1.1 to 1.5 at 70% of the Table 3 -5, d -c test voltage, KV for 0 -600 volts Phase -to- Phase, 100 and 133 percent insulation level cables. The resulting voltages which will be used for the testing of the 600 volt type THHN/THW N cables are as follows: ' No. 8 to No. 2 AWG 4.2 KV DC The test voltages shall be applied in the following manner. The initial DC test voltage should not be t over 1.8 KV (3 x 600 volts). The increase to the full test voltage shall be uniform and not in less than a 10 seconds time period and not over a 60 seconds time period. The test voltage shall be held for 5 minutes. A report shall be submitted to the Engineer that includes all details of the test, including complete cable description, test equipment, time, temperature, and weather conditions, test voltages, time duration of test and microamps at each test voltage level. The microamps and test voltage will be recorded at 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 45 seconds,1 minute, 2 minutes, 3 minutes, 4 16000 -4 WF900204 r minutes and 5 minutes. Each conductorwill be tested to ground and to each conductor in the same conduit or multiple - conductor cable. For example, individual five (5) minute test would be made and recorded for phase B to ground, phase C to ground, phase A to B, phase B to C and phase A to C. A Single ground test may be made with all phases tied together and tested to g round. If this test shows acceptable results, the individual ground test may be eliminated. The three (3) individual phase to phase tests must be made for all cables in addition to the single or individual ground tests. C. The electrical work shall include the provision of any assistance (such as removal of panelboard trims and junction and pull box covers) deemed necessary by the Engineer to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. D. The Contractor shall provide all test instruments required, and test all wiring connections for continuity, grounds and short circuits before any equipment or fixtures are energized. Prior to energization of power and control panels and feeder breakers, megger check all phase -to -phase r and phase to ground insulation resistance levels and record readings. E. The Contractor shall test all motors for proper rotation and change the wiring if required. F. All three phase receptacles shall be tested if they are properly phased the same in order to provide proper phase rotation of motors. Test grounding in accordance with the execution section of this specification. Any defects or deficiencies discovered in any of the electrical work shall be corrected. 1.12 TEMPORARY FACILITIES: Refer to Division 1 for General Requirements on temporary facilities. r 1.13 PERMITS AND FEES: The Contractor shall rocure all required inspections and pay such fees as are thereby incurred. q permits and arrange for 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DISCONNECT SWITCHES: A. Disconnect switches shall be provided, where indicated on the drawings, and in accordance with Article 430 of the NEC. Switches shall be installed to be fully accessible. Disconnect switches shall be provided where required by code and where they are not included as installed items in factory assembled equipment requiring disconnects. Disconnects shall be sized as indicated on drawings, or where not indicated, shall be not less than the branch circuit protective device. When the disconnects are required to be fused, in order to protect the equipment as required by the equipment manufacturer, they shall be provided and sized to suit the manufacturer's specifications and supplied with time delay type fuses. r B. All disconnect switches shall be heavy duty, fusible or non - fusible vY ty as required, 600VAC quick -make, quick -break in NEMA type 4X, 316 SS enclosures for all outdoor locations and in process areas unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Disconnect switches in all other indoor, non - process, air conditioned areas such as office buildings, and maintenance buildings shall be in NEMA 12/3R enclosures. C. All switches shall include an electrical control interlock 1 NO /1 NC,15amp, 600 VAC switch that operates before the main switch blades open. r 16000 -5 WF900204 r mounted on 316 stainless steel support D. All switches shall be m brackets or members with 316 stainless steel hardware unless noted otherwise on the drawings. Aluminum support brackets or members shall be used only in all indoor non - process, air conditioned areas as noted in item B above, utilizing 316 stainless steel hardware. Unless noted otherwise on the drawings, all switches shall be mounted with the top of the switch 5'-6" above grade or the finished slab. E. Switches shall be of number of poles, amps, and volts indicated. Metal nameplate on front cover shall indicate switch type, catalog number, and horsepower ratings with both standard and time delay fuses. Switch handle shall be capable of being locked in the "off' position. All switches shall be Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., listed, horsepower rated and NEC Class I Div I compliant. Switches shall be Cooper Crouse -Hinds or equal. 2.02 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS: A. Fumish and install conduit system including boxes, fittings and supports. The types of conduits required (3/4 in. minimum) for the project include: rigid galvanized steel (RGS) with a 40 mil PVC coating for penetrations through concrete, or painted with two (2) coats of coal tar epoxy as per the specification, rigid aluminum overhead or exposed, non - metallic (PVC) with Schedule 80 exposed and Schedule 40 below grade in concrete and liquid -tight flexible metallic conduit. Rigid Schedule 80, exposed PVC conduit and fittings shall only be in the areas designated and shall begin at the wall entrance to either area. The main run to that point shall be rigid aluminum overhead or exposed and 40 mil PVC coated galvanized steel for penetrations through concrete to exposed aluminum or instrumentation conduits embedded in concrete slabs. B. Rigid steel conduit shall be heavy wall, threaded, hot dipped galvanized inside and out supplied with a coupling on one end and a thread protector on the other end. C. Rigid aluminum conduit shall be extruded from 6063 alloy in temper designation T -1 with a maximum of 0.1% copper content and shall conform to ANSI C80.5 and UL -6. Provide conduit manufactured by Alcoa, Kaiser, V.A.W. Aluminum or equal. Use copper -free cast aluminum conduit bodies equipped with threaded covers or gasketed covers secured with at least two (2) 316 SS screws. D. Rigid non - metallic conduit shall be PVC Schedule 40 and 80 as indicated, and shall conform r to industry NEMA Standard TC -2. Fittings and cement shall be by the same manufacturer as the conduit. Where temperature changes in excess of 140 Degrees C (25 Deg. F) are anticipated, expansion joints shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. E. Liquid -tight flexible metal conduit shall be galvanized inside and outside, with moisture and oil -proof PVC jacket extruded over outside and a continuous copper ground under the jacket. F. - For each electrical raceway system indicated, provide a complete assembly of conduit with fittings, including but not necessarily limited to, connectors, nipples, couplings, bushing, expansion fittings, hangers, straps and other components and accessories as needed to form a complete system. Fittings shall be of the same material as the conduit. Where conduit changes from one material to another, appropriate adapters approved for the purpose shall be used. The coupling or fitting transition from 40 mil PVC coated RGS from concrete slabs to rigid aluminum shall be made up with Bumdy Penatrox A -13 compound. G. All conduit and fittings, intended for areas indicated as hazardous, shall be as approved by the NEC for class and division indicated. Materials shall be of the best quality designed for the type of hazard indicated. 16000 -6 WF900204 r H. Acceptable manufacturers for p conduits are Alcoa, Kaiser, V.A.W. Aluminum, LTV, Wheatland, Triangle, LCP, Certainteed, Carlon, Electri -Flex and Anaconda. For fittings O.Z., Carlon, Appleton, and Crouse - Hinds. 2.03 BOXES AND FITTINGS: t A. Interior outlet boxes shall be weatherproof cast aluminum of the type, shape, size and depth of box to suit each respective location. Boxes shall be minimum 1 -1/2 in. deep and single or gang type of size to accommodate devices noted. Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation. B. Weatherproof outlet boxes shall be corrosion -proof cast aluminum of the type, shape, size and depth, with threaded conduit ends, cast metal face plate with spring- hinged waterproof cap, including gasket and corrosion -proof fasteners. Springs and screws will be 316 stainless steel. C. Outlets on exposed conduit systems shall be of the threaded hub, cast aluminum, conduit type fitting, suitable for the wiring devices to be installed. Covers shall be of a type designed to fit the switch, receptacle or other specified fittings. Any springs on covers, screws and nipples will be 316 stainless steel. D. Conduits entering gasketed boxes or equipment enclosures shall terminate with asketed hubs. Hubs shall be "Scru -tite" by Myers, Crouse -Hinds or Efcor. g E. Conduit bodies shall be cast aluminum of the type, shape and size to suit each location, constructed with threaded conduit ends, removable cover, gaskets and corrosion - resistant 316 stainless steel screws. F. Provide corrosion- resistant, stainless steel box knockout closures, conduit locknuts and malleable iron conduit bushings of type and size to fit respective use and installation. Where grounding connections are required, bushings shall have terminals for bonding jumper. 2.04 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES: Shall be constructed of code 316 stainless steel gauge of the dimensions required by Article 370 of the NEC for the number, size and position of conduits and conductors entering and leaving the box. They shall have full - access, hinged, screw clamp covers, for surface installation, mounted with corrosion- resistant 316 stainless steel machine screws. Where intermediate cable supports are necessary because of box dimensions, provide reinforced flange and removable #12 gauge 316 SS channels for supports of conductors. Non - metallic electrical enclosures where called for, shall be of the type indicated on the drawings and shall be as manufactured by Robroy or Carton. Provide grounding lugs in all boxes. All mounting hardware for the boxes will be 316 stainless steel. 2.05 CONDUCTORS: A. All power and control conductors shall be copper type THHN/THWN or XHHW unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, and shall conform to the requirements of the Village of Tequesta and latest edition of ICEA, NEMA and the NEC and shall meet all relevant ASTM ' Specifications. All conductors shall be new and shall have size, type of insulation, voltage and manufacturer's name permanently marked on the outer covering at regular intervals. Grounding conductors shall be made of soft drawn stranded copper. Insulated grounding conductors shall be rated for 600 volts and shall have green outer covering type THHN/THWN, XHHW or THW insulation. 16000 -7 WF900204 all have 600 volt insulation #12 AWG minimum. Conductors for B. All conductors for power shall , control wiring may be #14 AWG stranded, Type XHHW, TIFF, MTW OR THHN/THWN. All conductors shall be stranded copper. C. All conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be joined with self - insulated 600 volt pressure type connectors. Conductors larger than #10 AWG shall be joined by compression type connectors ' bolted together with brass, bronze or stainless steel machine screws, bolts, washers and hex nuts. Terminal connections shall be made using solderiess, pressure type lugs. Tape shall be "Scotch" brand #88. D. All wiring including control cables shall be suitable for use in wet locations as defined by the NEC, where installed in raceways below grade. All cables used on NEC defined wet locations shall be acceptable to the regulatory authority. E. All 115 to 480 VAC motor lead terminations shall be made with heat shrink, 1 KV minimum motor termination kits, Raychem Type MCK or IPP Type LVMK. F. Acceptable manufacturers for conductors are Houston Wire & Cable, Southwire, Belden, Rockbestos, AmerCable and Okonite. Acceptable manufacturers for connectors are O.Z., Thomas & Betts, Bumdy, 3M, Ilsco, NSi and Anderson. ' 2.06 CONTROL STATIONS: All remote control stations mounted at equipment and motors shall be 600 VAC rated, heavy duty, ' NEMA 4X, non - metallic, corrosion resistant units made of molded high impact strength, fiberglass reinforced polyester and all 316 SS screws. All control stations shall be Crouse Hinds Series NCS /NCSC with the contact, operator and legend plate configurations to match each specific application requirement. The following are examples of the required units only. The quantities and final configurations are the responsibility of the Contractor, which must have additional sets of isolated contacts for each position to provide the 24 VDC inputs to the PLC. A. Hand - Off-Auto (H -O -A) - Crouse Hinds Catalog No. NCS 2124 (Dead End) or NCSC2124 (through feed) with a "Hand - Off -Auto" legend plate, 3 position, maintained, four circuit, single device with 3/4 -inch NPT hubs(s). B. Off -On - Crouse Hinds Catalog No. NCS 2122 (Dead End) or NCSC2122 (through feed) with an "Off -On" legend plate, 2 position, maintained, four circuit, single device with 3/4" net hub(s). 2.07 WIRING DEVICES: ' A. Duplex receptacles shall be specification grade, 20 amps, 125 volts, 3 -wire grounding type, NEMA 5 - 20R, Hubbell #5362. 1. Single Receptacle, NEMA 5 -20R, Hubbell #5361. 2. Duplex Receptacle, 20 amps, 250 volts, 3 -wire grounding type, NEMA 6 -20R, , Hubbell #5462. 3. Duplex Receptacle, weatherproof, spring- loaded with gasketed hinged cover for ' FS boxes, Hubbell #5206. Non - gasketed plastic covers are not acceptable. 4. Single Receptacle, weatherproof cover, Hubbell #5211. Non - gasketed plastic covers are not acceptable. 16000 -8 WF900204 t 5. Ground Fault Interrupter (GFI) duplex receptacle G.E. #TGTR115f, Square D, or Hubbell No.GF5362. 6. Special purpose receptacles shall be of number of poles, voltage and amperes as indicated on the drawings and shall be provided with matching plug. 7. All receptacles shall be brown or ivory, color as selected by Engineer. t B. All switches shall be specification grade, side and back wired, 20 amps, 120 -277 VAC. 1. Single pole switch, Hubbell #1221. 2. Double pole switch, Hubbell #1222. ' 3. Three -way switch, Hubbell #1223. 4. Four -way switch, Hubbell #1224. 5. Weatherproof switch in a FS box, Hubbell #1781. 6. Weatherproof switch with pilot light in a FS box, Hubbell #1785. 7. Switch with pilot light, Hubbell #1221 -PL. 8. Key operated switches, Hubbell #1221 -L series. 9. All switches shall be brown or ivory, color as selected by Engineer. C. Wall plates shall be of appropriate type and size for all wiring and control devices, signal and telephone outlets. Plates shall be ASTM 302 stainless steel. Device plates for use with devices flush- mounted in exposed masonry construction shall be sized to cover masonry opening. Device plates for surface mounted devices shall be for use with the type of outlet box in which the device is mounted. D. Acceptable manufacturers for wiring devices are Arrow -Hart, General Electric, Hubbell, Pass & Seymour, or Siena. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT, BOXES AND FITTING: A. All above grade conduits shall be exposed rigid aluminum unless otherwise indicated. Exposed conduits shall run parallel to and at right angles to building lines and shall be supported and secured as required and at intervals as per NEC. Bends or offsets may be made with standard conduit ells or with an approved bender or hickey at radius of curves not less than NEC Table 346- 10; or hub threaded type conduit fittings. B. Conduits installed within concrete floor slabs shall be rigid steel galvanized with 40 mil PVC coatings unless otherwise indicated. Provide expansion joints where required. Conduit above grade within the building shall be rigid aluminum. Rigid non - metallic conduit (PVC) shall be installed in accordance with Article 347 of the NEC. Where transition is made from an embedded in concrete installation to an installation above grade, transition shall be made with rigid galvanized elbows and 16000 -9 '. W F900204 r 40 mil coated RGS to above rade aluminum. Conduit connections to indoor pull boxes, ' 9 P panelboards, etc., shall be made by use of rigid, zinc or aluminum grounding type conduit hubs, such as Myers ST Series. All ground screws and lugs will be tied to the main ground system or ground cables with No. 12 AWG minimum cable. The metallic conduit system shall form a continuously conductive grounding system. A code size grounding conductor shall be run in all non- metallic raceways. C. Provide liquid -tight flexible metallic conduit for motor connections and for other electrical equipment connections where subject to movement and vibration and in areas subjected to moisture, corrosive atmosphere and dripping oil or grease. D. Conduit support devices shall be attached to structures with wood screws on wood; toggle bolts on hollow masonry; lead shields on solid masonry; and galvanized mailable iron one hole ' spacers or clamp backs, PC, EC or RC clamps on steel. Nail or perforated straps will not be acceptable. All screws and machine bolts with washers and nuts will be 316 stainless steel. No conduits will be run directly to a surface without using galvanized mailable iron one hole spacers or r clamp backs. E. All conduit shall be carefully cleaned before and after installation. The ends of all conduits shall be protected with standard caps to prevent the entrance of water or debris. All empty conduits r shall be left with a Nylon fish wire. F. Outlet boxes for switches and receptacles in exposed wiring systems shall be FS or FD boxes with matching device plates. All unused threaded openings shall be closed with pipe plugs. All outlet boxes shall be installed in conformity with all requirements or the NEC. All screws for covers and plates will be 316 stainless steel. G. Aluminum conduit will not be mounted directly to unpainted or galvanized steel supports or r clamps. Two (2) layers of electrical tape, such as 33+ or 88, will be put around the aluminum conduit at the point of contact with the supports or clamps. , 3.02 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES: Shall be installed where indicated on the drawings and where necessary to terminate, tap -off, or redirect multiple conduit runs. Boxes shall be of size indicated or as required by NEC. Where feeder splices are to be made, boxes shall be large enough to provide ample work space. Boxes shall be supported independently of conduits entering them. Brackets, rod hangers, bolts or other NEC approved supporting methods may be used. All boxes shall be placed in accessible locations. Access panels of suitable size shall be provided where required, and ' suitably marked for identification. All boxes will be supported as indicated on the drawings or with 1 Y2 deep minimum 316 SS stainless steel Kindorf or Unistrut type channel or 1 %2" x 1 Y2 x 1/4" 316 SS stainless angle. All hardware will be 316 stainless steel. ' 3.03 CONDUCTORS: A. No conductors or cables shall be installed in conduits, ducts, or raceways until the raceway system has been completed and cleaned. Care shall be exercised when installing conductors to prevent damage to conductor or insulation. Use only approved cable pulling lubricants for pulling -in conductors. Wire sizes shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet and no splices shall be made except within terminal junction boxes. Each feeder cable or conductor group in panels, pull boxes or troughs shall have a permanent tag with suitable numbers and letters. Terminal strips shall also be lettered or numbered for each identification. Any conductor termination shall allow an extra three inches at the termination to allow for future re- termination. . r 16000 -10 WF900204 ' C. White heat shrink wire markers will be furnished and installed for all wirin g, regardless if 9 factory or field installed, on both ends of all wires as per the schematic, wiring and vendors equipment diagrams. The markers must be printed with black permanent ink by a machine. Hand written or individual adhesive type wrap around labels will not be acceptable. Expanded dot matrix printed markers will not be acceptable. The numbers and letters must be letter quality where all lines and shapes appear a solid. The markers shall be equal to Tyton Hellerman Type THS or Panduit Cat. No. HSOOX044FIT. The printer shall be equal to Panduit Model TDP43M with Easy Mark software. 1 D. All conductors pulled to and terminated in junction boxes, terminal boxes, starters, instruments, control devices and all control panels will be left with slack or a small loop that will allow for retermination of the conductor(s) if the end becomes damaged or a lug must be cut off. Conductors will not be pulled tight to a termination point and will not be run in a direct path to the termination point. The conductors will be routed in wireways, wireducts and along enclosure sides and bottoms in such a manner as to provide adequate wire for retermination without having to splice ' in additional wire. 3.04 DISCONNECT SWITCHES: Disconnect switches shall be provided, where indicated on the drawings, and in accordance with Article 430 of the NEC. Switches shall be installed to be fully accessible. Disconnect switches shall be provided where required by code and where they are not included as installed items in factory assembled equipment requiring a disconnect. Disconnects shall be sized as indicated on drawings, or where not indicated shall be not less than the branch circuit protective device required to be fused, in order to protect the equipment as required by the equipment manufacturer, they shall be provided and sized to suit manufacturer's specifications with time delay type fuses. 3.05 FUSES: Fumish and install a complete set of fuses of the type indicated, for all fuse holders, including those required in equipment furnished by others to which electrical connection is made under this contract. The Contractor shall replace all fuses blown during construction at his expense. The Contractor shall furnish three spare fuses of each size used on the job, to the Owner. 3.06 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: A. All equipment requiring electrical connections shall be connected under this Section of these specifications. Where electrical connections to equipment requires specific locations, such location shall be obtained from shop drawings. Do not scale drawings for location of circuit stub -ups or boxes mounted in wall or floor, to serve specific equipment. Where equipment is to be served through conduit stub -up, conduit shall be stubbed -up not less than 4" above floor, where transition shall be made to sealtite flexible conduit for connection to equipment. B. Electrical circuits to equipment furnished under other sections of the specifications are based on design loads. If actual equipment furnished by another manufacturer whose electrical characteristics vary from those on which electrical design was based, the electrical circuits and protective devices shall be revised to be compatible with the equipment furnished at no additional cost. M C. Power cables and leads to motors and transformers shall be clearly marked to show phase sequence. 3.07 WIRING DEVICES: A. Shall be of the type, size, voltage and number of wires as indicated on the drawings and as specified. All devices shall be grounded. All devices shall be mounted within outlet boxes to allow device plates to be in contact with the outlet boxes on all sides. 16000 -11 ' WF900204 B. Wall switches shall be installed on the strike side of doors and as detailed on the drawings, with the "on" position up. C. Where more than one switch occurs in the same location, they shall be installed in gang type boxes. D. Receptacles shall be mounted with "U" ground terminal at the bottom and the neutral conductor on the left terminal, facing the -receptacle. ' E. Device plates shall be one piece, single or multi -gang type, s elected to match the device or combination of devices. 3.08 GROUNDING: A. Provide a grounding system for equipment and system neutral in accordance with the , requirements of Article 250 of NEC and all relevant local regulations. B. A grounding conductor shall be installed in all conduits including flexible conduit and non- metallic conduit installations. Grounding conductors shall be type THW with green insulation, sized ' in accordance with Article 250 of the NEC. C. Each 120 to 480 VAC power and control panel shall be provided with a copper silver plated equipment ground bar, screwed to the back plate or internal panel of the enclosure or cabinet. r 3.09 LIGHTING FIXTURES: A. Provide all lighting fixtures of the type, size and rating indicated in the fixture schedule on the drawing or specified herein. B. Ballasts for HID lamps shall be HPF, regulating type, with a crest factor of not more than t 1.8. primary current shall not exceed operating current. C. Lamps shall be provided for all fixtures in accordance with fixture schedule. At time of t substantial completion, lamps in all fixtures, which are observed to be noticeably dim after Contractors use and testing, shall be replaced with new lamps. D. Furnish and install lighting fixtures of the types indicated, where show on drawings and at the indicated heights, in accordance with the fixture manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices. Comply with NEMA standards and requirements of the NEC pertaining to installation of fixtures, and with applicable portions of NECA's "Standard of Installation. E. Protect fixtures from damage during the construction period and clean all fixtures of dirt and debris upon completion of installation and before final acceptance by Owner. 3.10 CLEANING: In accordance with the General Conditions. 16000 -12 WF900204 ' SECTION 16050 ELECTRIC MOTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: This specification section outlines the requirements for all three phase electric motors, one horsepower and higher. Smaller motors shall be as specified in the various other specification sections, but in general, shall be of premium quality, suitable for the environmental conditions of the installation location, suitable for continuous duty under the actual load conditions excluding service factor and built in accordance with the requirements of ANSI, IEEE, NEMA and UL Standards. All motors shall be constructed in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practices where they do not conflict with this specification. 1.02 APPLICABLE STANDARDS: All electric motors, 1 hp or larger, shall be manufactured and tested according to the issue of the following standards current at the time of the bid. A. Motor Performance Testing: NEMA MG1 - 12.53A. IEE 112 Method B. B. Motor Noise Testing: IEEE 85. C. Winding Immersion Testing: NEMA MGI - 20.48. D. Motor Efficiency Nameplating: NEMA MG1 - 12.536. E. General Design Standards: NEMA MG1, ANSI, AFBMA, IEEE. 1.03 APPLICATION: Unless otherwise noted all motors shall be non - overloading anywhere along the curve of the driven equipment, exclusive of service factor and be of TEFC design for highly corrosive duty. If the driven equipment supplied requires larger motors than shown on the drawings and stated in this specification in order to satisfy the non - overloading criteria, the Contractor shall be responsible for upgrading the entire electric power system including breakers, starters, disconnects, conduits and cables to accommodate the increased load. The proposed method to accomplish this upgrade shall be submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer in writing prior to the work being initiated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ENCLOSURES: The enclosures for all motors shall be of cast iron or fabricated steel not less than 118 inch thick. All enclosures shall be suitably treated to inhibit corrosion and adequately braced to resist distortion and vibration. Drains shall be provided at the lowest location to prohibit accumulation of liquids. Enclosures manufactured from synthetic materials are not acceptable. 2.02 INSULATION, TEMPERATURE RISE AND MISCELLANEOUS: All motors shall be supplied with Class F insulation system to accommodate continuous operation at 115% of nameplate horsepower and amperes. The motors shall be designed to operate at or below the temperature limits of a Class B insulation system when operated continuously at the nameplate horsepower and amperes at a 1.0 service factor. These motors shall be rated for 80 degree C temperature rise above an ambient of 40 degrees C. All motors shall have copper stator windings with additional treatment for tropical and fungus moisture, acids and alkalis. Leads shall be ' 16050 -1 W F900204 non - braided, non - wicking type with lead positioning gasket between the motor frame and conduit box. 2.03 STARTING: All motor windings shall be adequately braced to permit across - the -line full voltage starting. Maximum allowable in -rush shall be 650% FLA. The manufacturer shall take note that this is a motor design criteria. Actual starting method may vary. 2.04 VERTICAL MOTORS: The vertical motors shall be designed to operate on 480 volt, 3 phase,. 60 Hz power supply continuously at a 1.15 service factor or 115% of the nameplate horsepower and amperes. The motors shall operate at the speed and the process design parameters designated in the pump or equipment section without exceeding the 1.0 service factor or 100% maximum of the nameplate horsepower and amperes. - 2.05 NOISE REQUIREMENTS: Sound levels measured at five feet from the motor shall not exceed 90 DBA. 2.06 SPACE HEATERS: All motors, one horsepower and greater shall be equipped with ' single phase, 120 volt space heaters, unless otherwise noted on the drawings or elsewhere in this specification. The size of the space heaters shall be as required by the motor manufacturer but not exceed the wattage of the existing space heaters. 2.07 TERMINAL BOXES: The motor lead, space heater terminal boxes shall be cast iron with threaded conduit hubs and stainless steel cap screws. A ground lug shall be provided inside the motor lead terminal box that is attached to the motor frame with a cap screw in a tapped hole in the motor frame. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.01 GENERAL: All parts shall be factory assembled and tested prior to shipment. No motor shall be shipped to the site which does not meet all requirements of this specification. 3.02 INSTALLATION: The motor shall be installed true and plumb to meet the requirements of all sections of this specification. The Contractor shall supply all items necessary to couple or otherwise attach the motor and motor drive to the driven equipment. 3.03 MEGGAR TESTING: All motors shall be meggar tested by the Contractor under the direction of the Engineer. Testing shall be conducted when the equipments arrives on -site and again prior to start up. The results of the meggar test shall be acceptable to the Engineer. Refer to Section 16000. 3.04 PERFORMANCE TESTING: All three phase motors shall be tested under varying operating conditions, as defined by the Engineer. The current draw shall not exceed the nameplate full load amps of the motor during the tests, independent of service factor at any point on the equipment curves. In addition, the phase balance of the amperes during the tests shall be checked by comparing the amperage on each phase to the average of all phases. No phase shall be more than 5% above, or below, the average amperes. The above motor performance criteria shall be satisfied at the electric utility voltages supplied as long as the average supplied voltage is within +/ -10% of nominal rated motor voltage (such as, 460 V) and the voltage balance, measured as described above for the amperage, is within 2 %. If the utility voltage does not satisfy this criterion, the acceptability of motors shall be determined while operating Lander emergency generator power (if available). If the emergency generator power does not yield a voltage balance that is within 2 %, the Contractor shall make modifications to the systems as approved by the Engineer to cause the system to satisfy this criterion. Failure to satisfy this criterion will result in either the motor, driven equipment, or both, being deemed defective. 16050 -2 W F900204 a W H D Z_ Q � X 0 p Z Z �-- W W a. W CL Q � m W w a Village of Tequesu WTP and Water SysWm, Renovation Pro -Bid IlEleeting Minutes WW13 10:00 AM The following Items were discussed at the pre -bid conference: I. Introduction. All Parties introduced themselves and Indicated their affiliation. ' 2. Engineer noted this Is a mandatory pre -bid conference.' The determination of attendance will be based on sign -in sheet Flm-is not Identified on sign -in sheet u dli not be eligible to bid. 3. It was noted that minutes will be prepared and distributed via addendum.' ' 4. The Intent of the conference was rov ved as follows. To inform bidders about Project The goal Is to have a fair -level field. Noted Intent to adhere vigorously to the specification requirements. 6. Project Includes demolition of a steel storage tank (another site m ), ne oval! replacement of some HS Pumps and rehabilitation of the old Control Bldg. The ' Primary considerations that are unique relate to scheduling, See 01019 1.27 and 1.26 C. 6. Contractor and subcontractor qualifications .are in 113 1.09, The intention is to evaluate ecoordingly. 7. Sid Form — Engineer noted contingency is not owned by Contractor. ®o not ' anticipate its use. 13. It Is anticipated that a detailed schedule of values will be required. 9 9. Project meetings will occur every two weeks. 10. Startup, Testing, Training — Engineer noted these manufacturer's rep. will occur on different visits by It Engineer emphasized that coatings specification requirements will be followed ' closely. 12- Engineer reviewed stored materials procedure and noted it may require Contractor to Pay manufacturer Invoice before Contractor gets paid. 13. Engineer urged review of the vibration testing requirements. 14. Engineer called attention to the-fact that pump el iciency requirements may be more stringent than Hydraulic institute, Compliance with specification will be required, 15. Engineer recommended detailed review of 16050 3.04 with regard to motor testing. 16. The project sites were visited. Questions were raised relative to the need asbestos survey in the old control buildin g and also for or . absence of teed based paint on the re9a�� the presences ' a question as to whether h the storage k had sol concrete sslab. Engineer noted these would be addressed by addendum. VILLAGE OF TEQUESTA WTP and Water System Renc►vatlon PRE-BID MEETING ATTENDEES August 2g. 2013 70 :00 a.m. NAME REPRESENTING TELEPHONE FAX E -MAIL LL eA- /J' ' 10*14L W 4 fL l �1 /h /YLGws G� flbDR, ' n� A - 600 WIAJ Pu PS 93'x. X32 -77y . c.�ft Al G xYt. WC-, co Al Kil i r 1 r i 1 r r APPENDIX B ASBESTOS SURVEY r r r r 1 - r . i r 1 r r LLB RNGINE£L1UNG A SUSTAM"LE FUTURE Building Enspecti®n.. Asbestos ®a Arsdis Site Addre'SS: � .. 901 N. Dixie Highway, Tequesta, FL = Survey 3r r. David Johanson, Certified Building Inspector 4 Accredited for Inspector under TSCA Title IMHERA Date of Survey: September 4 13 20 ;• ,�,„� n �-,� ��� Wes �.<<�. � � ' q.� d� JV �r � � sal � ?y" .: ^:• '. , ? Re: Limited Pre - Interior Renovation Inspection Laboratory Building This limited renovation asbestos survey included the lab, hallway, shop, and chemical room. 'on -Suspect Asbestos Containing Building Materials Identified In Surve baseboard and glue, concrete block, concrete ceilings and slab floor, metal, g ood cabinets, and wood with Styrofoam core doors. The concrete block walls specified for removal were opened and found empty, no insulation material. The rooms have wall mounted air conditioner units with no suspect thermal system insulation. Suspect Asbestos Containing Building Mate.dals Identified in Surver. Gypsum board walls, ceilings and associated joint compounds tems, pl laboratory counter tops and sink, exterior stucco, and asphalt shingle i nroofing. s Hallwaybhigh voltage electrical panels were energized and not assessed — these panels may have suspect insulation panels and/or wiring. Building Materials Sampled/Analyzed; Suspect asbestos - containing materials except for sus materials possibly within high voltage electrical panels. p ' Analysis by/Msthod Used: Dove Environmental Corporation (EPA 600/R- 93/116 Method) Sunrrnary: No asbestos was detected in any of the suspect materials analyzed. Assume as asbestos. containing "suspect" materials within the electrical panels and any others found during renovation/repairs and not identified in this report until testing determines otherwise. Laboratory analytical and a table summarizing results are attached. Karen M. Meyer CI H , Consultant (AX0000033), Vice President, Eco Advisors LLC, FL- licensed Asbesi s Organization VA444) reviewed this report and the laboratory analytical report. Business Consultant: Karen M. Meyer, CIH Florida Asbestos Consultant AX0000033 Signature: loco AdvWrs, LLC I www.eooadvboss,aet 1 .CA211480 I Asbestos.ZA444 I I..raa1J;q, 7 2 -181U i Fax 561 - 627 -227fl 93- 3931 RCA Blvd., Suite 3114, Palm Beach Gardens, FL 334101 Ph 561 - 627 1 r AMEML ® ADVis LLC E»t+�INEE1�I,�SG A $t3ST An.�aaxr r, SG113}28 TABLE 1 ASBESTOS INSPECTION RESULTS Address: Village of Tequesta Water Treatmeut Facility 901 N. Dixie Highway, Tegnesta, FL Projeck -Lab Bldg Lab Building Date of Inspection: September 4, 2013 AsbWw r ' :. .. ' Plaster wall NAD Lab, Shop, Hall NA Lab CounterTop & Sink NAD Lab 080413DJ01- 03 Floor Sheeting 08041313.104 & 05 1Arry1 NAD Lab, Halls, Bath NA 0804130.108 &07 Gypsum Board/Jotrrt Compound {Nall System NAD Chemical Room NA 09041313.108 & 08 gypsum BoardlJofnt Compound Ceiling System NAD Chemical Room NA 0 8041313.110 &11 Exterior Stucco NAD Chemical Room NA ' Roofing Core/Flashtng 090413DJ12 & 13 NAD Chemical Room NA 09041313.114 &15 Electrigl Panel pntertor Insulation "or Wring Assume �p ' A,7,, Coffimt No A*M -Defea (Nang A=MtdACM or %=d typo of asbMw ( Clays orAmn.ft) 2 App— Aeams2 AP saw�tof --W dm bm 7irm jA��Prob...eq.fedp)ao3livee ha OO�g. * (LnNotepplicebloif�i r r i r r r r Table 1 -1 r: DOVE ENVXRONMENTAL Tel. M4) 37+9274 Fax; I ) 639-74n ft M25 A%EM TEST Rte' U €Gp ' I /1 I TES. its 3931 BL . • �€iTE 3114• PAGE �E ': '9p 0 AFL 33410 . 1 ' �L3': �E I � 09fD� /13 DAVID .. 0 : 034917.6 ■ LAB ND. : D1 NVLV Lab .: 1�3 -0 ■ I.. _ /No DM PTIt . L LAYS: 02 DATE LE No ; 01 ors Mum Lv�� lot PAINT � #$W - � LAS: D2 - .__�_: * _� - - - - -- E T( TYPE : WALL DATA 1 vsmi: 09/0.9/13 07 M EIB €AS ; `DFI�CTED NM FIBS CfLt,tlLfl3 sot P(X*l 10% PAINT FRIMM , 03 ' - - - --------- - - - - - -- ------- -- - - - - -- - - -. -- - - - -___ - PESCRIPTI PLLAS L �Y£�' 02 0 3 OF 3 . DTI F1 8M : 2f CF F1 = 3 MINI S 1 PAIN � "'"`�� �f 3S •CSxase�6"'aaza-- s�aae -ax am gg��p pA � lL w M�a i � w S � :a �esmC;�mse0� ssr:a �nce�ptp �ex�tdor i n ec romic�31 ,per t • oPtory eras gill be for e Mkt- � . � alt ti p dd. Mai cmt at �� � � ax" X ) ears �� i eAe�p is ;epgt s .d m be ex cwt A�? i+Qn i 8"it� � � 1 1 diett * mi Y•vtiites l r tses vuic cr, t i. ,1�I Elie will k steed for s t fitter ?1eee4 e3� colt is �► t+fl. 01 t , ftr , Azsersaage::scams_ _ � �� ORLY -g - _4a ,s3L'47l3l�,Cax _ �.ae w�asara� • sassaraaaa 6tRasaas �ssags Ana lyst 1 ------ with, pj - - -- TAY M AGER 'r'�•14,�p �j �.' ' LO AP Q . h LPG, q ,1,2 y� e.► A •I 4 -} �y� a ��' � I boM r •n.t aw- .►.�>s � •N I n t'•° it ir C 4. Ytl � 1 6L. . J��°3 h• t L� � ice" 'I� ' -. r ow t r I i�s n fti �"•: 1 I ( W 3,+ I r +� tl•� P+'� �- - ' Sa1 ' Lid: '� �' a� tl 6P y ia+s �,�,� �. }w,e.ne IJJ ; .� .� H• .art . �."� '►mot t •.w� I � � � � � � . � '1''. t I�uta Ci7 gam! 1�e } �Ry .�]•,�,,1 a &L sm a e "- . g yp q ' $J`? b.;t A@ 84 pq e.wt 1, t• a s e 1 's "1t 1^4 i A � � �� � t 4e8e8 • s . s � e o • • . f . r e . { � � r + � • � w . CX» t a • .• a..• s a u '� �. , j f r j tl tTM� CL 1 tl ' QeIeIL.� 1 }aRr� w t k++tl qM • :L6. i' '�°'°" 'H I. "�'9i ': Se�,�P..�_ . V nn1 ,.may- -fii- 1�. LL. i Ice " 1 ,. 1 •I : � 1.. t "*. Igt1 jW G •i .ate +.0 �'.°I• � � d^'t .16et' m cl, I I 4.4 cn rr u 64 X K 'Q. ra Nai � � , � , e 1 I I.tlo ia.. � �` a of f—I Ow Aw UA W law of a. Pi 0 04 a pl. " . M." - m �.�$.,� 1 �v7 • 1 d 11� ".04 La Aw� ra FFASJ R . > � .uG.' 4.4 y Ced L6 - lie s rel W P.el aqp , �'� I �.� N - ,.y lad wi 4-4 l ^ 1iiAA r j .py a �t �'�Q"awY. 9M N j' '.16. L L .� � '�� B" ' � .,�. � •,°firms ..� �.h �# a i DOVE 1 :r ENT Tee (9 54) 3 74 -927 �� -7� � AL 3302 . 1 , WENT ��r� T TEST PX T 11 11 • 3 3I " R W ASSMIATES. INC �] 8L SUITE 311.4 P AGE , 4 P FCT: P � FE X10 1 NAY DATE Q�tQ9d13 MAU: DAVID AJ WYLE ID M1.76 LAB AN , WL Lab Ems: 1 2 53a� 1xSMIATIom LAYERS, : GYPS1 J 1ET . 02 OF ALE A : 1 A SB - TYPE: YSIS: ,� /I3 1 r � WN *rl uo _ 8. - i ' - - - -- - - - -- - - -- 102 PAINT i I / . YESI - - - - -- Am -- ------ � - -- -- MWEM IPTI ( LAYGZS: 02 SAMPLE it ° �Y X..�EI� It�6 DATE � A . YS IS. 09/09!13 TYPE: ' 01M, FIBER BERS I/ _a__________ -.-- - - -- - - - -- -- ---._1 _PAI - -__r__ a - -_- ES TYPF; AEI ST= DATE OF -YSI §r 09/09/13 i EC FI ' 21 CELLULOSE 3fIX 10% PAINT a tt(! eolY rae f at z ��es_���. :aamCds ��aae?$:t-zs � � l toltaot �t F . Woo/1-93111 pl�e + t, t died 'by XAt*. *vr� tp` � � rtaa . 4pr 4tias is e4�icallpr �erc�e irt. Vista � wil..l 4 kept for Plod � M-Wes "IY to it" a , . iftired. hbt t3? Yams Farah - 8it A r Id eE g atiaBze eatYlr�l 1 1 t -or oa: b clfegi pi , d t antes s o. .. es I l eta for a tedod of 1 MUM ale fit. acrtr ifi�i.e ►r -Y�ia i . . o cog aw Z � C.- 7. 3i9' 4td 'g' �e tS � t �w:3�II,-�C�_.., i •..�,a ;� � �'�"��� ifiil� Analyst I - "."Wath. , AYR 1 m Ct• 1 �,� • � f 'b « t 4. !y '^+ + W �E.( d.a ,W Ste'' H -. Awl Iq 44 0 C2 .11 . WA C* 79 Is a* to. I go lu- 4M IS tz -40 44 AS - w4 f-9 5QF t 1 •...1. • 8 � :a'�.� ro LU ag cn, w 11-01 L J w 1-j ax t rig LO Win '` i+?'1• � g..„ .: ., � � r �: � i �., •�: j - c : � �. ii I � y�g dYE5 CL 035 O -4 y 0 Mel en uj .t..� :. ruq UJ �. ot 00 �. . 46 < 1 . 9 454 ) 4 '�~�1• r . 4.. 9 LLC VNGINMMMP A SUSTAINABT -E FUTURE r ''. - 1 15 F 'gv:,, ;^';+'.',, i L. ,i '.' "k.F`.'c :. ,'.ca`•- =s<3 �'•; ' .. 8..:.kFtSnS F'�,i'aa• � "- t ' "4`4 N §:n '^ t` �' -' '� .G; 4�: :0.i`" �.{.�•fx �..'.,y'^•''{{hZ�rkv�.".:Yy.�. r5•t`t�•v t3 } r ,3 ���~�x "'a,'�'' +i � F +� btw.9 ,. m F wa t a� �.fa 3eyN' an .# . ; -, �� �,+ iK tr r ro,,.�'�.J.�� yam. PRE- DEMOLMON LEAD IN PAINT INSPECTION WATER TANK Village of Teguesta Water Treatment Fatality ' 136 Bridge Road Tequesta, Florida Prepared for: Arcadis Mr. William Reese 2081 Vista Parkway Suite 305 West Palm Beach, Florida 33411 Prepared by: Eco Advisors, LLC 3931 RCA Boulevard, Suite 3114 Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410 Contact: David Johanson, CIE, FLMA, LLRA Telephone: (561) 627 -1810 r September 2013 Eco Advisors, LLC 1 .ecoadvis®rs.net t Englneering.CA28480 1 Asbestos.ZAA4441 LmdYL- 17993.2 3931 RCA BlA Suite 3114, Palma Beach Gardens, FL 33410 1 Ph 561 -527 -1810 1 Fax 56142,y. r LLC 'MGUqRtRMG A 8;3; EXECUTM SUMMARY This report p resents the results and rec ommendations Of our pre-demoliti lead-based paint i ns p ec ti on o f the out-of-service water tank at the Village of Te Wat er Treatment Facility, 136 Bridg R Te questa , Florida. The water tank is scheduled for demoliti 4 The lead-based paint action level used is 1.0 mgicm or 5,000 pp (p which are not industrial/ standards). F&Y_s U.S. EPA and HUD Standards x (56) separate assays presence of lead using an 3M s anb were collected for the None Of the as from the tank itself or the attached valves Or Piping contained detectabl lead above the detection limit of the instrument (±0.10 mg1cruz). It was stated &at the Origi prilner coat and Paint was removed. Our visual inspection of the tank surface in paint fr ar eas of the tank verifies the lack of original Primer coat ® exceeding attached to the tank � cO ­ n—tdw lead at 1-0 mg/cm Or 5 ,000 ppm a concentron The ladder the U.S. EPA and HUD ac tion level- The OSHA Lead in Construction Standard (29 CFR 1926.62), is invoked if lead is pres i any concentration. RECOMMENDATIONS Eco Advisors recommen removing the la dder from the tank prior to demoliti Th j ead _ basd e paint was detected on the inside surface of the ladder rails. The mountin brackets to the tank did not have lead content The ladder can be remove intact by removing the bolts a l ower i ng the ladder. This Will allow the demoliti o f t h e tank and other components to be performed without restrictions from the OSHA Lead m c ons t ruction Standard. Removal of the ladder requires the contractor to adhere to work practices c it e d w ithi n the OSHA regulations The Gene ral Contractor must advise all rad ladder t esmen of the pres o f lead on the and must t a k e s to protect employees and subcontractors from exposure to lead dust and fumes. The Gen C ontractor must also monitor the work to document appropriate w ork Practices and maintain maintain air quality standards during the course of the removal, see section IC Reuse Of the ladder is desirable. The ladder can be painted or stripped by a Lead Abatement Contractor and repainted and reused. However, if disposal is warranted, send to a recycler (metal) versus disposal in a landfill. If recycled, the recycling facility mu b a of the lead content prio to recycling and acceptance. Require recycling receipts with confirmati o f acknowledgement of the lead content. Disposal in a landfill would require a TCLP o f th Composite waste. It is unlikely that the lead content would trigger RCRA hazardous waft disposal requirements. If the ladder is not re and remains in Place during the demolition of the initiate engineering and work tank, develop and practice controls to elim the release of the surrounding environment during demolition activities. paint chips and dust into Tank Lead Survey 1136 Brklge Road, Te questa , FL I SePtember 2013 kl ..; o ADVISORS LLC ENGINEERING A SUSTAIN"i FIXTURE TABLE OF CONTENTS i Introduction and Scope of Services 2 Project Information .............. ...................... Painted Components Tested ............................................................... ..............................2 Results of XRF ..... Analysis ................. ............................... 3 Regulatory Information ............................ ............ ............................... ........................ OSHA Lead in Construction Standard ............................. ............................. 2 ..................... CPSC/EPA Regulations ... ............................... 4 Recommendations ...........................:.. ...... ............................... 3 ..... ............................... EPA RCRA Hazardous Waste .............. ............................... 5 Document Content ........................ .............................. ............................... 4 6 Document Use ............... ................. Appendix A - Certifications and Signatures Appendix B — XRF Analysis Data Appendix C — Site Photographs ' Tank Lead Swvey 1136 Brldge Road, Tegnesta, FL i September 2013 C RS, LLC IBNGI�NEERIA d A SUSTAINABLE FUT ORE I Introduction and Scope of Services The following report presents the results and recommendations of our pre-demolition lead-based paint inspection Of the Out-of Service water tank a t Th Vill of Tequesta Water Treatment Facility, Brid Road Tequesta, Florida. The water tank i sc h e d u l e d f demolition. 136 The Scope Of Services included a site visit and . screen inspection of the water ta an d attac Piping and valves surfaces for the potential presence of lead-ba paint. Th i nspection was limited to accessible areas of the water tank The tank height is 32 feet. The s i deemed unsafe and use of the tank ladder was Prohibited and as such, the top o f the tank could not be assessed. The first 26 f eet o f tank height was assessed usi the inspector's ladder. The Scope of Services excluded wa ter and soils evaluation- Eco Advisors U.S. EPA Certified Lea Risk Assessor performed th i nspect i on under the authority of a Certified I Hygienist (CIR). The methodology employed for this survey was extracted from the following document: "Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead Based Pai H azar d s i H ousing ,, (U.S. Housing and Urban Development; revised 1997). As such, sampling of the designated suspect p Painted surfaces on th exterior of the tank was Performed using a portable RMD M LpA X Fluorescence =F) spectrum analyzer. The methodology included the following: 0 The XRF device is calibrated prior to assay collection. 0 As suspect surfaces were identified, assays were obtained using the portable X RF instrument. 0 XRF readouts are classified as "positive", "negative" or "inconclusive". o A "positive rea i n di cates that lead is present on the testing surface at or above the HUD standard of 1.0 mg(cnA o A "negative rea i n di cates that lead is not present on the testing surface at or above the HUD standard. Note that a "negative' XRF result does not mean the surface is necessarily lead free. Only that it is below th concen of 1 . 0 mg/cm', which is the HUD d o f lead based paint. o An "inconclusive readout indicates that the XRF test result cannot determine, with reasonable certaint whether le ad is Present On the testing surface at of above th HUD stan 0 The XRF device is post calibr 2 Project hff David Johanson, U.S. EPA Certified Lead Risk Assessor working under the EPA lead license of Eco Advisors, I-LC, conduc the survey On September 4, 2013. There was s p ec ifi c hi story of paint maintenance. The Arcadis engineer stated that the tan finish was Once removed and a zinc based paint used in the past t and th thi wou ld make the Paint homogenous verified on the east side over the entire ta Thi was v of the tank where severe P aint c hipping has occurred indicating no prime o th tank metal- The Paint chips indicated a tan color base with a white finish. The tank is 32 feet high and has a diameter of about 163 feet Painted sur assesse i ncluded the tank and ladder Paint which is white. The att mount and access plates are Painted white and the associated pipi an d valves are painted blue. There was no access to the interior of the tank. The engineer stated that this was a potable wate t an d t h e paint used inside is non -lead containing and as such he requested the tank exterior tested. Tank Lead Survey 1136 Bridge Road, Tequesta, FL I September 20131 Pap 1 f 9 LL ENGMERPLU4G A SUSTAINABLE FQT[JgE Painted Components Tested. Assays were performed on 56 separate suspect lead painted surfaces on the following tank components: © Exterior tank walls high and low © Exterior mounting and access plates o Attached piping and valves ® Attached ladder o Painted concrete slab foundation Resalts of XRF Analysis The following table summarizes the results of the 56 separate assays. Refer to Appendix B for all XRF ' Analysis Data and Appendix C for Site photographs. AMWCO t Calibration 10 Assa s 3 Positive Assays Detected on the attached tank ladder (32 linear feet) 1.0 mg/cm No Positive Assays Detected as lead - containing z 53 Negative Assays for pai components instrument detection limit having n o discernible llead content 3 Regulatory Information OSHA bead in Construction Standard The OSHA ' Lead in Construction Standard (LCS) for the general contractor and other tradesmen working at the Site is outlined in 29 CFR 1926.62. Per this standard, must advise all tradesmen of the results of any lead based paint testing. Based on these results, the general contractor must then take steps to protect his employees and all subcontractors from exposure to lead dust and fumes. The OSHA LCS initiates several mandatory requirements including determine compliance with OSHA's Lead Standard during work activities. Until actual exposures are determined, workers are required to wear respirators that are appropriate to the task. The employer is also required to perform air monitoring to determine if the employee's exposure to lead exceeds the action level (30ug/m averaged over an 8 -hour work day. The OSHA LCS also states that all workers who may be exposed to lead must be trained in the hazards of lead. Exposures above the action level or permissible exposure limit (PEI,) will trigger additional requirements including engineering controls o housek hands and face, additional worker tramin respiratory washing facilities for g, espir , Pr atory protection, medical monitoring and additional air monitoring. The employer must have a written Compliance Work Management Plan which includes and documents all of this information. Tauk Lead Survey 1 136 Bridge Road, Tequesta, FL I SePtember 201.31 Page 2 LL NGINE3ERING A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE CFSC&PA RegUdat3ons The Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) defines lead -free paint as containing less than 0.06% of lead by weight. U.S. EPA/HUD standards cite an action level for lead of 1.0mg/cm or 5000 ppm. In addition, U.S. EPA hazardous waste regulations (40 CFR 262,11) require a generator of potentially hazardous waste to determine if that waste is RCRA hazardous prior to disposal With respect to lead -based Paint, the test required is called a Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP). The TCLP determines whether lead is present at concentrations or in a form which will result in the compound leaching out of the paint and potentially into the surrounding environment. 4 recommendations ° Eco Advisors recommends removing the ladder from the tank prior to demolition. The lead -based paint was detected on the inside surface of the ladder rails. The mounting brackets to the tank did not have lead content. The ladder can be removed intact by removing the bolts and lowering the ladder. This will allow the demolition of the tank and other components to be performed without restrictions from the OSHA Lead in Construction Standard. ° Removal of the ladder requires the contractor to adhere to work practices cited within the OSHA regulations. The General Contractor must advise all tradesmen of the presence of lead on the ladder and must take steps to protect employees and subcontractors from exposure to lead dust and fumes. The General Contractor must also monitor the work to document appropriate work practices and maintain air quality standards during the course of the removal. In addition, general construction work practices (per OSHA) for paint with lead include: ° Hazard communication and worker notification ° Use of appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) ° No pressure washing, hand or machine sanding, sand blasting, or hot work o oval and appropriate g n the ladder surfaces without approval protection and containment. ° Air sampling will determine compliance with OSHA's Lead. Standard during removal of the ladder. e Reuse of the ladder is desirable. The ladder can be painted or stripped by a Lead Abatement Contractor and repainted and reused. However, if disposal is warranted, send to a recycler (metal) versus disposal in a landfill. If recycled, the recycling facility must be advised of the lead content prior to recycling and acceptance. Require recycling receipts with confirmation of acknowledgement of the lead content. ° If the ladder is not removed and remains in place during the demolition of the tank, develop and initiate engineering and work practice controls to eliminate the release of paint chips and dust into the surrounding environment during demolition activities. Tank lid ;survey 1136 Bridge Road Tequesta,, F, I September 20131 Page 3 r � LLC ENGINil i3 A SUSTAR TABLE FUTLAtE EPA RCRA Hazardous Waste If the lead -based ladder is to be disposed of at a landfill, a TCLP test may be required by the receiving landfill to determine whether the ladder is RCRA hazardous. There are two ways to determine RCRA Hazardous Waste status should you decide to dispose of the waste at a landfill: E Submit a composite sample of the suspect spect matenal to a certified lab for the performance of a Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP), or Submit a section of the material to Eco Advisors where a "mass weight" of the material would be calculated. ! 5 Document Content All work performed and documented was completed per the Scope of Services. If client knowledge indicates the presence of errors, omissions, or inaccuracies within this document, please notify the consultant. The information contained in this report reflects the conditions present on the date which Eco Advisors performed the inspection and sampling. The inspection did not include the examination of areas that would require access through intrusive or otherwise destructive means. The knowledge of the consultant, Eco Advisors, LLC, is current information and research. The status of said information, research, and technology could change in the future, thus affecting the services provided. r 6 Document Use The document and all appendices provided by the Consultant are for the exclusive use of the Client. The use of this document or any part of this document by others or third parties is not authorized without the Prior written consent of the Consultant. r r r r r Tank Lead Survey 1136 Bridge Road, Tequesta, FL ! September 2013 1 Page 4 2 Q � ADV ISORS. so LLC ENGD4AERWG A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE APPS NIX A CERTMCATIONS AND SIGNATURES 1 m LLC ENGINEERING A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE INSPECTION DATA: Site Name: Village of Tequesta Water Treabnent Facility- O ' Site Address. 136 Bridge Road �' Out-of-Service Tank ut -of -Se Tequesta, Florida FLORIDA U.S. EPA LEAD RISK ASSESSOR DATA: Name: Eco Advisors, LLC Address: 3931 RCA Boulevard, Suite 3114 Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33410 Lead Risk Assessor: David Johanson FL-R-412-2 Signature: REVIEWER: P.EJCIH/LAC: Karen Meyer, CIR Signature: ' LEAD FIRM CERTUTCATION Name: Eco Advisors, LLC Address: 3931 RCA Boulevard, Suite 3114 Palm Beach Gardens, Florida, 33410 Certification No.: FL- 17993 -2 Tank Lead Survey 1 IM Bridge Read, Tequesta, FL I Septem kr 2013 LLC ENGUIMMMG A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE "PENDIX B ANALYSIS DATA 1 1 1 1 1 LEAD PAINT INSPECTION REPORT REPORT NUMBER: M3248 - 09/04/1315:02 INSPECTION FOR: Arcadis 2081 Vista Parkway Suite 305 West Palm Beach, FL 33411 PERFORMED AT: Village of Tequesta Water Treatment 136 Bridge Road Tequesta, FL INSPECTION DATE: 09/04113 INSTRUMENT TYPE: R M D MODEL LPA -1 XRF TYPE ANALYZER Serial Number. 03248 ACTION LEVEL: 1- 0 OPERATOR LICENSE: FL- SIGNED: Date: g �� Eco Advisors LL C 3931 RCA Boulevard Suite 3114 Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33410 FL- 17993 -2 1 . 1 -SEQUENTIAL REPORT O F L EAD PAINT INSPECTION FOR: Inspection Date: 09/04/13 Report Date: 9/1112013 Abatement Level: 1.0 Report No. 5 #03248 - 09/04/1315:02 Total Readings: 66 Job Started: 09/04/1315:02 Job Finished: 09/04/1316:18 Read Rm Doom ftint No. No. Alamo Wall Structure Lotion Member Conti Substrate Color Lead (mg /cmj Mode 1 CALIBRATION ' 2 CALL MWXON 0.9 Std 3 C&LIBR"ION 1.0 Std 4 CALIBRATION 0.9 std 5 rLrernosm -0.1 Std 6 CAL`IHRATION -0.1 Std 7 C LINEWION -0.1 QK 8 002 Tank Wall A N. Wall Low Ct� 1.0 QX 9 002 Tank W I steel Mite -0.2 94 A K. Wall. Low Ctr 10 002 Tank Wall A N. Wall Low Ctr I Steel Mite 0.0 am 11 002 Tank Wall A N. Wall, Low Ctr I steel white -0.1 Qty 12 003 Plate I Steel. Mite -0.2 QW B E. Wall Low Ctr 13 003 Plate B E. Wall Low Ctr 13tee1 white -0.1 QK 14 003 Plate B E. Wall Low Ctr I Steel White -0.2 QK 15 004 Valve /Pipe B E. Wall Low Ctr I Steel Mite -0.4 Qx 16 004 Valve /Pi pe B E. Wall Low Ctr I steel Blue -0.1 QK 17 004 Valve /Pi pe B E. Wall Low I Steel Blue -0.3 QH 18 005 Tank Wall B E. Wall Low Ctr Ctr I Steel Blue -0.1 Qw 19 005 Tank Wall B E. Wall Law Ctr I Steel White 0.0 Qx 20 005 Tank Wall B E I Steel Mite 0.0 QM . Wall Low Ctr 21 006 Tank Wall B E . Wall Low Ctr I Steel White -0.1 QM 22 006 Tank Wall M B S. Wall Low Ctr I steel White -0.3 QH 23 006 Tank Wall B S. Wall LoW Ctr I Steel Mite -0.3 Qx 24 007 Tank Wall B I Steel white -0.2 Qx W. Wall Low Ctr I steel 25 007 Tank Wall B W. Wall Low Ctr white - 0.1 Q�q 26 007 Tank Wall B W. Wall Low Ctr I steel ate - 0.1 9K QK 27 008 Plate B S. Wall LOW Ctr I Steel White -0.3 QK B S. Wall Low C tr 28 008 Plate I steel White -0.2 Qm 29 008 Plat® I Steel Mite -0.2 Qw B S. Wall LOW Ctr 30 009 Valve /Pipe B S. Wall Low Ctr I Steel White -0.3 ON 31 009 Valve /Pipe B S. Wall Low Ctr I steel Blue - 0.2 QK 32 009 Valve Pi Pe B S. Wall Low Ctr I Steel Blue - 0.2 QM / Pe B S. Wall Low Ctr I steel 33 009 Vale® /Pi Blue -0.3 Qw 34 010 AccessPlate B W. Wall Low I Steel Blue -0.2 Qw Ctr 35 010 AecessPlate B W. Wall Low I steel Mite -0.3 QK 36 010 AcoessPlate B W. W al.]. Low Ctr Ctr I Steel Mite -0.2 M � 37 011 Ladder D W. Wall Sigh Ctr I steel white -0.2 Qx 011 Ladder D W. Wall High Ctr I metal white -0.2 9K 39 011 Ladder D W. Wall High Ctr I -0.1 Qw I Metal White 1.0 QM 1 ' SEQUENTIAL REPORT OF L EAD PAJNT INSPECTION FOR: Read Rm Room No. No. Flame Wall Structure Location Member Cond Substrate Color (mg cnrz) Mode 40 011 Ladder D W. Wall Sigh Ctr 41 011 Ladder D W. Wall High Ctr I Metal White 1.0 QM 42 012 Tank Wall D W. Wall High Ctr I metal White 1.0 QM 43 012 Tank Wall D W. Wall High Ctr I Steel White -0.1 QK 44 012 Tank Wall D W. Wall Sigh Ctr I Steel White -0.1 Qu 45 013 Bottom Edge A W. Wall Low Ctr I Steel White - 0.1 QM 46 013 Bottom Edge B N. Wall Low I Steel White -0.1 QM 47 013 Bottom E Ctr I Steel White Edge C E. Wall Low Ctr -0.2 04 48 013 Bottom Edge D S. Wall Low Ctr I Steel White -0.1 QM 49 014 Foundation D W. Wall Low Ctr I Steel White -0.2 gV 50 014 Foundation A N. Wall L I Concrete White -0.3 QM ow Ctr 51 014 Foundation B S. Wall Low Ctr I Concrete ate -0.1 QM 52 015 Tank Wall A N.Wall High Ctr I Concrete Whits -0.3 4M 53 015 Tank Wall A N.Wall High Ctr I Steel White -0.2 QM 54 015 Tank Wall A N.Wall High Ctr I Steel White -0.2 QM 55 015 Tank Wall B N.Wall High Ctr I Steel White -0.1 QM ' 56 016 Tank Wall B E. Wall High Ctr I steel Whit o -0.2 QH 57 016 Tank Wall 8 E. Wall High Ctr I Steel White -0.3 9K 58 016 Tack Wall C E. Wall Sigh Ctr Steel White - 0.2 � 59 016 Tank Wall C E. Wall High Ctr I Steal White -0.2 QM 60 017 Tank Wall C S: Wall High Ctr I Steel White - 0.4 QM 61 017 Tank Wall D S. Wall High Ctr I Steel White -0.2 Qw 62 017 Tank Wall D s. I Steel White -0.2 QM 63 017 Tank Wall D Wall High Ctr I Steel -0.1 S. Wall Sigh Ctr �� QM 64 CALIBRATION I Steel White -0.1 Q 65 CALIBRATION 0.9 Std ' 66 CALIBRATION 0.8 std - - -- End of Readings - - -- 0.8 Std 1 2 LLC ENGII4EERILVG A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE APP MIX C SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 1